Audio

321: Why Ecommerce In Q4 Is Going To Be A Disaster With Casey Gauss

321: The Upcoming Ecommerce Disaster With Casey Gauss

Today I’m thrilled to have Casey Gauss back on the show. Casey is the founder of Viral Launch and he’s helped tens of thousands of eCommerce entrepreneurs drive billions of dollars in sales.

He is an expert in all things Amazon and I’m happy to have him back on the show to talk about what he’s been up to (a lot has changed in the past year alone) and to discuss some high-level trends and strategies in the eCommerce space.

What You’ll Learn

  • Casey Gauss’ predictions in the ecommerce space
  • The looming ecommerce disaster for Q4
  • How to prepare yourself for the worst during the holiday season
  • What does it take to launch a successful product on Amazon today

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I invited my friend Casey Goss back on the show to talk about the e-commerce disaster that is approaching for Q4. Cryptic, I know, but Casey’s message is important and you have to prepare. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

00:30
I sincerely believe that SMS, or text message marketing, is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward and I’ve chosen Postscript.io to be my text message provider. Now why Postscript? It is because they specialize in ecommerce stores and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows and abandon cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it is price well too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send.

00:57
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands.

01:23
and they give you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more, a lot more. And that is why more than 30,000 e-commerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster, and it is free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash mywife to create your free account.

01:52
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. Now on to the show.

02:14
Welcome to the My Wife, Critterjohn podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Casey Goss back on the show. Casey is the founder of Viral Launch and he’s helped tens of thousands of e-commerce entrepreneurs drive billions of dollars in sales on Amazon. He has also spoken a couple of times at my e-commerce conference over at the Seller Summit with great feedback. And he is an expert in all things Amazon and I’m happy to have him back on the show to one, talk about his story because a lot has changed in just the past year alone. And two, discuss some high level trends and strategies in the e-commerce space.

02:44
And with that, welcome to the show. Casey, how are you doing today? I am doing amazing. Steve, thank you so much for having me. I really appreciate it. We met so long ago. It’s kind of always looked up to you. So I definitely appreciate this. It’s been a while now, right? I I missed you this past year, but those past couple of years when we got to hang out, it was a lot of fun. It was for sure. But like, you know, we met back in 2015 and it was like, oh, this is Steve Chu. And so that’s the place that you hold in my mind.

03:09
Yeah, whatever, dude. Whatever, dude. It was a fun mastermind that we had though. I got a lot out of it. That was a lot of fun. It was, for sure. All right, so last time you were on, we talked a lot about how you taught yourself to code and how you started this amazing company to help Amazon sellers. And then one day, I was just randomly checking Facebook and you posted this really long post and I saw that you had left. And I wasn’t 100 % shocked because I hadn’t heard from you in like six months to a year, but would you be willing to share a little bit about?

03:39
What happened? Yeah, man. Yeah. I left. yeah. So, you know, founded this company was a hundred percent owner for a long time. Bootstrap this thing just poured my life into this. Yeah. In, in March of 2020, I officially left. basically kind of, and we can dive into any details, you know, feel free to ask questions, but like basically, you know, I had brought some investors in, I brought some people into the company and

04:08
If you give up certain kind of rights as you raise money, some are normal, some are less normal. You kind of lose control of your, you lose your ability to kind of steer the ship and the investors wanted to go one way. And I did not want to be associated with that. I felt like it was kind of going to kill the company and was not best for our customers or our employees. And I just didn’t want to be associated with it. So put in my resignation and I left as an employee of

04:37
A of months later, I left as a board member. I actually still own the majority of VyreLaunch. So I own majority share of VyreLaunch, but yet am not involved at all. That is very interesting. Can I just ask, this might be a cautionary tale for some people doing software out there. Why did you actually decide to take money in the first place? Yeah, I mean, there’s like some fundamental reasons, like a couple. So like I’ve always associated the greater VyreLaunch scales,

05:06
bigger the impact that we can have. know, a billion dollar company has billion dollar impact, you know, hopefully in a positive way. And so I felt as though, you know, raising money and would allow us to move faster, do more to help more people essentially. And I think that raising money in some ways could be good. I think that basically it was just kind of this like series of unfortunate events of like, you know, I bring in this, so getting down to the fundamentals, like,

05:35
lack of confidence, I guess, is like one kind of contributing factor in myself, whereas like, you know, I’m like young twenties and things are going well, but I’m like, I only have experience. If I brought on people that had a ton more experience than myself and have been there, done that, like things would go so much better. And like, I was just hungry for what I didn’t know and just thought that all these, you older people were going to know so much more than me. That’s like one of my fundamental flaws. And I’ve just repeated it a couple of times where I just bring these

06:05
people with great resumes in and— and ex— think that they know better than me and will trust them over my own instincts and like basically brought some people in. Absolutely wrong people. Literally, you know, the month after bringing in this real high level exec, uh— that was the last profitable month of our launch. So like the month— the month after and things kinda just went downhill from there for— for a number of reasons. Not just this individual but— then that individual brought it— helped me bring in the wrong investors and I thought they were helping, you know, look after me and—

06:35
you know, they weren’t exactly and so it’s just like one bad situation after another. guess, you know, when you bring in investors, they expect you to grow at like, really, really fast, right? And they expect you to spend your money and not be profitable, right? I mean, yes, it completely depends. And a lot of it is just expectation setting. I mean, if you go in and say, hey, we’ve doubled our business every nine months for the last three, four years, and we can we plan on

07:04
continuing this trend and actually accelerating with this investment, then that’s what they’re going to expect. If you say we’ve been running profitably, we’ll want to continue to, but we want to add some more money to the balance sheet so that we can move faster. you know, again, it’s really about setting expectations and you know, we went a little less traditional route and it was kind of sold to me as like a positive thing. And I think in some scenarios it can be positive. We brought in a family fund. it wasn’t like for our

07:32
to lead kind of our series A is like this family out of New York, they’re just billionaires, have tons of money. So like it was pitched as like, yeah, you know, it’s just this one decision maker. And so things can move really quickly. And like, you know, if this person’s, you know, backing you up, then that’s great. And if things are going well, then you can move faster. If things are not going well, or, you know, they’re

07:55
vision or they read the wrong articles and think that things need to go one way and you think things need to go the other, whatever, then they also have this unilateral power in this one individual, whereas like a typical VC, that’s not exactly the case. you mentioned you still have the majority of shares. Doesn’t that give you the majority of the decision-making power still or no? Is that not how it works? No, it’s not how it works. I mean, there’s a lot of DEs that are meant to kind of protect investors. like, again, some are normal, some were less normal, but

08:24
To me, one mistake I made, I’m like a cheap guy. So like I didn’t have a personal lawyer. And you know, I just thought that between, you know, the people on my team that were helping through this, I thought that, you know, we were good. They have all this experience. They’ve been there, done that. And like some of these things were not as normal as I thought. And by the time that I had kind of realized that it was, it was too late. And so, no, yeah. I mean, there are some things where I have majority vote. And so,

08:51
They can’t do things without me. They can’t sell the company. They can’t like raise money, but a lot of other things, I mean, they can do and I can’t, I don’t really have much of a say. Okay. Well, let me ask you this. If you were to do things all over again, how would you have tried it differently given the experiences that you’ve had? Yeah, that’s a good question. You know, I would have one, I would be a lot more appreciative of what was working. Like we had a lot of things that were working. I just always thought that there was

09:20
is this fallacy of like, well, what I don’t know is probably so much better and I desire that thing. And I would have doubled down on what and I would have focused on growing profitably. I just think it aligns incentives with your customers so much better. And I would have just focused on that. And I wouldn’t have brought in some of these high level execs that just completely broke, you know, our culture. And it just in so many ways kind of.

09:47
mess us up, I would have just focused on kind more responsible growth and appreciating what invested more in, you know, the young team members that we had that were doing well, that could have been doing even better versus like saying, there’s probably a bunch of other people that know way better than us. So let’s bring them in and forget about everything else. Yeah, you know, it’s funny, you’re not the only person that I know that has had these issues, you know, when they’re taking funding and

10:16
things just kind of get out of hand because you’re spending money all over the place and then you’re hiring like, you’re probably hiring like crazy too, I would imagine, right? We were, yeah. Yeah. And it’s hard to kind of integrate everyone into the culture and then the culture gets diluted and that sort of thing. So if you were to do it all over again, it sounds like you would not take money and you just kind of grow organically. Yeah. I mean, we were growing well organically and then, you know, I brought, like, I just brought some people, trusted them way too much to help us avoid issues. They,

10:45
steered us right into these issues and I just would have grown much more responsibly and profitably. I mean, I still love the tool. I still actually use it all the time. So I mean, you created something really great and I hope it continues to be that way. Thanks. Yeah. mean, obviously I wish the best for viral launch. I still have a lot of shares there, like, know, when part of this kind of…

11:11
breakup, you will, of me leaving was, you they wanted to cut the majority of the team. They wanted to focus on things that like were more about money in my opinion than like customers and just, so I wish the best for Vyrelaunch, but you know, it’s definitely a different company and it will be interesting to see what they are able to like produce and maintain moving forward. Yeah. And then we can talk about your new opportunity towards the end, cause I know that’s something pretty exciting, but before we get to that, also in your Facebook,

11:40
post, you said a couple of cryptic things that I wanted to extract some more nuggets of knowledge from you. right. So you made a couple of predictions. You’ve made a lot of predictions in the past because I used to listen to your other podcast in the e-commerce space that have, you know, have been pretty accurate, right? So I am kind of curious to your thoughts as where e-commerce is going. So what are some trends that you’re noticing, especially this year with COVID-19? Yeah. Yeah. I mean, some predictions work out some don’t, but yeah, I mean, trends in general, mean,

12:10
saying this, so this is not like, know, unique from me, but COVID has absolutely accelerated e-commerce by, you know, 10 plus years. And that’s like very exciting. And you see it in so many ways, more than just like Amazon itself has grown. mean, you see Marketplace polls, I think put out an article just today talking about how some of the biggest players in e-commerce or the biggest growth in e-commerce was coming from the big box retailers, Best Buy, Target.

12:38
And this was driven a lot by this kind of curbside pickup. And so I think what we’re going to see like come. So, you know, I had this whole. Like I think the second half of 2020 is going to be an absolute bloodbath. It’s going to be this nightmare for logistics because you have demand. Ecom demand has picked up 40, 50 % in, you know, overnight. And what hasn’t grown overnight and can’t is our logistics infrastructure. And so we saw this in, you know, March and April.

13:07
Sellers had this dead inventory where it takes four to six weeks for customers to even be able to get your product when it’s prime in FBA and you can’t pull your inventory out. I think this was, and this is like, you know, March and April shopping. This is not big holiday shopping. And you know, so many stores have said that they’re going to be closed for Black Friday, meaning people are going to be buying online and who’s going to be delivering this stuff.

13:35
We don’t have the fulfillment infrastructure to keep up. Amazon certainly doesn’t. Amazon relies a lot, like almost 50 % on USPS, UPS, FedEx, and these regional carriers. USPS is getting cut and having crazy delays. It’s August already. UPS has said they’re not gonna increase their fulfillment capabilities to meet demand. They’re just gonna charge higher prices. FedEx certainly isn’t gonna be able to take over the load. Amazon’s been trying to get new infrastructure in place. They’re not able to. I, as a customer, am already getting

14:04
packages delayed. Again, this is August, not like crazy holiday shopping. And then, you know, I’ll buy something and it gets delayed by a few days. Sellers are having such troubles getting inventory and so. Anyways. I’ve noticed just running my e-commerce store that, especially USPS actually, a whole bunch of customers have been complaining that they haven’t been getting their packages or they’ve been delayed. And I think priority mail is just junk now that there’s a whole bunch of packages that are taking weeks, even over a month to get delivered. Some don’t ever make it.

14:32
And I’ve also noticed that Amazon Prime, when they promise you two days now, oftentimes it’s gotten delayed like 50 or 60 % of the time for me recently. Dude, it’s August. That’s the thing. This is the slow month, right? Exactly. Exactly. Yeah, it’s just going to be, you know, wild. And so I think the solution, like what we’re going to see happen is we’re going to see temporarily these retailers, like Best Buy, Walmart, like we’re going to see them increase their kind of

15:02
share of the market, e-comm space, as they move to kind of like curbside pickup for deliveries where like, yeah, you can order it from Amazon and get it in four weeks, even though like, you know, Christmas is in five or something like that, or you could get it in a week, but you got to go pick it up from Walmart and it’s a COVID safe pickup or something. So I think we’re going to see more of that. And I think like, this is, I think retailers like Target and Best

15:29
I are really stepping on the gas to accelerate their kind of overall sales push to ecom in the Amazon space. I mean, there’s a there’s a couple of things here. Like one sales are up on Amazon, which is just incredible. I think sales in Q2 grew like 40 some percent year over year, which is just astounding considering how how large Amazon is, which is very exciting. I think the opportunity is greater than ever on Amazon. But you also have, you know, the waters are getting kind of more shark infested, if you will, like, you know,

15:59
there’s more of these kind of private equity companies coming in and trying to do roll ups, just pouring more money into the space, which is just gonna make it more kind of difficult for sellers. But also, I mean, if you have an existing seller business right now that’s doing decently well, you’re in such a good space. And I think that you should either cash out soon because you can get a great multiple, or you should just like your ability to continue to scale your Amazon business will be kind of unprecedented now and you can exit.

16:28
you know, very soon. I also, so there’s that something that like I’ll touch on a little bit deeper here soon, but like one thing that I’m kind of seeing at Thrasio is that like organic. So back in, sorry if I’m like, you know, talking to my- no, no, I’m listening. This is good stuff. Go for it. Yeah. Okay. So in 2015, we helped this brand. They launched their very first product ever. Never sold a single product anywhere. Launch it June of 2015, 2016. They do $36 million on Amazon alone in just the U S. Yeah. It’s-

16:58
Yeah, these guys are crazy. It was Beauty Space. This is one brand. mean, 2017, want to say they did like 2017 or 2018, they did about 200 million on Amazon across multiple brands, not just that one brand. But anyways, I mean, these guys are like unicorns, right? And so the point is in 2016, we spent very, very little advertising.

17:21
with this brand. I’m like family friends with these guys now but I’ve been to one of their son circumcisions as an So like I’m very close to these guys but in 2016 you barely spent any money on advertising even still these guys hardly believe in advertising and we drove this $30 million just through organic. Now fast forward to kind of 2020 or it so I would say in 2016 I can’t remember the stats but maybe like

17:49
70 % of sales potential on Amazon came from organic search results. Ranking was everything. Fast forward to mid 2020, I think organic represents maybe 30 % of sales potential on Amazon. as the seller, I still think Amazon is early days in the 3P space. And I think that we are gonna see just rapid acceleration in how sophisticated Amazon sellers are. organic represents in some cases,

18:19
30 % or less of the overall Amazon pie advertising represents maybe 40, 60%. And there’s more than just, you know, sponsored products. But I think that you need to be looking at kind of non, I can’t remember. I have a term for a it’s escaping me, but these kind of like non or non-traditional items in search. mean, there’s editorials, there’s new sections pretty much every week or month. I’ve actually noticed that whenever I do an Amazon search now,

18:47
feel like it’s 50 % ads, right? Yeah. mixed with the listings. And then there’s a whole bunch of these other things on the side. There’s videos now. There’s, yeah, there’s people doing live selling even. So. Well, and not only that, yeah. So there’s all of that, right? And keeping up with that is rather difficult in and of itself. And then on top of that, I mean, you have people that are just getting better and better and better at driving external traffic to Amazon or in some fashion they’re doing that. And so what you see happen is like,

19:17
let’s say the vitamin C serum market, a product that market from an Amazon demand perspective only would support like $500,000 a month in sales on an individual product. But for these, these people focus on external traffic as well and starting to like really build maybe like a brand or something outside. they’re also on these other channels like Facebook and Shopify and Walmart or whatever.

19:43
Now that $500,000 becomes $750,000 or a million dollars and these like elite sellers that are focused and able to build like you know real organizations that are focused outside of Amazon now are playing in a completely different ballgame than the seller that’s just focused on ranking number one and running sponsored ads you know. And I just don’t think enough people are like talking about that and I think a lot of the kind of content that’s put out is

20:13
Uh, just still focus on the old, here’s the best keyword research strategy. Here’s how to get to rank your product using search, find, buy or whatever. And here’s how to run sponsored ads. And no one’s talking about this other, you know, major portion of the market and where like a decent amount of kind of new Amazon growth potential is, coming from. think those people, they running ads to Amazon listings or are they running it to their own branded sites? Both. mean, you, see good halo effect when you run to your own branded site.

20:43
because not everyone wants to check out on Shopify, they’ll go buy on your Amazon store. But they’re also using Amazon Attribution Program to run ads directly to their Amazon listing as well. Yep. Yeah. I actually just got approved for that earlier this year. So nice. But I haven’t been using it yet because I’ve been running ads to my own store and I find that people like it actually increases my Amazon sales too. Cause some people just want to check out on Amazon as you just mentioned. Yep.

21:11
So yeah, and so one prediction that like so I think I put this out like publicly two and a half years ago at bar lunch and everyone was like no way that’s that’s weird is You know, I’ve been saying Facebook is gonna be the number two player in e-commerce They’re the only ones that can really like, you know compete against Amazon from the perspective of and they have three billion monthly active users almost three billion monthly active users Instagram over a billion monthly active users

21:41
No one is talking about this, but from a pure user perspective, I’m pretty sure that Facebook Marketplace is the largest e-commerce marketplace. They have 800 monthly active users on Facebook Marketplace and no one’s talking about it. And you can sell new products on there too. You can sell direct and I have some friends that have done super well doing that. Facebook and are launching their shops feature here soon. And I think that changes the game. mean, how many, or you know,

22:11
a good portion of D to C traffic, so traffic to your Shopify is driven from Facebook ads, just kind of in general. so Facebook is absolutely in one, in I think two different forms, going to kind of like subsidize the ad cost. If you are running it to the Facebook shop, check out on Facebook or check out on Instagram versus to Shopify. So one conversion rate is going to be higher. A customer only needs to put in their information one time, right? Versus going in and putting it in in each.

22:39
Shopify sort of which, you you got to convince them to trust you on that. And so now it’s going to be in Facebook and it’s just closed loop conversion naturally is going to be higher making ads cheaper. Right. And then secondly, at any point, if Facebook wanted to say that, you know, any ads running to Shopify are automatically going to be more expensive because it creates a worse experience for our users or whatever. Boom. Now like

23:03
you trying to send traffic to your Shopify is that much more expensive and you sending traffic to your Instagram shop or your Facebook shop or whatever is that much cheaper. So like, I think this is going to be a big trend. I I’m seeing more and more people do really well with DTC. And I just think that like Facebook is going to have some, some real significant impact on your DTC site. Like I’ve actually never used the marketplace before. Can you kind of just describe how that works? I mean, I’ve seen it before, but I’ve never even browsed it before.

23:33
Nice. Yeah. So, so like, think a lot of the usage on Facebook marketplace is kind of like eBay style. like, you know, my wife was a teacher. She’s not probably going to be a teacher for a while. We’re having a baby. So she like, uh, listed, Hey, here’s my teacher stuff. I’m giving it for free, but people will like charge. I bought a computer this summer from somebody on Facebook marketplace. It’s kind of like an eBay, but you’re not bidding. It’s just like peer to peer, but you, there’s also kind of new products as well. And so you can list your products for a while. I don’t know if it’s still going on, but

24:03
Facebook wanted new products listed and so they would basically pay merchants $5 per order that was placed so that you could cover fulfillment. And so this guy had really, really cheap product and the cost to fulfill was really cheap. So he was charging like a dollar, $2 or something for his widget that he was selling on Facebook Marketplace and he was profiting a dollar off of this because Facebook was covering the fee. basically peer to peers,

24:33
Number one, like if you’re looking for like a deal on something, you can go look on marketplace or, you know, they have new products as well. It’s just not set up that great for it. But coming out with Facebook shops where you can run ads and have people just check out directly on Facebook or Instagram. Like a traditional storefront. Like I know you can already do that on your page or that’s been available for quite a while. So, okay. Yeah. But now you can like, it’s closed because you can check out there versus on the website. Right. And then Facebook already has the credit card. So you just need to hit buy and you’re good. Right.

25:02
Yep. A hundred percent. are your thoughts on the Shopify app where all the stores and Shopify are going to be part of the app and presumably they’ll have all the credit card information from all the stores as well. Yeah. I mean, it’ll be very interesting to play out. I don’t have like a strong conviction of like how that will go. My assumption is that like it will get little use because it’s such a like, I don’t know. my assumption is that Shopify

25:30
invest in it, tries it out, doesn’t go super well. Because I think from a catalog perspective, Amazon has just done such a good job of kind of integrating third party sellers into their catalog. And I think that they’ll pull back and just focus on like what they do really well in helping people kind of build their audiences. I’m not sure I just have a hard time seeing Shopify grow as a marketplace.

25:53
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

26:21
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

26:51
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

27:01
Yeah, you know, I’m thinking that if they made all the listings somewhat uniform in order to be placed in this app and then they have everyone’s credit card information for their entire storefront so that they can save the credit cards checking out could be like just like Amazon. Yeah, but the main thing of Amazon is like Amazon is just driving all of this traffic for you. So if Shopify was going to go invest in like insane, insane amounts of dollars in

27:28
and getting this traffic for their Shopify sellers, that’s compelling, but that’s gonna be so difficult for them to do. They also are trying to lay their own fulfillment infrastructure. They’re so far behind if they’re trying to catch up in a marketplace like that. They have no strategic advantage other than a bunch of people are already using it, and the way that they’re using it, it doesn’t really seem to me conducive to a uniform marketplace versus a bunch of point solutions. You mentioned Facebook, it’s gonna be number two.

27:58
Is Google number three then I guess? Dude, I was thinking about this. I don’t have, like I need to do more research, but like, yeah, I mean, when you think about fundamental building blocks of why I came to this conclusion of Facebook way before you could even, you know, they had mentioned shops or anything like this. I don’t even know if I knew about marketplace, but basically like what they have is attention. Shopify doesn’t have attention on the consumer side. Like, okay, that’s super important. Facebook has more attention than anybody else in the

28:27
Okay, that’s that’s a major asset to their technology infrastructure is, you know, world class. And they’ve proven that they can, you know, take on Instagram and they can like, make these pivots and copy kind of shop Snapchat and these kinds of things. So number three, like Google has this attention, their tech infrastructure is amazing. Their capital access to capital is incredible. Like, I’m surprised that they haven’t put out a more compelling offer for sellers. I mean,

28:56
A lot of, from what I understand from some, I guess inside sources, a lot of the Walmart marketplace sales are driven straight up from Walmart, just paying for traffic from Google. So like Google’s sending buyer ready traffic. We see it on Amazon sales as well. So like, why do you think Google hasn’t made a compelling offer? I mean, I think the UI has always been kind of screwy. I mean, that’s never been Google’s strength.

29:23
So for my store, actually, we get most of our sales from Google PPC, mainly shopping, actually. this is just my store, so it’s just one data point. But I found that most of my customers that come from Google have a much longer lifetime value than the people I’ve been attracting from Facebook. so I’ve been focusing on Google. And then they just recently made the shopping. They have a free tier, whereas they didn’t have that before to try to attract more people into their shopping platform.

29:51
Yeah. I mean, they have so much attention. They could subsidize ad costs. mean, you know, there’s this whole like, uh, and I trust stuff like anti-competition conversation, but like, yeah, they, you know, they can subsidize ad costs and say, Steve, instead of sending them to your Shopify store, send them to, know, your Google store and you know, we’ll, allow checkout and all these, different things. already do that to certain extent. They’re waiving the transaction fees. think when you do that. Yeah.

30:18
But like, so, so why are you sending them to Shopify, not Google? I don’t edit. just don’t know enough. Oh, like if I send them to my site, then I can gather like an SMS, a text message number, email, you know, pixel them, get their messenger, all this stuff that I wouldn’t be able to do otherwise. Yeah, that’s fair. I don’t know. So, but yeah, I mean, Google could just create a search engine just for products and make that more public and then just make it free for a while. I don’t know. I mean, I don’t know enough. So

30:47
Yeah, I mean, they have a lot of like good raw materials where, if they were kind of like combined in the right way, they may be able to make a compelling run. I just think like, yeah, I just have a hard time seeing Shopify make a good marketplace move. I have a hard time seeing, you know, I’ve been so disappointed with Walmart Plus. A lot of people, you know, there’s all these silly articles about how Walmart Plus is going to take like a third of Amazon Prime customers are going to sign up for Walmart Plus. And it’s just not going to happen. mean, when’s the last time that you

31:14
you decided not to buy something from Walmart because you had to pay for shipping. So it’s been zero times in my six years buying online. I just don’t like Walmart. Actually when they first, when the fulfillment program just kind of first started coming out, it was terrible. And then that just kind of left a bad taste in my mouth going forward. So dude, I’ve, I’ve, spend a lot of time on these sites. It just like poking around and just, you know, trying to find interesting stuff. And like, I can’t tell you how many times literally just like running through Walmart as a customer I’ve got.

31:44
floor page like, you know, broken links or whatever, just clicking on products or banner ads. It’s just it’s trash. And I mean, this is a major this is what the highest revenue company in the US and they can’t get e commerce, right? know. I know. Yeah, I agree. Actually, I had to. What was I just happy? Oh, so my air conditioning in my house went out and so was looking for a portable unit. And that’s that led me to Walmart because they said they had stuff in stock. But you’re right. I got a couple of broken links. And that just

32:13
totally turned me off of the whole experience. I didn’t even trust that they had the item that I was looking for in stock anymore. The only reason you go to Walmart is it’s not in stock on Amazon or I couldn’t find it on Amazon or this price on Amazon seems higher than I thought it would be. So let me go see if I can get it cheaper on Walmart. And Walmart is just gaining market shares simply because more people are shopping online. And it’s like pretty much the only real alternative to Amazon. mean, of course there’s niche sites and stuff, like.

32:43
Right. think it’s, they’re just showing up and that’s half the battle, I guess. And that’s why they’re doing okay. Let’s do this conversation back to this Q4 nightmare. So most of the listeners, they run small shops, right? Six, seven and eight figure stores. How are you going to fight this? Like, so let’s say Amazon decides to, they have an inventory crunch and you can’t send stuff in. Like, how are you going to prepare for this? Yeah. I mean, I think that diversification is really important here. Now, like what I, I, I,

33:12
don’t have enough of the answer to understand exactly what that should look like in various scenarios. I can’t say like, you know, here’s the scenario where you should have a one three PL and a FBA. And then here’s a scenario where you should have, know, whatever that may look like. Basically, I think that you need to be diversified. I think that you, is absolutely okay to be, have an FBM listing. And there’s actually some like tricks to still show up in search if you are.

33:41
fulfilling through FBM and someone filters for prime. though- is the trick? I didn’t know about that. Yeah, so basically this is perfect for people that are facing like tough storage fees or like overage fees because maybe their IPI score wasn’t high enough. But basically you just have your worst. So if you have you take your kind of worst selling variation, you raise the price on it and you keep like five units in stock in FBA.

34:10
But really, what’s in—you don’t even care if it’s not fulfillable, you know, if Amazon gets locked up or whatever. And the variation or variations that actually sell well are the ones that are being fulfilled via FBM. And—so the Prime badge doesn’t show in the search results on the variation that’s selling well. But it still does show in search of people are filtering for Prime. And I think what’s gonna—like my prediction is basically like, if you can fulfill a product

34:40
faster than your competitors. That may be two weeks later into the season, then you get to set the market. You can charge higher prices. So yes, you know, three PLs a lot of times are more expensive than what you’re going to be paying via FBA. But being able to get the product to the customer before Christmas is way more important than, know, having it. If I’m saving $2 per order, but I can’t ship any of those orders, doesn’t matter. And so like,

35:07
basically you need to be diversified so that at any given point, whoever is the fastest kind of fulfillment provider, sometimes it’s going to be Amazon, sometimes it’s going to be this 3PL, sometimes it’s going to be this 3PL, that’s the offer that you should be, that should be like basically optimized for the sale. That way you have the best chance of having kind of the fastest delivery times. So are you suggesting that if you are selling on Amazon FBA right now, that you go out and get another 3PL just in case?

35:37
You absolutely need at least one 3PL. And you like depending on where you’re at in your inventory position, your inventory position is like in a good place because we all know what happens. Like one, this Q4 is going to be like insane in terms of the amount of volume that is going to be going on. Uh, and then like COVID and all these stores being shut down and like anyways, but then you just need to, ideally you have enough inventory to kind of like, you know, split it up. This is where I like, I get caught up. So you,

36:07
Like diversification, I think is gonna be super important here, but it’s like it’s a risk in any scenario. If you keep all of your inventory in FBA, it’s a risk that, you know, your Amazon decides that your product category, whatever gets pushed back and now it’s two to four weeks and you know, the last day to order your product, but to get it in time for Christmas is November 31st, right? Like that would really suck. But it’s also a risk having it in, you know, some of your inventory in one three PL because

36:36
that 3PO gets like one of their warehouses gets COVID or you know, whatever, like a COVID outbreak. So it’s a risk, but I just know that diversification is going to be important for optimization. And if you’re like, the risk of diversifying is too high for me, I’ll just, you know, take whatever I can get from Amazon, then you know, that’s what you should be doing. diversification is so important and the people that like basically kind of get lucky in this diversification game in

37:05
when their competitors are locked up with Amazon and they can’t remove inventory and they also can’t fulfill inventory, these other people selling FBM listings are just gonna clean up shop, they’re gonna charge way higher prices and they’re just gonna borrow out this. Right, it’s interesting because it’s only August right now as of this recording and I’ve already noticed that it takes a lot longer to get stuff in Amazon. I’m not sure if your clients have noticed that too. And it hasn’t even, I mean the holiday season isn’t even close yet. Yeah, I mean we.

37:34
We I’ve seen there’s there’s been a couple of houses that are like literally down. They’re like, uh, we’re, we’re so backlogged. We can’t fulfill anything out of this warehouse and we can’t receive any inventory from this warehouse. So can you please reach out to seller central and find a different warehouse? Hmm. I mean, it’s August dude is like, that’s crazy to me. I mean, this is traditionally our slow period, July and July and August. And then it ramps back up. Yep. So yeah. And you’re right. This holiday season is going to be crazy because

38:02
there’s not going to be any retail stores really open. yeah. I mean, well, USPS is going to crap too. Exactly. And every, like everyone’s already been, you know, trained to shop online. Like the people that now we’re spending online and they were in store. What is, what’s the catalyst for them to be like, you know what, that was nice buying on Amazon or, know, online, but I really miss going into the store in the middle of November to go, you know,

38:29
So should I run my Christmas sales now, Casey? Is that what I’m hearing? Yeah. yeah. Like I think that as much as like pull the man forward as much as you can, that’s also like something that you should be considering. I mean, that looks different to different people, but yeah, it’s going to be so wild. And I basically feel like it’s going to be so difficult to get inventory or, you know, get products shipped out to customers. And if you’re as a consumer, you should be ordering early. Like my wife is like, okay, we,

38:58
probably start ordering my Christmas stuff now because I usually wait till like the last day and I think the last day is gonna be early December, late November for some products and it’s not like you’re gonna run to the store to go pick that thing up. Well, so from the perspective of an e-commerce store owner right now, I actually don’t trust any carrier. We’re in the wedding industry and people need their things on time and USPS certainly is not dependable at all.

39:26
Even FedEx and UPS has been late a lot more lately, probably because of the increased load, I’m guessing. So I don’t trust any carrier right now, which is why I was suggesting like doing Christmas shopping earlier. That way, at least you’re guaranteed that it’s going to get there on time. Yeah, you know, I’m friends with the CEO over this company, Deliver. They’re the kind of like 3PL that I read in. Yeah, I mean, he has good insights into kind of like what’s going on. And he’s trying so hard to push.

39:54
relationships with the regional carriers. And honestly, pretty much everyone in logistics in this industry from at least what I’m hearing is just freaking out because everyone knows that collectively we’re just unprepared. Right. Okay. So let’s just kind of summarize. You say maybe move up the demand, get an alternative way of shipping items through a 3PL and then maybe don’t be afraid to do FBM and fulfill your own stuff. that what Yeah, absolutely. Yeah, absolutely do not be afraid to do FBM.

40:24
A lot of people with like ranking and stuff like that. should not at all be a concern in my opinion. Okay. Okay. And then you can use that trick to show up in the prime search by doing a parent child variation. Yeah. Nice little hack. I came up with that one yesterday. We tested it out. It works. So nice. Nice. All right. Let’s switch gears again, Casey, because I want to talk about what you’re working on now. So you left viral launch. Where are you at now? Yeah. So I’m at a company called Thrasio Thras.io.

40:54
Thrasio is fastest company in the US to profitably reach a billion dollar valuation ever, which is like, you know, pretty cool. I actually, so we acquire Amazon brands and we completely take over operations, rarely do the, you know, owners of the business kind of stay on though. They’ll like, you know, have a good relationship with our brand managers and we like brought in a couple of business owners and now they’re like valuable members of the Thrasio team. But basically Thrasio is just like, uh,

41:22
in Amazon seller. In my opinion, I Thrasio is one of the top five, top ten Amazon sellers from like a capabilities perspective. mean, we’ve taken brands doing tens of millions of dollars and literally in 30 days, two to three X to them. it’s like, yeah, like our ability to, you know, increase sales on Amazon for these products or in these brands that we take over is insane. It’s incredibly impressive. know, I have friends

41:50
multiple friends doing nine figures and they built these businesses from the ground up. And I think, think Thrasio is just head and shoulders of the majority of the market in terms of our ability to drive sales. So yeah, we basically are kind of just rolling up Amazon brands. help entrepreneurs kind of exit their business. There’s like a backend kind of- Are you guys like a private equity firm kind of for Amazon shops? So I don’t know enough about private equity and maybe if I said yes, I would be like chastised later.

42:19
So we’ve raised money. We have this money and then we go, we acquire these brands and we have, you know, this whole operations checklist. Like we run operations. So I don’t know if private equity, don’t, Steve, you threw me off there. Sorry. All right. Okay. So basically you buy these companies, you take them over. You literally completely buy them out for the most part. And then you improve them and then you maybe sell them off later or you just keep them. Yep. just roll them.

42:48
into our portfolio, think the latest public number. So we’ve acquired only 70 brands. And so there’s what, 30 some thousand million dollar plus sellers. And we’ve acquired 70 in the last two years. So we’ve done this in the last two years and just have an organization focused on just being amazing at Amazon and helping these brands. So it’s only Amazon that you guys do for the most part? Not entirely. That’s largely been our focus. OK.

43:18
But like, you know, we are getting a lot better outside of Amazon and the number of levers that we have kind of outside Amazon is growing every day. So we’ll, look at anything. We’ll talk to anybody like we’ve acquired just a single product from an account or, you know, we’ve acquired accounts with, you know, thousands and thousands of, of Asyns. Can I ask you like what the multiples look like for just Amazon products or businesses in general right now? I, it’s a really broad question. I know there’s a lot to it, but just maybe a range would be helpful. Yeah, that.

43:47
That is like, I don’t know enough there to, I get in trouble. I might say something. Okay. So careful now. Yeah. It’s like, you know, I gotta be careful. Like that’s one thing about like tactics and stuff is like, I gotta be careful. Like what I share and some things that we see in self just because like, uh, you know, some things are proprietary, but my natural disposition is like, I would just want to help everybody. So like, let’s just tell everybody, but, uh, that like,

44:15
that doesn’t exactly benefit Thrasio in every way. Well, let me frame this question in a different way then. When you acquire a company, what do you expect to get gains in what timeframe on when you acquire a company? Are you saying from the seller perspective? From the buyer perspective. You guys as Thrasio, let’s you want to buy an Amazon brand, what is your expectation in terms of growth? Yeah, I mean, we have, so I think the

44:39
The most recent number shared was our average is 175 % growth. Now don’t know what the timeline is, but it’s substantial. again, I’ve mentioned eight figure brands that we double in 30 days. Not every brand is like that, but. I’m just trying to understand, like you’re looking for a brand that isn’t doing a good job, but still making a ton of money and you want to acquire those. Yeah. So we’re usually looking for, usually again, we’ll look at anything.

45:09
And sometimes, you know, we’ve taken some some like weird stuff that people may have like pass off, but we were able to kind of turn it around very quickly. Our like bread and butter is that this is like a best in class in its in its niche. And best could mean it has more views than everybody else or it’s just has very solid rankings across the board or it’s outselling computers or it’s like a close second or third. I’m pretty sure. our bread and butter is like it has some kind of strategic advantage or

45:38
You know, even if it’s like a small niche, it’s outperforming competitors in some way. That’s ideal, but not always the case. Okay. And are you looking to acquire more brands right now? Just in case there’s someone listening out there who’s maybe tired of running their Amazon business. I was just trying to get out of you like what the criteria is, but it sounds like… It’s very broad.

46:02
Yeah, I mean, it’s like, you know, we’re absolutely willing, like, there’s, there’s been people that like, we’re hit kind of hard from COVID. And they’re just like, I’m done with this. I’m still in a good position. And you know, they come to us and like, you know, we’re happy to talk like, we have a great team, people like to help. And so it’s, it’s not like we’re, you know, these sharks looking for people that are hurting. And that’s all we go after. So I mean, again, we’ll look at anything, even if you if you’re like, thinking about selling, I think a conversation with a team and

46:30
having them in better detail because they do this every day, kind of walk you through, here’s what we are looking at. If we were looking at your brand, here’s what we would think about it and here are the things that like, you know, maybe you’d want to improve. We’ll have those conversations with you. But yeah, I mean, it’s very broad kind of set of criteria. Well, Casey, if anyone’s interested or if they have any questions for you, are you the right person to reach out to or? Yeah, you can reach out to me. We have a head of acquisitions. His name is Ken at Thrasio.

46:59
So it’s ken at thar.io. And if anyone wants some Casey Goss predictions, is there a public handle that are you on Twitter? Are you on Instagram? Like what’s the best way to to reach out to you? To reach out to me is probably Instagram. It’s just Casey Goss. Yeah, that’s probably the best way to get a hold of me for predictions. Yeah. So I recently launched like this newsletter or whatever, but I don’t want to like, you know, I’m not here to pitch my. for it. Pitch it.

47:29
Cool. All right. Yes. I recently launched this like blog newsletter, kind of the post thought leadership high level kind of concepts and help people stay ahead of the curve. Just not, like the latest hack on keyword research or anything like that. And so it’s called digital shelf labs.com, just blog.digital shelf labs.com newsletter podcast blog, just talking high level predictions, not trying to get anything out of you. It’s just fun for me. Well, Casey, thanks a lot for coming on, man. Really appreciate it. Yeah, man. Thanks. This has been fun.

48:00
Hope you enjoyed that episode. I’ve already seen the effects of the delivery Armageddon with my USPS and FedEx shipments getting delayed or lost. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 321. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

48:29
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

48:56
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

320: Derek Halpern On How To Get 250K Orders In 2 Years With Truvani

320: Derek Halpern On How To Sell 250K Orders In 2 Years With Truvani

Today I’m thrilled to have Derek Halpern on the show. Derek recently started an ecommerce business named Truvani with his business partner Vani Hari selling health foods online with a focus on ingredient transparency.

And within 2 years, they managed to generate over 250K orders and a 7 figure business. In this episode, Derek shares how they did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Derek decided to give up the digital courses and blogging to go into ecommerce.
  • The rules for selling food products online.
  • The margins for food products.
  • How to market a foods company online.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Drop podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my buddy Derek Halpern on the show. And if you’ve never heard Derek speak or on a podcast before, well then you need to listen. Derek is known for telling it like how it is. And in this episode, we talk about how he grew his e-commerce business to 250,000 orders in just two years. But before we begin, I want to thank Klavia for sponsoring this episode.

00:27
Now safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. If you’re an ecommerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for ecommerce brands, and it gives you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that is why more than 30,000 ecommerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following.

00:56
Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get going faster. And it is free to get started, so visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create your free account. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:24
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my effort on SMS marketing. Because I sincerely believe that SMS, or text message marketing, is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward, and I have chosen Postscript.io to be my text provider. Now why Postscript? It is because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:51
Not only that, but it is price well too, and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to postgroup.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:23
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Derek Halpern on the show. And Derek is someone I’ve known for over a decade now. And we actually met when he randomly reached out to me and said, yo Steve, you want to Skype? And I said, And since that conversation, Derek has gone on to create many businesses like Zippy Courses and many successful blogs, including my favorite one called Social Triggers. And in fact, I’ve witnessed this guy’s success over the years, along with many iterations of his hairstyle as well.

02:51
Anyway, the reason I asked Derek to be a guest on the show is because he recently started an e-commerce business called truevani.com, which sells health food with complete ingredient transparency. And within two years, he’s managed to generate over 250,000 orders and he runs a seven figure business today in just two years. And today we’re gonna discover how he did it. And with that, welcome to the show, Derek. How are you doing today, man? What’s up? Thanks for having me. Dude. It’s been 10 years.

03:18
I know ever since back in the day provincial and then you had this entertainment blog I want to say right? Yikes dude let’s not talk about that. Let’s think of all the dirt shall we? I had several different iterations of my life. You found me right as I switched from posting salacious celebrity gossip into teaching people how to better help themselves. Well that means I caught you at a good time then. Yes.

03:48
You did. So for those in the audience who do not know who you are, tell us why you decided to give up digital courses and the blogging space to go into e-commerce and why Truvani? Well, I mean, first things first, I kind of feel weird calling Truvani an e-commerce company. We’re almost in 100 retail locations right now. So our goal is to get into thousands of retail stores, hopefully by the end of the next year. Even though we started out as an e-commerce company, we’re really a brand that’s creating

04:18
products that we believe people can use in their daily life with complete ingredient transparency. And some of the products we’re making, you you might see like one of our products is a plant-based protein powder and you might look at it and think like, what’s so special about it? What makes our products so special is you look at the ingredient label and you understand everything that you’re reading. There’s no weird ingredients in the product because we believe that we should use whole food ingredients.

04:47
Whenever it’s applicable, you know, like even though it’s a protein powder It should come from pea protein pumpkin seed protein chia seed protein There should be none of the weird stuff. You know what I mean? Like no gums natural flavors or any of that So yeah, we start true Bonnie, but it really came it’s actually funny It came out of an email very similar to the one that I sent you more than ten years ago About ten years ago. I found a blog by Vani Hari and I liked your blog

05:15
I sent her a message, just had to be in like 2012 or something like that. And I was like, Hey, I like your blog. We should meet. I literally said the same exact thing. We met over Skype and we became friends. And I started to become very passionate, passionate about what’s found in our food. Not necessarily about like some people will go and say that ingredients are dangerous or not in danger or organics better or not better.

05:44
All that stuff is all up for debate, right? Sure. From my perspective, I like eating organic whenever possible. These are the things that I do. So I don’t want to debate about what’s better, but what I can say without a shadow of doubt in my mind is that I believe that ingredient labels should be transparent, right? There should be no underhanded stuff being done on ingredient labels.

06:13
Right? this is something that I, I transparency is something that I believe in very much. So I was talking to my friend, Vani, about this for years and how I started to learn that ingredient labels aren’t always so transparent. We always jokingly said one day we should make a company where we just make the product people use every day and put transparent ingredient labels on there. And we said this from 2012.

06:40
Until about 2017 for five years, six years or so. And then one day I’m having a, I’m having lunch with my friend, Deb and my other business partner. And he was telling me that he was thinking about getting into the physical product space. And he was, had some ideas on where he wanted to go. And then I told him about my conversations with, with Vani, our other business partner, about how I’ve been wanting to do this for several years. And it came at that perfect time in my life where I was getting bored of.

07:08
teaching courses to people. Personally, wasn’t really finding that as fun as I used to find it. So I was looking for something new. And we all just got together on Skype, didn’t even meet in person, got together on Skype, inked a deal. 90 days later, we pre-sold our first product. And that’s how it started. Are you still running any of the digital stuff today? Like I know social triggers is still up and are you still doing Zippy or is that all kind of on the back burner now?

07:36
So social triggers is the business and it’s on the background. haven’t, I think what happened was I don’t email that often, maybe once a month. that I do have a lot of great courses on social triggers that really benefit people. I have done a sale on these courses once a year. Last year, right around the black Friday time, I did a sale of it on the year before I did the same exact thing.

08:02
But I can’t say I actively run it. The reason why I do that is because throughout the year, people are emailing me saying, hey, can you sell this again? Can you sell this again? Because they heard about the course or whatever. And I eventually just sell them once a year. But I don’t really put that much effort into trying to sell it. I just basically send out an email saying, hey, these are available again. And then the people who’ve been asking usually buy it. You’re pretty much 100 % True Bonnie, right? Yeah. I don’t do anything else with my time. OK.

08:31
So one thing that you’re actually one of the few food based companies that I’ve actually had on the podcast. So one thing I kind of want to ask you is how does selling food work exactly? So number one, do you need any special permits, certifications or any testing done on this food in order to actually sell it? Great question. There’s a lot of stuff that you have to do. And I don’t want to say I’m an expert. We have experts on the team that handle this, but I can give you a little bit of feedback here around how that works. Part of

09:00
testing anything that people eat, there’s different protocols that need to be followed. Like you have to test for bacteria, foodborne illnesses, allergens, all that other stuff, Whether you’re testing for, there’s some of the big allergens you have to make sure that there’s no trace amounts in. And even though, for example, on our protein powder, our stuff is made in a facility where peanuts are in the facility, right? And there’s peanut allergies in the world that can kill people.

09:26
So we warn them and tell them there’s peanut allergies in the facility, like there’s peanuts in the facility. And we put this warning there just so people are aware. Is that required by law or no? It is required by law. I believe it’s required by law. I believe it is. Now we test our product to make sure there’s no peanut residue in the product. Like we test for allergies. But I think it’s required by law to say that it’s there. Like I said, I’m not an expert here. that’s fine. Yeah, yeah, yeah, of course.

09:55
I don’t want to get myself into trouble, long story short, we have to test for all this stuff. Yes. We have to submit our labels to, you know, we’re USDA organic certified. So we, when we’re making a product, we have to make sure that the product is passing USDA organic standards where they look into our ingredients to make sure our ingredients are organic and kind of do that process. We’re also rolling out that we’re non-GMO project verified now.

10:23
That means non-GMO project verified. have to go in and look at our ingredients, sourcing and our suppliers, make sure that they’re using non-GMO best practices. One of our manufacturing facility is GMP certified, which is good manufacturing practices. They had to get certifications for the GMP. And I know they’re always likely to get audited for something like this, know, surprise audits to make sure they’re following protocol. There’s a lot of stuff that goes into it when people are eating something is, is, what I’m trying to say. And you do need.

10:52
you want to make sure you’re doing all of it. We’re working with the manufacturer that does it. We also work with the legal team and all the right people to make sure we’re doing all of that as well. Here’s why I’m asking that question. Sometimes when I buy like protein powder at GNC, for example, I’m pretty sure none of that stuff is tested. I actually had a buddy who was trying to sell that stuff and he didn’t actually have to get all these certifications. And so that’s why I kind of want to make the distinction of, you know, are you doing all this stuff?

11:19
voluntarily just because it’s part of your brand or is it actually required? I mean, what do mean tested? Like tested for what? Like people could sell protein powder. Not tested, but certified or do you need some sort of permit or something to do that? You know, it’s so funny because I’ve heard that that exact story before when you sell protein powder, Oh, supplements aren’t regulated. They’re not regulated. It’s like, hold on a sec. Yes, they are. Yes. Everything you eat is regulated.

11:49
What do you mean it’s not regulated? What’s not regulated is some of these outrageous claims that people make for supplements, right? And there’s a lot of outrageous claims out there that people make around supplements. And here’s the thing, that’s regulated too. It’s all regulated. What’s not really regulated, I’ll give you an example. There’s a very popular green powder drink. And if you look at the website, it’ll tell you.

12:17
You know, look, you get your broccoli, your oranges, your this, your that. They show all these pictures of vegetables. It’s got five times the daily amount of oranges, four times the daily amount of spinach, vitamin B or whatever. Then you look at the ingredient label and it’ll say the number one ingredient when the ingredient is number one on the list, it means that’s the most prominent ingredient is like vegetable cellulose, which is basically sawdust. It’s plant-flavored. And then they dust in the vegetable powder. So they put in a lot of cheap sawdust.

12:48
They dust in the vegetable powder, because that’s expensive. And then they put in synthetic vitamins and minerals to beef up their vitamin and mineral content of the product. They make you think you’re getting your vitamins and minerals from the vegetables, but you’re really getting it from the synthetic vitamins and minerals that they added to the product. That’s an example of where some of this screwery happens, right?

13:12
If you’re making protein powder and you say there’s 20 grams of protein per serving, if there’s not 20 grams of protein per serving, you’re gonna get sued. Do know what I mean? Okay. It’s regulated in the fact that you can get in a lot of trouble if you’re lying on your labels. Okay. Okay. When you, Devin and Vani got together and you decided to create this food company, what do you source food? How do you find these factories? How do you ensure that there’s no chemicals involved? How’d you guys start?

13:42
A great question. We started by looking for a manufacturer, a co-manufacturer, a co-packer, as they will. We had an idea for what product we wanted to make, what we wanted to have in it. Then we had to find people who were experts at it. We luckily found, we interviewed a lot of people, man. Like a lot of people who make these manufacturers, like manufacturers, they just find someone and use them, right? That’s not me. I’m, I’m like neurotic. Vani is neurotic, Devin’s neurotic. We’re all neurotic people. And we found manufacturers, we

14:09
You know, maybe found 30 of them, whittled it down, whittled it down. We visited the manufacturer to kind of audit the facility to make sure that facility is legitimate. The manufacturer we found, and he’s now one of our, you know, best, you know, he’s one of our best reasons why we’re even in business is that they were already fans of Vani’s books. Okay. They were already on our team, if you will. And they were very upset.

14:37
at what some supplement companies were doing with ingredients and all that stuff. So when we were looking for people, we basically found people who were on the same team. They were not a bigger company. They were a smaller company, which is good for us because it meant that they didn’t have any, you know, preexisting relationships with big companies that were going to explode on us. You know what I mean? So.

15:05
We found people on the same team. That’s the first most important thing is to have people on the team that believe the same things you believe, because at the end of the day, you know, if they don’t believe the same things you believe, they may not take it as seriously as you. That green drink I was telling you about, I think the founders of that company just wanted to make green vegetable powder. I’m not even going to tell you that. I don’t know if they knew what the company did to them, but the manufacturer laced it with sawdust was just cheap. Put in the dusting of vegetable powder.

15:35
and put synthetic vitamins and minerals and I’m pretty sure they didn’t know better that that happened, right? This is how the things could happen. Like, you you can kind of get tricked. This has not happened with us because Bonnie is already an expert on ingredients and food. I’m naturally suspicious of every, of everything, you know? And it, it has allowed us to, find a good, a good person. Now back to the ingredient suppliers.

16:01
Ingredient suppliers need to be certified organic USDA certification. You need to get a USDA certification. It’s not easy to get that certification so When they have the certification it means they went through the USDA certification process, which means it’s usually good enough for us. I Will be honest with you though. We did in some of our research uncovered that some people were claiming to be USDA organic and They weren’t

16:31
Or at least we weren’t able to validate it and we don’t use those people. We validate everything that people tell us. We also test things like if we’re selling protein powder and it says 20 grams of serving, we test that, make sure that’s true. You know, like we, if we’re wanting to know what the heavy metal content is in our product, we test that too. We test, we test everything. So you found the co-packer first and that person is just responsible for, for bundling everything. Is that correct? And then you have to source the ingredients separately?

16:59
Or do those kind of go hand in hand somehow? It’s all tied together. Okay. It just depends on what product, right? Sometimes you have to source the ingredients yourself. Sometimes you do it through a co-packer. Sometimes you do it through another ingredient supplier. It’s all different for every product. can’t, I know what you’re asking me, right? You’re asking me for the one way this happens. There is no one way it happens. Does that make sense? All Let me rephrase my question. First of all, do you just Google this? I mean, how did you find these places?

17:28
Did you literally just do Google or did you already have some connections? Google was a big part of it. Asking friends of friends, having friends that did work in the business was helpful to try to interview for ideas and pitfalls. Through virtue of being social triggers, I had access to a lot of entrepreneurs that have done things before. So it allowed me to bounce questions off people who’ve been down that road before. Okay. So that was helpful.

17:55
with regards to the co-packer, there’s lot of research, right? You’ll find that there’s only so many there’s only so many co-packers in the United States, right? What is it? 300, it’s not that hard to just look up all 300 of them. Okay. You know, there might be more or whatever, but everything was in the U S right? That was a prerequisite. Yes. Our, our, our, our manufacturer, we manufacture in the U S correct. Okay. All of our ingredients don’t necessarily come from the U S and that’s a different conversation, but

18:22
You know, like our monk fruit comes from China because that’s where monk fruit grows. Our peas come from the US and Canada. Our vanilla bean comes from Madagascar. You know what mean? Like it depends on which ingredient. It’s a global thing. Let’s just use monk fruit, for example. I mean, do you just say Google monk fruit suppliers or is there? Was that all connection based or is there like directories for this? Yeah, you can find directories. There’s there’s all complete newsletters and directories on stuff like this. Absolutely. OK, OK. There’s one.

18:51
I guess what I’m trying to say is like, yeah, you can go through manufacturing. Sometimes they know people sometimes it’s connection based other times, you know, there’s different conferences that you’ll go to where you can meet ingredients suppliers. There is, and we went to some of these conferences. There are different industry newsletters, right? Like that you could sign up to that kind of give you all the information that you might want about the product, about products or, or, or innovations.

19:22
So like there’s one that I’m subscribed to called like Nutri Ingredients. They kind of give you the DL on all NutriCeuticals. And then you guys take an extra step and you hire an independent tester to just kind of verify the ingredients they have. That’s just… that’s all part of it’s called identity testing, right? When you buy a powder, right? You could actually test the identity of that powder. Meaning is the powder what people say the powder is? You can do that. There’s a machine that does that.

19:50
cost tens of thousands of dollars for this machine, but they can tell you what that powder is by analyzing the powder. We also, you know, some tests are in-house, some are third party. Again, it’s not as easy as saying, hey, we test third party, right? That’s not a full accounting of how that works because when we make a product, right, we’ll say we’re going to make this product, we’ll test the identity of the product, then we’ll test the heavy metals, then we’ll send it out to a third party to verify the heavy metals.

20:16
then it’ll come in, we’ll test with foodborne illnesses, then we’ll make the product and we’ll take the product and test that with foodborne illnesses. Like it’s like, it’s a very complicated process. The whole, the SOPs for creating our products aren’t one page, right? It’s binary. So it’s hard to describe, I guess, because there’s a lot that goes into it, if that makes sense. Can you kind of tell, I don’t know if you’re willing to tell us this, but how much did you…

20:42
put down to actually get all this started? Because it sounds like there’s a high upfront cost of starting a business like this. Here’s what I’ll say. When you want to get into physical product businesses, the number one problem you’re going to have is that you want to make your own product and you have to convince a manufacturer to make that product for you. A lot of times these manufacturers will put unrealistic first order volumes in place to prevent you from, to prevent

21:11
people from working with them that they think might be a waste of time, right? Other manufacturers will put unusually low first order volumes in place because they don’t care. They’re in the one and done business, right? They want you to make something, they make a crappy product and they can get out. It’s up to you to know. Then there’s the third, the third part, the third type of manufacturer where they might have the high order volume, but if you can get them to believe what you believe, they might be willing to work with you.

21:42
Right? In this case, like I said, it was very helpful that we found someone that already believed the same things we believed. And it made working with them a little bit easier for people who are just trying to start something up. Another good story about this is Sarah Blakely, when she was talking about trying to get Spanx made for the first time and how she traveled to all these different hosiery manufacturers and nobody wanted to work with her until she found one manufacturer, talked to a guy.

22:10
He wanted nothing to do with it until the guy told his daughter about it. The daughter was like, I love that. And then she, this guy took a chance on Sarah to manufacture the problem, right? Yeah. In this case, I don’t want to say that was fully the story for us, but it helped that we were saying the same things, that we both believe the same things. And it made working together a no brainer for both of us. Okay. I imagine since you guys have scaled, you’ve probably outgrown this person, right?

22:40
or? Great. One of the things that I’m a big fan of relationships, right? If you have people that you work with and do a good job, you do everything in your power to make sure you can continue doing a good job together. So part of it has always been about being transparent about where our growth is going to go and letting them know that we expect them to keep up. At this point, we are now a multi-product company.

23:06
And we’re not as simple as like, we just manufacture one place. Like, especially as we’re starting to branch out into other areas, you know, where we, we have a book coming out. I don’t know when this is going to air, but we have a book coming out next week that we self-publish. Obviously our, our supplement manufacturer isn’t printing our book for us. Right. Or we’ve also done a lot of cool stuff. Like we have Giovanni frother’s that comes from a different facility. have glass straws that are actually hand bent.

23:33
to have a little crease in it so people could drink out of a glass. That’s made by a different manufacturer. As the company grows, you need to have different sources for different types of products. You’ve got to just choose the best source for your product.

23:46
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:15
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:44
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. Okay. So that first manufacturer that you were working with, they’re pretty much only manufacturing a set number of products for you or set styles, I guess, or item numbers or SKUs for you. We still work with the same manufacturer, if that’s the question. Yes. Yeah. Okay.

25:12
Are you willing to comment on kind of like what the margins are like for food products in general? That’s a tough question. Yeah, because you’re going to say which one, but I don’t want you to give away your margins. Which product is question number one, right? Which industry? Question number two. And number three is how are you determining margin? we determining margin? we’re, so wait a second. like again,

25:39
Here’s the cost of the product. Here’s the cost of the sale of the product. But we have to remember shipping and handling like one of the things we charge for shipping and handling. Just gross products minus costs. What you’re selling it for minus costs without shipping and everything. Yeah. But so that’s a very misleading number. can’t one. I don’t think I’m going to answer this gross margin. Yeah, I That’s I was trying to give you an out by giving you make it in more general. Like here’s here’s what I’m trying to say. Right.

26:07
when you buy any product that’s going to be in retail, your goal for any product is to have what they call one in four, meaning if it costs $4, it should cost $1 of cost of goods. Because by the time it all gets out there into the world, there’s other costs that are associated. So for example, you know, last year we charged for shipping and handling, right? We, we, people have to pay for shipping and handling.

26:33
For every dollar we charge of shipping and handling, actually costs us $2. So if you look at the cost of goods of the product and then look at the price of the product, you’re wow, that’s a lot of money. But it’s not because we’re losing so much money on shipping and handling, even when we charge for it. That’s one example. Another example, when you’re selling food products and people do returns, you can’t resell it. You got to take that product as a return and you got to trash it.

27:04
because it’s just a health hazard at that point. So now returns are basically full loss. You have to account for that. You have to account for breakage. have to account for all this stuff that, now mind you, we don’t ship out broken packages that often. It’s very rare, but all this stuff accounts for problems. What I will say is that I miss the margins in my information course business, in my software business. Yeah, of course you do. Things were so much easier.

27:32
when I was not selling a physical product. Because what I will say is financing growth of a physical product business has been the most stressful, challenging thing that I have ever experienced in my life. And the reason why I say this is because, Truvani, we are trying to create great products. I can tell you right now, our cost of producing our products is tremendously high.

27:58
I see people selling supplements out there for like 20 bucks a bottle. And I know that that’s something that costs them a dollar to make. Right. And I’m looking at this like 20 X I would die for 20 X, but we’re using high quality ingredients. You know, I’m lucky. I’m lucky if we’re not losing money on our first purchase when people buy products. That’s the first thing. Second is like, we’re trying to make products. We believe in, right. It’s not really about the money. It’s something that

28:26
I have complained about with my friend, Vani for like five or six years before finally I’m like, ah, screw it. We’re going to do it. Do know what I mean? It started as a truly as a passing business and we did not want to raise money from, from venture capitalists or outside angel investors or any of that, because we didn’t want to have an overlord determining how we ran the business. Do you know what I mean? Sure.

28:54
Of course. Especially when it comes to ingredient quality and all of that. The last thing that I want someone to say is like, hey, don’t do this. The margins are bad. That’s not why we do it. We try to make products that we feel like we can make better than what’s out there. That’s what we’re doing. Okay. That’s kind how we want to approach it. How do you deal with expiration dates on food products? I imagine all that needs to get factored in the calculation somehow too, right?

29:19
Yeah. So right now we’re selling supplements. A lot of supplements have two year shelf lives or one year shelf lives. It’s a little bit easier for us right now. We’re getting into other products that have lower expiration dates. It just means you’re, you have to have your logistics on point, right? When you’re dealing with food products, especially supplements, a little bit less so, but when you get into food products, you know, there’s melting, you know, Amazon won’t let you sell chocolate five months of the year because chocolate melts in warehouses and warehouses is very hot. So.

29:49
You got to account for all this. Sometimes you have to account for how you ship the products with expiration. You just have to have a very clear idea of when your products are expiring and make sure there is protocols in place to get rid of expired products. If you’re doing something like FBA with Amazon, they actually handle a lot of that for you. If the product’s expiring, they destroy your inventory for you, which is great. Basically we use 3PL, meaning we use a third party logistics company. And this is the type of stuff that we have to just.

30:17
wary of to make sure we’re selling products within window. Does your 3PL handle that for you or no? We just moved 3PLs. So I’m not and I don’t run the 3PL part of the business. Our operations team, Devin, would be the person for that question. OK, I’m more do marketing, sales, product development. So how that gets done, though, is what I can say is we generally buy inventory. We try to have anywhere from three to six months of inventory on hand, meaning

30:46
We want to acquire inventory and have enough for three to six months of inventory, knowing that we have a one to two year expiration and that we’ll have an inventory turn of six months. We like to give ourselves about six months. Plan it safe. Exactly. But we also like to have enough inventory. There’s some people out there that have one month of inventory on hand, which is a disaster for us because we want to use the best ingredients and we test their ingredients so much. And if ingredient fails a test, we’re not using it. And that’s going to delay our supply chain.

31:14
and we’re only keeping one month of ingredients on product on stock, we could be stuck without product for several months. So we like to keep a lot of products in stock because we want to be able to, you know, we always test their stuff and we might have to decline an ingredient supplier. We always say that we’re not loyal to any individual ingredient supplier. We’re only loyal to the test results. Right. Okay. That makes sense.

31:43
So let’s switch gears into your specialty. You’re responsible for marketing and sales, right? So how the heck does one go from zero to 250,000 orders in just two years? Why are you asking questions like, well, the one thing you gotta do, Well, I’m giving you some leeway because I know you like to talk. I’m giving you- lick your finger, jump around in a circle, stare up at the sun, touch your toe and do that in less than three seconds. And guess what?

32:13
Money and orders will rain from the sky. So let’s start from the beginning. Right. So you have this influencer, right? So what was your first step? Once you had product in hand? Why do people say it’s an influencer? It’s not an influencer. I have a business partner. Her name is Vani. She’s a friend of mine. Okay. I don’t know what terms to use, Derek, that you won’t correct me, but I’ll let you go on. So we have a new…

32:40
So we’re working with Vani and the big thing that we didn’t know, like I’ll just take you back. When we wanted to launch this, we didn’t know what kind of demand we would have for our first product. At the time we chose our first product was a turmeric supplement. This was chosen because at the time Vani was taking a turmeric supplements and that company got acquired by a large company. They then changed the ingredients of the turmeric supplements and just

33:09
never really told anyone that they changed it. This frustrated Bonnie and she stopped taking it. She now wanted the reason why I picked Tumeric is because we had this story of her having a bad experience with Tumeric and we just were like, you know what, we’re going to make a Tumeric product. That’s going to be our first product. But we still didn’t know would people buy this? You know, how much do people buy? Do people care? Is the Tumeric a very common supplement? Like why would they

33:39
try to Lani like why us? These are all concerns that we have. So we just started asking ourselves like, well, what’s going to make people buy from us? It’s like, well, what if we just told the story about Vani took a tumor supplement, the company got acquired, they changed ingredients and she stopped taking it. So 100 % true. That’s what happened. I was like, what if we just tell that story?

34:05
And then say, that’s why we’re launching our company where we’re going to release a product and it’s going to be what we say it is. We’re going to sell you the product. If we change ingredients, we’re going to tell you, we’re not going to hide it. tell you. And we told that story and what happened was is everyone started to raise their hand. They’re like, you know, I hate when companies do that. I hate when they buy a product I love and they change the ingredients. And what’s funny is this happens all the time.

34:35
I’ve worn the same set of shoes, Steve, for five years. And the same shirts too, right? Same shirts, I wear everything the same. These shoes, I bought these shoes when they first came out. I wore them, they were great. I bought them a second time, I wore them, they were great. I bought them a third time, the leather of the shoe wasn’t breaking in the same way, and it was cutting my foot on my big toe in a weird way. Like that’s weird, right? I bought the fourth set.

35:05
And it was doing the same thing. I bought the fifth set. was doing the same thing. I called the company and I’m like, did you guys change the leather that you’re using? Like, no, no, no. It’s the same exact thing. I’ll tell you right now. I don’t know how to determine if the leather changed or not, but I can tell you that two sets of shoes, the problem never happens. Three sets of shoes. happened every time. Right. They clearly changed something and didn’t tell anyone. And that pissed me off. So we told the story.

35:34
about how things got changed in the tumor. People were like, yeah, I hate when that happens. We said, well, we’re going to be pre-selling our product. The reason why we’re pre-selling is because we don’t know, you know, we basically being honest with them like, Hey, we’re going to launch this. We’re not sure what the demand is or how much we’re going to need. we’re going to, we have the product formulated. It’s ready to rock. Come out in February. We’re, you know, we want to see if there’s demands. We did it. And then the demand was there and then the sales came in, but it helped that.

36:04
We told a true story about a pain that we had in our life, which was tumor, changed ingredients, it’s annoying. And then we had the ability to get attention on that pain, which as you called it, is we had Vani who had an audience who could share that with her audience. Now a lot of people love to say like, well, what if I don’t have an audience? What do I do? It’s like, well, an audience could be gone through anything. Like you could pay for advertising.

36:33
and get an audience through paying for advertising. You could find an influencer as you call it and partner with an influencer. You could build an audience. You could do all of these things. So that’s kind of how that started. You tell a true story, people resonate with it and then they want to buy your stuff. So for that story and the way you launched it by saying you had the ingredients, did you…

37:02
based that first order quantity by the amount of interest that you got? Or did you already pre-order ahead of time? We did both. We pre-ordered product ahead of time based on what we thought we were going to do. Then the sale went up after the first day. We’re like, uh-oh, we didn’t order enough. We called the manufacturer and said, hey, can we order four times more? So how did that happen?

37:31
Like if you got interest beforehand, presumably, maybe you got emails, I don’t know how you did it. But why were the numbers so off from your launch? Well, because I didn’t even know I’ve never launched a product like this before. I didn’t even know what to expect. I see. You know what I mean? We were pre-selling it as an early launch and we’re trying to get demands just to figure out how much demand there was. And the demand was higher than we thought it was going to be. Turned out everyone was mad about

37:59
big companies changing the greens without telling anyone. Okay, I keep forgetting you’re used to digital products, right? There is no selling out. That’s right, that’s right. That’s exactly right. So that’s kind of what happened. So let me ask you this, that same message that you were talking about, this story, did it work when you ran Facebook ads to cold audiences? Yeah, of course. We ran a lot of ads to that story. I mean, it’s a good story. It’s a true story.

38:28
Turns out that there’s a lot of people out there who are mad at companies for changing ingredients. Actually, you could look at, you could find any major company changing ingredients and see that there’s a protest around the ingredient change. So when you were running that ad, was it a non-product specific ad? Was it just trying to get that message out and then lead back to your site or was it specifically about Tumeric? Yeah, honestly, this is what was crazy about it is it was a non-product specific ad. It was just like, hey, we’re launching this company. And by the way, our first product is Tumeric.

38:58
Okay. That didn’t even lead with benefits of turmeric. We just kind of led with the pain of companies changing ingredients and then said, by the way, our first product is turmeric and we plan to do so much more by buying this turmeric. You can get a really good product, but it’s also going to help us create more products in the future. We just basically told the true story of what we were trying to do. And we went from that one turmeric product, we have 12 skews now. And if things keep going the way they’re going, we’re hoping to have 24 skews by the end of next year.

39:27
I’m pretty sure that was intentional, but I think that was the smart thing to do, right? Most people buy brands because of what they stand for and not necessarily the exact product. So if you led with like, our tumor is the best, I’m pretty sure it wouldn’t have worked as well, right? Yeah, you know, we live in a world right now where people want to buy the company they believe in. This was true with information products. It’s true with, you know, food products. It’s true. It’s true with everything.

39:57
Right. People are buying for identity and it turns out that when you have a magnetic personality or identity, people want to be a part of it just because they like it. Right. Yep. And it’s like me, like I have a lot of different products that I use for different reasons. Like I, like, like I wear the same t-shirts every day. Right. I wear the same black Mack Weldon V neck t-shirt. I wear the same shirt every day.

40:26
Mack Weldon kind of caters to this new casual man, if you will. And I kind of view myself as a new casual dude. That identity might’ve gotten my attention, right? So it got my attention. Then I got their V-neck and their V-neck was amazing, right? So now I got 50 black, you know, Mack Weldon V-necks that I, that’s the only thing I wear. I literally do not change my shirt. I have the same shirt 50 times. The same is true with, I wear sweatpants every day. They’re like fitted.

40:56
Y3 sweatpants and I went through a lot of different sweatpants and I wear the same ones because they’re perfect. They’re literally perfect. There’s no complaints about it. Same thing is true with, with types of notebooks I use. I have a brand it is called, I can’t pronounce it. It’s called Nemo Cine. think M N E M O S Y N E. They make this really great notebook and it has really amazing paper, paper so soft. can rub your face on it and just feels great. Not that you’re ever rubbing your face on your notebook, but.

41:25
The paper’s amazing. It comes from Japan. And I buy this product. got, you know, probably bought a hundred of these notebooks because I just love using that product. It also speaks about me as a person probably that I’m that weird guy buying an imported notebook from Japan for $21 and that’s the only notebook I write on. Like, wasn’t going to say it, dude. I wasn’t going to say it, but all right. So you launched your product online. When did you guys decide to transition over to retail?

41:56
That was a 2020 decision. So we had several people very similar to how we started the company, man. Like, you know, people were mad about the ingredient selection while we were running this company for about a year and a half. And people kept asking, are you in retail stores? Are you in retail stores? Are you in retail stores? And we’re like, no, we’re direct consumer. We sell online. Oh man. I really wish you were at the local store. So customers kept asking. The retailers kept asking, Hey, can we put you in our retail stores? We put you in our retail stores. People are asking about you.

42:26
And we’re like, all right, whatever. I, I know nothing about this, but maybe we’ll do it. So we start doing some research into looking into retail. I’ve been, I’ve been in direct consumer marketing my entire adult life. I’ve sold everything direct to consumer. started out way back in the day, like, you know, early two thousands where I was in a fill hit for teeth whitening products, where I was selling teeth whitening strips or whatever. But I’ve been selling DTC my whole adult life.

42:54
And retail was a new thing for me. So since I didn’t have experience there, the first thing we did was recruit a director of sales from a company that had tremendous retail presence already. So I knew if I was going to get into retail, I needed someone to guide me in that process. We recruited somebody to do it. We also hired a consultant to help advise us in the process. Like the consultant kind of taught me to have an environment about the whole retail landscape. And he was a consultant that

43:22
was currently a full-time employee at another food company that was doing sizable volumes, you know what I mean, of revenues. So we hired them to try to get the ground work and that was cool. Then we found he helped us find a director of sales and actually helped us find the person, interview the person, make sure they’re legit. We then had the director of sales and our director of sales has been leading the charge in 2020. What are some additional headaches that going into retail causes that just doing straight D to CECOM?

43:52
you wouldn’t see. Well, you want to go talk about margins. Well, you got to sell your product for cheaper than you’re selling it to the retail store so they can make their margins. Sure. So what is it like a 2X markup? Depends. There’s not a flat market, right? Depends on what product it is. But I will tell you, it’s one more person you have to now satisfy with the price and they’re going to give you immense price pressure to push down. That’s the first thing. Second thing is

44:17
Is we’re a new DTC brand. even though we’ve been getting a lot of traction, some companies just don’t care. Right. So getting into stores is a different problem. If you will, luckily we have a good brand and there’s a couple of stores that took a chance on us. And then we over-delivered. We launched into one of the first chains we got in was a chain called Arawan. It’s a very beautiful grocery store in California. have amazing products in Arawan. And it’s one of the things that.

44:46
You know, when Vani goes to California, that’s when the first grocery store she goes to Devon. He lives in California. He loves Erewhon. Like everyone loves Erewhon. How could I have not have heard of this place before? How do you spell it? E-R-E-W-H-O-N. Interesting. Okay. Cause I live in California. Wait, wait. What part Cali? Northern California. I don’t think Erewhon’s up there. think it’s only so Oh, it’s an LA thing. Okay. Got it. Yeah. So it’s an amazing, amazing store. And…

45:14
You know, they took a chance on us. They put us in there. So we wanted to over deliver. What did we do? Well, we got an Arowan. The first thing we did, we started running advertising to the LA area, talking about being an Arowan. We emailed it out. We started promoting it. And you know, we, we sold through our inventory pretty quickly. And I remember hearing from my director of sales. He’s like, we sold through the inventory in like two weeks. That’s very rare for a new brands that goes into a store for the first time.

45:42
And we started getting reorders and people started buying and more people wanted to get in, get, get on board. And as we get more stores on board, we just keep marketing that we’re in those stores to the local areas. And I have come to realize that all retail is, and this is the way I describe business now. People want to buy the products they want the way they want to buy them. Some people like to buy online.

46:13
Some people like to go to the store and buy it. Some people just want to buy the product the way they want to buy it, period. So for the first year, we weren’t even on Amazon, dude. We go on Amazon, Amazon blows up. It’s a great source of revenue that people want to buy on Amazon. And it’s funny because it’s like, I like buying on Amazon too. So I get it. Some people just want to go to the store. So from our perspective, when we put a product on Amazon,

46:39
or we put a product on our website or we put a product in the retail store. It’s our job as a business to sell that product. There are too many people who think going retail is going to be the magic bullet that gets them all the sales that they want for their product. But there are plenty of people who go retail and don’t sell any products because it’s not the retail store’s job to sell the product. It’s the brand’s job to sell the product.

47:10
Right? It’s the brand’s job to build demand. The demand will come in location, online, on Amazon, but it’s the brand’s job to build demand. All the retail store does is make it available to be purchased in person. That’s really interesting. I actually never heard of people running ads to their retail stores because the margins are a lot less, right? Already you’re giving stores the wholesale price and then now you’re running ads.

47:39
for people to actually buy it. What do mean? That’s so people don’t talk about it, but it’s true. there’s this cool. I’m not arguing with you. I’m just saying. no. Let me give you an example. So when you get into a retail store, there’s something called trade spend. You know, when you see a product featured at the end of an aisle and then cap, you have to pay for that most of the time. If you want to get a special display, you got to pay for that’s trade spend. It’s funny because we’ve been breaking into these retail stores and we’re like, all right, what’s the trade spend options? They’re like, oh, we don’t do that for new brands. Like, okay.

48:09
Or like, you the first thing that I do is like, great, how do I pay for an end cap? How can I pay for a newsletter drop? I’m trying to buy the ads as soon as we go in, which is very rare, I’m told, for a new brand going into retail. Because I come at this from a direct consumer mindset, right? Where I’m used to paying for advertising to acquire customers, right? It’s called in retail, we call, you know, online, it’s called pay for advertising, acquire customers. That’s what they say online.

48:37
In retail, it’s called driving trial. That’s the word that they use. You have to get the store that has customers that may not know who you are. You have to convince them to drive trial. So you lose money on spending on advertising and trade spend to get their customers to buy your product for the first time. If your product’s great, they buy it again. You drive trial. That’s very similar to internet marketing. It’s all the same to me, right? You’re just driving trial of your product.

49:06
It just depends on where it is. Now, some retail stores have the ability to give you trade spend. Some of them don’t want you to spend any money on trade spend for the first 90 days that you’re in the store. Why? I don’t know. It’s rules. I have no idea why, dude. Like that’s, that’s a, that’s a question for them. I’m not a retailer, but sometimes they wait. I don’t know about you, dude. I’m not trying to wait for anything. So I’m to go buy my own ads if they’re not going to let me buy their ads.

49:36
I’m wondering if this strategy would be different if you weren’t a consumable product. Like if you’re a one and done type of product. Because I know you guys try to drive subscriptions whenever you can online, is that right? What’s a one and done product? Why would you? So I’ll tell you right now, consumables help. But if you’re a one product company, you will go out of business, period. I meant like a one product or one purchase type of thing that lasts a long time. What am I thinking here?

50:03
For example, like a handbag, for example. Yeah, but what’s the cost of the handbag? The price point is a lot higher, yes. Yeah, so you have more money to spend. I’m selling a $29 bottle of turmeric, right? So I’m pretty sure I can get someone to buy a handbag that they sell for… By the way, margins in handbags, if you’re buying a $500 handbag, it probably costs… Yeah, I it’s ridiculous.

50:30
Yeah, I actually know the margins of handbags because we released a true Bonnie bag as a free gift. know, yeah, that’s right. That’s right. So I know a little bit about know a little bit about how handbags work. But there’s a lot more margin in handbags and we’re selling. We don’t sell the handbag. We just made it as a gift, obviously. But there’s more margin to be spent right at the end of the day when you’re a business. Here’s the amount of money you get for this sale. Right. Here’s the cost of goods.

50:59
then how much money are you spending to get that customer? Is there any money left over to make any money here? That’s the question. And if you’re selling a handbag, I’ll tell you right now, if you only sell one handbag, you’re not going to win. You’re going to lose. going to be a loser company and you’re never going to make any money. You’re going to only make money if you sell a handbag and you sell a second handbag and you sell a third handbag and you sell a t-shirt and you start expanding your product.

51:27
The true revenue opportunity comes from building something for people that believe the same things you believe, selling them that thing, and then getting them to buy more things. With us as a consumable, the more things that they’re buying happens to be more of the same exact product, right? But with luxury apparel company, you might have to get them into accessories. It’s why most luxury apparel has handbags and shirts and sunglasses and perfumes. You need that to make the business work.

51:58
I remember you had an interesting view on discounting. Do you guys run sales for your products anymore? Sales. I hate sales. I do have an interesting view on discounting. I think that discounting is stupid almost always. I think it kind of spits in the face of the customers who pay full price. So that’s the first problem. Second problem is it encourages bulk buying, which is a problem when you’re a subscription based company.

52:27
And it also encourages people to buy more of a product they don’t necessarily need just because they’re trying to save money. So I think it’s actually bad for the customer. Um, so that’s the first problem with discount. Second problem is even though I’m anti-discounting, we do some discounts and the discounts are only to get people to, as I was saying before, drive trial. Like we have done a 50 % off the first month of subscription, meaning you could try about a product of ours and get 50 % off the first purchase.

52:55
as long as you subscribe to monthly delivery. The reason why we do this is predominantly because I want you to try the product and I know when you try the product you’re gonna love it, you’re gonna buy it again. Do know what I mean? Yeah. So we drive trial. Now we do that for right now predominantly because we don’t have our product in sample form for all of our products. That’s a whole other line of skews. It’s expensive. We’d rather just give a full-size product at a discount and then try to create all these samples that we could

53:25
give it out or whatever. It’s just too expensive to do that at the size company that we’re at. after that first purchase, you guys pretty much don’t discount anymore, although you can get it for cheaper if you subscribe, right? Yeah, we have some levels where if you subscribe, you save money on the subscription, obviously, because we want you to subscribe. We also have where if you spend certain amount each, you know, if your order size is certain amount, you can get free shipping and handling. I think that there are some bundles.

53:53
that we have where if you can get multiple products in the bundle, like one of each product or whatever, there’s a little bit preferential of a price on a per product basis in the bundle. But we generally don’t incentivize bulk purchasing. I think bulk purchasing is bad for business and I think it’s bad for the customer. So we rather you try multiple different products as opposed to buying 10 of the same product. I’ll tell you why I don’t like bulk. I can tell you a story about bulk purchasing.

54:24
When I started to work out, wanted to buy some supplements and I’m going through the process of buying these supplements or whatever. I ended up getting like six bottles of every supplement. And I was just looking like, then I get this big package of like, know, six huge tubs of stuff for six different things, like 36 containers. And I’m like, I live in New York city, dude. I don’t got the space to store this stuff. So I’m like, why did I just do that? That’s annoying. I’m like, why don’t I just get it shipped every month?

54:54
And I was like, that makes sense. And I then I look at my own behavior. I get my deodorant shipped to me every six weeks. I get my other stuff shipped to me. I get my toilet paper. I get everything shipped to me on subscription because it’s easier. And I’m like, that’s how this should work for supplements. Other people are doing this, obviously. I didn’t invent supplements, subscriptions or whatever. But I’m like, that’s just the better user experience than buying in bulk. So that’s what we do. We let people buy on subscription or not on subscription. They don’t want.

55:23
to, but they buy a subscription and they could pause, skip, cancel, delay their order, whatever they want very easily. Right. We don’t make it hard to cancel or anything like that. It’s actually, you have to make it easy to cancel in most States actually nowadays. Uh, so we make everything super easy for people and, and, and people like it. You know what I mean? We have a very lenient refund policy. Uh, we want people to try our products. We want people to like our products. We want people to have good experiences because at end of the day,

55:51
We’ve come to find that people will buy a product unless they may not like that product that they just purchased, but they like three other products we have. And the second you give the customer a bad experience, you lose that customer for life. Last question, Derek. Yes. There’s a lot of people who are listening. They’re debating whether to do digital products or physical products. And you kind of have this unique perspective where you’ve done both very well.

56:19
How would you decide either way? What would be like the main criteria?

56:25
I would tell people to take a step back and ask yourself why you’re doing this in the first place. I’ll tell you straight up. I started selling courses. I started social traders because I had something to say, right? I had, I had something I had to get off my chest. It was about marketing. I saw a lot of bad advice getting peddled at the time was pissing me off and I built an audience around teaching people good marketing advice and stuff.

56:51
I didn’t start selling courses actually because of Lewis Howes. Lewis Howes was like, dude, you got to sell courses. He talked me into it. He’s like, you know, you make killing doing this. You make a lot of money doing it. People would learn a lot from you. I never really liked it though. If I’m being completely honest, I did it. And then when I did it, people were getting tremendous value. So I started to get addicted to the help that I was giving people, right?

57:18
But eventually I got burnt out because I never really liked it in the first place. Do know what I mean? So I would say that if you’re thinking about selling digital products, like you got to really want to do that. If you want to teach people and you get, you’re the type of person that loves getting up on stage and teaching or making a course or showing people how to do things and you’re good at it or want to get good at it. And that’s what keeps you up at night. Like you were thinking about better ways to create courses so people actually get the results. Like if that what drives you sell digital products.

57:48
On the other hand, if you are frustrated by a product in your life that stinks, like I’ll tell you another thing that I might make one day. I have a kid, right? My, my, my lady was breastfeeding when the baby was born and we bought a breastfeeding chair. This chair was a rocking chair that had a nice cushion on it. And the way you would hold the baby, right? You have to put the baby, tilt the baby to the side. The baby lacks on the boob.

58:17
starts breastfeeding, but this chair had an armrest that was padded halfway. And then it was wood the other hand. This kid would occasionally be breastfeeding and whip her head back and smash her head on the wooden part of the breastfeeding chair. And I’m looking at this chair and I’m like, what the hell? Why would they put wood at the end of this breastfeeding chair? Breaking my kid’s head open. So I get a bunch of old socks.

58:47
I put it at the wood part of the chair and I tape it there, right? This is solve the problem. And I’m looking at this one day and I’m like, did we just buy a bum chair? I started looking online. Most of these breastfeeding chairs have hard arms, like hard arm rests. And I’m like, I can’t be the only person that has a kid smacking their head on this. So I might make a breastfeeding chair next, dude. But

59:16
As I’m saying, it’s like my ideas for products come from problems I’m having in my life. That’s how I would come up with the problem. You got to be passionate about it. I’m telling you the story of this chair and it still pisses me off to this day. My kid isn’t having the problem hitting her head on that chair anymore because we threw that chair in the garbage. If I’m ever going make a chair, let me tell you, I might make that breastfeeding chair where the armrest is fully padded. Literally, you know what I would put in the ad?

59:46
I would literally tell the story like, hey, when I had my first kid, my kid was breastfeeding, she’d pull her head off and smack her head on the wood and I thought, how come there’s no fully padded armrest? And that’s why I’m proud to introduce the Rocking Armrest Chair. That’s what I would sell this. I would just tell the true story of what happened, show you the product of the armrest and everyone who’s a would-be mom is like, oh no, I don’t want my baby to crack her head open either and they’re gonna buy my chair. So I get past you, dude. No, dude, I love it. That’s why I asked you.

01:00:16
Yeah. So Derek, where can people find true body products? Where’s the best place to go? The best place right now is go to true body.com T R U V A N I.com. That’s where you can see all the cool products we’re releasing. You can see all the cool stuff we’re doing. I don’t really post constant anymore. So people want to get more me probably the best thing they could do is just stalk my Facebook profile where you won’t get business content.

01:00:44
But you’ll definitely get some, um, rants, some unfiltered Derek rants, like the one I posted today. don’t know. Did you see that one today? I was like, so this morning, my lady said one of our up through the night. that the one? Yeah. Yeah. One of my best accomplishments is that we taught our baby to fall asleep each night on her own. And I laughed at it. I’m like, babe, all we did was put the baby in the crib and forget about her until the morning. We literally did nothing. How’s that an accomplishment? And she’s like, no.

01:01:13
that’s just like you to say that. And it’s like, yeah, it is just like me. But like, really, we put the baby in the bed. We have a baby’s crying. Most people can’t resist going to get the baby when it cries. Like, listen, we put the baby in the crib, and we forgot about the baby until tomorrow. And eventually, the baby falls asleep.

01:01:30
All I can say dude is that your wife is a good woman. Oh, she’s great. And if you guys want any of Derek’s archives, like your YouTube channel, you got tons of videos there. Social Triggers is a huge archive of stuff. There’s many ways to get a lot of Derek in your life. If you just look. Yes. And it’s also applicable today. Most of the stuff I’ve ever created is always evergreens. So if you go to my YouTube channel, there’s like a hundred thousand subs over there, socialtriggers.com. There’s a lot of good content there that’ll help you with your business marketing and all that sort

01:02:00
But for me, you can learn from what I say or you could watch what I do. I think watching what I do is probably the best way to learn. And that’s why TrueVine.com is great. And if you like supplements, you can check them out. Cool. Well, Derek, man, really appreciate you coming on the show. Glad we could get this together. Thanks for having me. Hopefully people made it to the end and had a good time. I think they’ll make it to the end. Just my guess. All right, dude. Thanks, man.

01:02:29
Hope you enjoy that episode. Naderik is quite a character and I love listening to the man speak. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 320. And once again, I’m going to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

01:02:59
I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

01:03:29
Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

319: How A Simple Mindset Shift Completely Changed My Life With Steve Chou

319: How This One Mindset Shift Changed My Life Forever

Today I’m going solo to talk about a major mindset shift that I made many years ago which drastically changed the course of both my social life and my online businesses.

While this episode is on the shorter side, the content is important and I share a few embarassing stories of my youth to illustrate my points. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • The number one way to fail
  • How to find your voice
  • The one mindset shift which changed everything

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today is going to be a solo episode where I’m going to talk about one mindset shift that drastically changed the course of both my social life as well as my online business success. Now this concept is important and I’m more than happy to share with you embarrassing stories to illustrate my points. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind,

00:28
You know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward. And I’ve chosen Postscript.io to be my text message provider. Now why Postscript? It is because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data.

00:55
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, it is price well too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back?

01:24
That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands, and it gives you the tools to build your contact lists, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that is why more than 30,000 brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster.

01:54
and it is free to get started. So visit clevio.com slash mywife to create your free account. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash mywife. Now onto the show.

02:22
Welcome to the My Wife Coder Job podcast. Today, I’m going to share with you some embarrassing stories about my childhood, how I came out of my shell and how good things started happening when I stopped doing this one thing. Now, if you’ve ever met me in real life, you probably know that I have a tendency to blurt out whatever’s on my mind. Sometimes what comes out of my mouth is inappropriate. Sometimes it’s embarrassing. And sometimes it’s what everyone else is thinking, but unwilling to say out loud. But it is who I am and I don’t care.

02:50
What’s funny though is that I was a completely different person as a kid. And growing up, I was taught to fit in with all the other kids, work hard and let my grades do all the talking. And as a result, I was painfully shy when I was young. I never spoke up in class. I rarely initiated conversation. In fact, I was the quiet Chinese kid in the corner who rocked all the tests, got straight A’s and helped bring up the property values in my neighborhood. Now outside of my close friends, no one knew anything about me because I rarely said a word.

03:20
I blended into the background and quietly went about my studies. But the truth is is that deep down, I didn’t want to be this way. I didn’t want to be the good old Chinese nerd in class and I wanted to be liked and admired. In fact, I would often dream about being the popular kid in school who all the girls liked. I would envision myself as the life of the party, walking down the halls with random people high-fiving me left and right, but my dreams never had a chance of becoming true because I was afraid of saying the wrong thing.

03:48
I was so scared of what others would think of me that I defaulted to staying silent and just fitting in. And as a result, I held back much of my personality as a kid and probably missed out on being way more popular. Anyway, here’s how I made my transformation and what I learned in the process. Now, as long as we’re digging up old baggage, here’s a childhood story of mine where one of my classmates literally stole all of my jokes and became known as the funniest kid in class. Now it was third grade and this boy named Al, it’s not a real name,

04:18
but we’ll call him Al for this video, was assigned to sit next to me in school and we quickly became friends. I used to tell him whatever random thoughts were going on in my head. And whenever a Seinfeld worthy event happened during school, I would make some sort of outrageous comment to make him laugh and he would often crack up in the middle of class. In fact, he found my zinger so funny that he started yelling out my one liners in front of all the students in the class. And of course everyone loved what came out of his mouth because they were my jokes.

04:46
and Al became known as the funniest kid in the third grade. Now what’s sad is that I never had the courage to tell my own jokes out loud because I was too afraid to speak up. And I continued to let Al steal my thunder the entire year, but he made me realize that I had a funny personality. Anyway, after hiding in Al’s shadow all of third grade, I slowly started speaking up more and I realized that it was okay to say whatever was on my mind. And in fact, it was cathartic.

05:15
So the summer of eighth grade was that I truly came out of my shell. And that summer I was sent away to overnight camp at Franklin and Marshall college for three weeks. And it was my first opportunity to experiment with my new, I’m going to say whatever the hell I want philosophy because no longer was I stuck in an environment where I was expected to be the quiet nerd. And I could start all over again. And at this camp, no one had any preconceived notions about my personality. And it was my chance to let loose with zero consequences.

05:43
because I would never see these kids again. And in fact, it was at this summer camp that I realized that acting normal made me stand out. And that summer, I finally experienced what it felt like to be a popular kid, and I met my first girlfriend that year. So sometimes a change of environment is necessary to hit your reset button. When you are stuck in the same peer group for too long, you can get pigeonholed with a certain persona that can be hard to break out of. Anyway, I came back from summer camp that year with some major life lessons

06:12
that I’m going to share with you right now. So lesson number one, no one is paying attention to you. The first lesson I learned is that we think too highly of ourselves. When you are insecure about yourself, paranoia dictates that everyone is watching your every move. But it is usually the complete opposite. And in fact, I always chuckle whenever my wife asks me for my opinion, whenever we go out. Should I go with the pearl earrings or the diamond stud for this party? They both look beautiful. This is the correct answer for every question, by the way. Hmm, I don’t know.

06:42
Honey, we gotta get going. No one is going to care. I care. Have you ever spent way too much time thinking about what you’re going to wear? Have you ever been worried about how you’re dressed or how you looked? One time I was so paranoid about a stain in my pants that I purposely sat cross-legged on the sofa for an entire night so no one would notice. This is a scenario that we all secretly picture in our minds, but in reality, everyone is just planning their next selfie. Overall, we give ourselves too much credit.

07:10
No one is paying close attention to you and it is all in your head. Lesson number two, your fears are usually irrational. Now the consequences of our fears are usually much dire than we envision. So for example, when my wife and I first launched our e-commerce store, we were both terrified of failing and losing all of our money. And in my mind, I pictured myself getting ridiculed by my Stanford classmates. After all, selling handkerchiefs online is not a glamorous business by any means. And to fail at it, that would be downright embarrassing.

07:40
I also had frequent nightmares of my wife and I at the side of the road begging for money. Totally irrational, I know. But in reality, we invested roughly $630 into our online store and a ton of sweat equity. There is nothing for us to lose except for our pride. In worst case scenario, the business fails, my wife goes back to work, and life goes on. Now when I was younger, I used to be afraid of approaching women and strangers because I was terrified of rejection. But these days, I simply ask myself, what is the worst

08:09
that can possibly happen. If I get rejected, is this going to profoundly affect my life? And the answer is almost always no. Lesson number three, when you speak your mind, people will listen. And when I first started blogging back in 2009, I played it safe by writing canned tutorials about e-commerce. I took what I read online and what I implemented with my online store and stuck strictly to the facts. And at the time, I didn’t express my own opinions with my writing because I didn’t want anyone to disagree with me. I wanted everyone to like me.

08:38
and agree with everything I said. And it was just like third grade all over again. I was afraid to write about how I truly felt. I didn’t want to say anything bad about the tools that I was using, nor did I stray from writing about what was generally accepted as best practice. And as a result, my blog was a total failure for the first few years because my writing was a regurgitation of what was already out there. There was no soul to my posts. I never took a strong stance on anything. But when I finally got personal and expressed my opinion,

09:08
My articles immediately gained traction. No one likes to read bland content that just plays it safe. People want to hear what is on your mind. And someone once told me that you aren’t truly successful until you get your first piece of hate mail. And I actually truly believe this statement. Unless you are striking a nerve with your audience, you will never be successful. So overall, people always gravitate towards an individual with a strong opinion, whether they disagree or not. You can’t please everyone, but if you try, you will please no one.

09:37
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

10:06
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

10:35
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. Lesson number four, no one who fits in is ever wildly successful. Now, if there’s one lesson that I’ve learned from trading stocks that applies to everything in life, it’s that if you follow the crowd, you will never accomplish anything extraordinary. Why is Warren Buffett so successful? It’s because he buys stocks when no one else wants to buy. He doesn’t panic.

11:05
when other people are frantically liquidating their holdings. And the same is true in business and life. If you sell similar products online as everyone else, then your prices will quickly spiral to the bottom. If you use the same marketing tactics as every other business, then you will never make any sales. The secret to success is actually being weird. Don’t think you’re weird? I call BS. Everyone is weird in their own way. And if you ever meet someone who isn’t strange, then be very suspicious because they are hiding something from you.

11:34
The sooner you embrace your eccentricities, the sooner you’ll achieve your goals in life. And in fact, the most successful people I know are all quirky and they leverage their quirkiness to their advantage. For example, Pat Flynn leverages his geekiness and his love for Back to the Future to be relatable to his audience. Derek Halpern runs his snarky mouth and people love it. I often send Photoshop images to my podcast guests as a joke. And here are some of my works of art. For example, I sent this picture to Jen Hansard, the founder of Simple Green Smoothies,

12:04
threatening to expose the image of her drinking a blended caramel ribbon crunch cream frappuccino macchiato instead of her smoothies. I sent a similar accusation to Tony Horton, founder of the hit workout P90X, threatening to expose this picture of him eating McDonald’s french fries amidst a sea of junk food. Now if you haven’t experienced success yet in your life, then it’s probably because you are doing what everyone else is already doing. So embrace your inner crazy, be bold, and take some action. Lesson number five.

12:32
only pay attention to people who matter. Now even though I try my best to ignore what other people think, it is human nature to care. But I’ve trained myself over the years to only care about the opinions from people who matter in my life. And having blogged for over a decade, I’ve received my fair share of hate mail over the years. And these letters contain some of the most hateful language that you’ll ever, ever read. But here’s what I tell myself. You’ll never meet 99.9 % of the people who don’t agree with you, so why waste time thinking about it?

13:01
Focus on the opinions of the people you trust and admire because those are the only opinions that matter. And if you ever do meet a hater in person, I am willing to bet that they’ll be nicer than you think. After all, those who feel anonymous hiding behind a computer screen are much bolder than they are in real life. In fact, I’ve spoken with a few haters in my day who were perfectly nice individuals when I interacted with them on Skype or met them in person. So moral of the story here is don’t be afraid of the hate.

13:29
Embrace it because it means that you are doing something right. So finally, the biggest turning point in my life came when I stopped bottling myself up and pushing down my personality. After all, it’s human nature to not rock the boat and try to blend in. But in reality, embracing your inner weird is the only way to stand out. Because remember, almost nothing that you’re scared of is actually that scary. Now, not everyone will like you, but the only way to discover who does is to be yourself. And people naturally gravitate towards opinionated people.

13:59
Weird is interesting, conformity is not. Here’s to breaking out of your shell. It took a third grader named Al and an eighth grade summer camp to bust out of mine, and I hope to experience your quirky personality in person someday.

14:15
Hope you enjoyed this somewhat embarrassing episode. And what’s hilarious is that one of my friends knew exactly who I was talking about when they heard about this story and immediately looked up Al on Google. And it turns out he looks exactly the same as he did in elementary school and he’s doing quite well as well. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash episode 319. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

14:43
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at Postscript.io slash Steve.

15:11
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course out of the way. Thanks for listening.

15:31
where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

318: How To Rank An Ecommerce Store In Search With Jeff Oxford

318: How To Rank An Ecommerce Store In Search With Jeff Oxford

Today I’m thrilled to have Jeff Oxford on the show. Jeff runs an SEO Company called 180marketing.com where he helps ecommerce stores rank their sites in search.

He specializes in ecommerce companies, and he is actually the number one recommended SEO on Ecommerce Fuel. In this episode, we will pick his brain on how to rank physical products in Google.

What You’ll Learn

  • Jeff’s SEO background
  • What’s working and what’s not in terms of ecommerce SEO
  • How to rank a physical product store in search
  • How to build backlinks

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have my good friend Jeff Oxford on the show and Jeff is an SEO expert, but what sets him apart is that he specializes in e-commerce stores. So today we’re going to talk about how to specifically rank a physical product store in search. But before we begin, I want to thank Clavio for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately.

00:27
If you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact lists, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that is why more than 30,000 e-commerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following.

00:53
Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster, and it’s free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create your free account. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript.io for sponsoring this episode. And if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:23
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS, or text message marketing, is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward, and I have chosen Postscript.io to be my text message provider. Now why Postscript? It is because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at a push of a button.

01:52
Not only that, but it’s price well too, and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:23
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Jeff Oxford on the show. Now Jeff runs an SEO agency called 180marketing.com where he teaches others how to get their sites ranked in search. And unlike other SEO folks out there that make ridiculous claims, Jeff actually walks the walk. He’s helped a number of e-commerce companies. He specializes in e-commerce companies and he’s actually the number one recommended SEO on e-commerce fuel, which is run by my buddy, Andrew Udarian.

02:50
And I actually had the pleasure of listening to this guy speak at eCommerce Fuel last year. And he is speaking at Seller Summit in 2020. And today what we’re going to do is we’re going to pick his brain on how to rank an eCommerce site in search. And with that, welcome to show, Jeff. How are doing today, Doing good, Steve. Thanks for having me. Yeah, Jeff. So give people listening that your background story, how you got into SEO in the first place and why eCommerce? Yeah, great question. So I first got into SEO

03:18
back in college. So me and my roommate, you we heard about making money through AdSense at the time. like, no, we’re going to create a blog and try to capitalize on some of this internet money. So he was a huge fantasy baseball fan. And so he would write all these articles about fantasy baseball. And I was just trying to teach myself SEO through SEO Moz at the time now called Moz going through Rand Fishkin’s Whiteboard Fridays. They learned everything I can. And we actually made a pretty successful blog. We got busy.

03:48
moved away from that and then my next project was actually creating an e-commerce site. So I’ve had my few dropshipping e-commerce sites over the years. My first one, of course, being out of college, I sold beer pong tables online. dropshipped them. I built that one up, sold it a manufacturer. But throughout the past 10 years, I’ve worked for a few different SEO companies and then back in 2013, I left the agency world, or I guess I left an employee of the agency world to start my own SEO company.

04:18
I’ve been doing that for about the past seven years. Awesome, awesome. So is that e-commerce store still alive or no? No, I sold that off and I checked it. was beerpongstadium.com and I’m guessing they probably sold it to a completely different site. And then I got into 3D printers. was selling 3D printers online because I’m thinking, what can I sell that’s really hard to get in person? And 3D printers was one of those like, you hot buzzes at the time. But I realized I’m

04:43
I’m pretty good at marketing in SEO but I’m not the greatest at operations and within one month I got hit with about $25,000 in chargebacks. after that I’m like, you know what, I’m just going to focus on consulting. So that’s what I’ve been up to. Was SEO the primary driver of traffic for that e-commerce store? Yeah, all the e-commerce stores I’ve had, it’s all just been SEO. I mean I’ll dabble a little bit with Google Ads and setting up some shopping feeds but it’s 90 % SEO.

05:13
Interesting. so with that store, we won’t talk about it too much more, but with that store with SEO, like, could you have converted that into like an affiliate type of play also? That’s one thing I was thinking about. And I’ve had some other friends that have success with that model where you make the website look like an ecommerce store. But when you go to the product page and click add to cart, it just takes you to an Amazon product page. So that’s one thing I was tinkering with. But that was when I got hit with all those charge backs. I’m just like, you know what, I’m just gonna

05:41
take a step back and just focus on consulting. Cool. And when it comes to just SEO agencies, like, and this is, I’m not ripping on them in general, but I’ve had a lot of people in my community get kind of outright ripped off by SEO agencies who claim that they can get you the top rankings and that sort of thing. So how can an agency do a better job than you could do yourself when it comes to SEO? There’s definitely pros and cons of going with an agency versus doing it yourself.

06:09
And I actually rag on agencies all the time because I haven’t been in the agency world. You see the same stuff. You get pitched by the A-Team. You have some rock star guru come in, tells you, promises the world. And you get handed off to someone who’s maybe it’s like their first job out of college. I’ve seen that a few times. I’ve seen agencies where it’s actually interns doing the work. So there’s a reason that a lot of people don’t trust SEO agencies because they haven’t always.

06:35
delivered on their promises over the years. I’m sure there’s probably listeners that might have even been penalized because they hired an SEO agency and they built a bunch of spammy links and took a bunch of shortcuts and their rankings and traffic plummeted. Another common thing I hear is you have an SEO agency, they’re very professional, you get these really nice branded reports with all these graphs and they tell you everything’s going great, but when you actually ask what’s going on and look under the hood, there’s really nothing happening. There’s no links being built, they’re not really making optimization.

07:03
pretty much paying thousands of dollars a month just for a fancy report and no movement. yeah, I’ve seen that where people have been skeptical to hire SEO agencies for those reasons. So I mean, when you do it yourself, at least you know you’re getting stuff done, but at the same time, there’s also so many nuances that come with SEO and specifically e-commerce SEO that it’s so hard unless you’re really living in it for so long. If you just look at optimizing a page, there’s so many elements. If you look at

07:33
how to acquire links, there’s so many things and nuances you gotta focus on. when you outsource, you definitely get the expertise and some people think maybe I’ll just hire an SEO person, but an SEO specialist, you usually have a technical background. That’s just gonna be one aspect of SEO. You really need content, you need a good writer who can write, you need maybe a developer who can fix technical issues.

07:58
maybe you’re going to need someone to do some social media or outreach and build relationships with blogs. So since there’s so many different core aspects of SEO, it’s hard to find, hire just one person in-house. So that’s where the agency model comes in place because they have all those resources. Yeah, yeah. So you mentioned e-commerce SEO. And I know for a fact, running an e-commerce store myself, that content can actually be a problem if you’re trying to rank your category pages and your product pages.

08:26
Let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about what’s working and what’s not in terms of just e-commerce SEO today. so like what I’ve noticed, if you’re trying to rank for a keyword, first thing that you should do is search that keyword into Google to see what kind of results is Google showing. Are they showing mainly category pages? Are they showing mainly product pages? Or maybe they’re showing articles. And that’s going to tell you what kind of content Google wants to rank for that keyword. So if it’s a category page, you’re going to focus that keyword. You’re going to put in the title tag of the category page.

08:55
put in the header tag, you want to optimize the content for it. Typically, I recommend on your category pages to have at least 150 to 200 words of content, but preferably more. I if you can get over thousand words and what I’ve seen work really well is maybe have a few lines of content above your products. Because if you have a huge block, it’s going to push your products low on the page. It’s not going to provide a good user experience. It’s going to hurt your conversion rate. So what you can do is just put a little bit of sales copy above your products and then below it, you know,

09:24
answer any FAQs someone searching for that product might have. Maybe they want to know which one’s best for them, why, what should they look at, what are the unique selling points of these different products, and have that in there. So it’s not just for SEO, it can actually help drive conversions. And if you’re curious what to write about, you can just search that keyword into Google and maybe you’ve seen a lot of SERPs will have the people also ask boxes. And these are questions that customers have and you can just put them on that page.

09:51
answer them and that can really help your category pages rank a lot better. you recommend hiding that text with JavaScript and have them click to read it so it doesn’t push everything below the fold? So here’s the thing is Google’s gotten really smart and they have patents all about crawling and parsing and understanding HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. So if it’s not visible on the page, they know it’s not visible and they’re not going to weight it as highly. So if you have it like visible at the bottom of the page,

10:18
that’s probably going to have a bigger impact on SEO than if you had it at the top of the page behind a collapsible div. Ah, interesting. So you recommend like below the products putting all this verbiage. Yeah, I like a hybrid approach. It’s still good to have some content above the fold. So maybe have like 100 to 200 words of content above the fold. And then if you have the resources and you can develop 500, 1000 or even 2000 words of content below your products, we definitely go with that. There’s a huge correlation between number of words on a page

10:48
and rankings. you comment on, you mentioned facts below the fold in the category page. Would you recommend using the schema markup for that? So first of all, can you define for the audience what that is and then whether you recommend it or not? So schema markup is this fancy word for rich snippets or basically improving how listings appear in search results. So maybe you’re searching for product and you see Amazon’s listing and it has that star rating with the price.

11:13
all within Google search results. That’s what we mean when we talk about rich snippets or structured data. And there’s a few different types of structured data. Maybe you’ve seen recipes show up. Maybe you’ve seen events. In the e-commerce world, popular one is products. Now, Google recently released one for FAQ, FAQ Schema, where it actually show related questions underneath your listing. It’s still newer. haven’t seen, it’s one thing that we’re actually testing right now to see, will Google pull it in for a category page?

11:41
if you have those FAQs on the page. as far as will that work and will it show the FAQs for a category page, that’s to be determined. I’ll let you know what I find. It’s working on the content pages. I’m actually kind of curious since we’re talking whether that has improved the click-through rate of your posts. Yeah, when you have pretty much any sort of rich snippets you have showing up, whether it’s for products or for an article, I have seen a huge…

12:07
improvement in click-through rates. So like, you if you have your product page and you have the star rating and it says, you know, four and a half out of five stars and you’ve got the price in there, you know, those little orange stars catch the searcher’s attention. So that can definitely attract more clicks, increase your click-through rate. And one thing people might not realize is that Google’s looking at the click-through rate as a ranking factor. So if you get a higher click-through rate, that alone could move you up in the search results.

12:33
So in terms of getting people to click, for the actual titles of your pages, do you recommend using enticing language or just the keyword of the product that you’re selling or the types of products you’re selling? So we used to just do the kind of more keyword focus. if you have selling, what’s the e-commerce site that you’re working on right now, Steve? Oh, Bumblebee Linens. Bumblebee Linens. And what do you guys sell there? We sell handkerchiefs and linens. And what’s like a big keyword that you’re mainly focused on?

13:02
Ladies handkerchiefs. like ladies handkerchiefs, you know, before we might just make the title ladies handkerchiefs and that would work really well. But in the past, like two to three years, we’re seeing a trend where Google’s putting more weight on user metrics like click through rates. So, you know, now it might be Bumblelinens or sorry, that keyword again? Bumblebee linens, ladies handkerchiefs. Ladies handkerchiefs. So it might just be ladies handkerchiefs. Now we might do like ladies handkerchiefs dash free shipping.

13:29
or ladies handkerchiefs as low as $4.99, whatever it might be. And we found that that kind of is a good hybrid approach where you get the keyword in there, you can rank well, and you’re getting a good click through rate. You know what? I tinker around with it every now and then. And what’s funny is I tried that for a little bit. And what I found was before I would put keywords, like different permutations of keywords in the titles. And so I would actually naturally rank for those permutations, even though Google is generally smart enough to figure that out. But sometimes they’re not.

13:59
And what I found is that when I replaced it with that language, I actually lost rankings for those other keywords that used to be in the title tag. And I was wondering if you’d comment on that. Is that normal or have you seen that happen? Are you talking about using like related keywords and long tail keywords? Yes. Yeah, there are times where we see that happen. So maybe people are searching for women’s handkerchiefs for sale or best women’s handkerchiefs. And you have a title tag that’s just, you know, best women’s handkerchiefs for sale. And maybe you scale it down to just be women’s handkerchiefs.

14:28
Yeah, then yeah, you’ll see so often times you’ll see the related keywords go down. So it’s it’s one of those things you really got to see what keywords you’re targeting on the page. What keywords the page is already ranking for SEM rush and hrefs are great tools for this so you can see like what are some really high volume keywords this page is ranking for and if it’s just one main term that has all the search volume, maybe it has 2000 searches per month and all the other keywords have just a few hundred and you can just go.

14:56
go all in on that one main keyword, but if there’s maybe two to three that have high search volume and you can kind of combine them together like, you know, women’s handkerchiefs for sale or best women’s handkerchiefs, then it’s definitely worth kind of incorporating those variations. Yeah. So there’s, there’s different rules and different circumstances involved. Yeah. There’s, yeah, there’s a lot of nuances, but you know, before we ever touch a page, you want to see everything it’s ranking for, cause you might try to improve rankings for one keyword and in doing so you might.

15:23
you know, optimize it for that one keyword and the other keywords it’s ranking for might actually go down in positions. Okay. Okay. So I would like to actually continue with this interview kind of with a hypothetical case here. Let’s say you have like a brand new e-commerce store and we can use your old one as an example and you got this unlimited SEO budget. What are some things that you would do just right off the bat starting from complete scratch? Okay. So is this, do you already have the website up and running and now it’s just take it? Yeah, website up and running and let’s say you have

15:53
know category pages with content and you have really good product descriptions and everything I guess maybe from a conversion perspective and what not is all good to go. in that case and you already kind of touched on this but just to really hammer the point down is making sure all your product pages, category pages have great content and I’d say if somebody, person here is listening and maybe they don’t want to hire an SEO agency and they want to do it themselves I think the most valuable resource for SEO is a good writer. Having someone who can create you know

16:22
great content. There’s a lot of great keyword research tools out there and seeing what are your customers searching for and creating content around that like really long form content. Maybe it’s a few thousand words, has custom illustrations you could work with a graphic designer for and then promoting that content to other websites in your industry to get backlinks. So what’s great about this is content marketing. You’re creating content that people are searching for. It’s answering questions. Oftentimes it can even convert.

16:50
and you can also get links from it. So it’s a traffic driver and as it gets links, it’s gonna help out all your product and category pages rank. So that’s the first place I would start is just really get some resources in place to create good content and then promote it out to relevant blogs. So are you suggesting creating your own blog? Like do you feel like every e-commerce store requires a blog these days or can you just get by with content on the category and product descriptions?

17:12
That is a great question and I’m glad you asked it because I’ve looked at analytics for so many e-commerce sites and it’s very rare that blogs drive more than 2 to 5 percent of the revenue and I’d say in most cases about 80 to 90 percent of cases what my clients are spending on blogging and content is driving a negative ROI. It’s usually not driving more revenue than it’s worth.

17:38
I mean, here’s what happens if you check your blog and you can go to Google Analytics, you can add a filter for blog to see all your blog posts. Oftentimes it’s driving good amounts of traffic, but that traffic just doesn’t convert. It’s just too high up at the funnel. If you’re selling ladies handkerchiefs and someone’s searching what is a handkerchief, they may not be ready to buy. That’s why we look for kind of more high converting keywords and just some tip for your listeners. Any keyword that has best

18:08
reviews or versus, those are much higher converting keywords. If someone typed women’s handkerchief reviews, they’re getting pretty close to pulling out their credit card and purchasing. If someone searched best women’s handkerchiefs, now they’re also in the mindset that they’re almost ready to buy, or versus, if they’re comparing two different brands. Again, those kind of keyword variations I found work really well for blog posts and are more likely to convert.

18:34
So do you believe in the blogging model and getting them on your email list where you can nurture them? I guess that’s a little bit harder to measure. Yeah, that’s a great question. It can work really well. It depends on your business model. Like if you’re having success with your email funnel and all you need is more subscribers to fuel it and you can build a relationship with them, you can nurture those leads and those email subscribers and absolutely create your content with the mind of getting email capture. Maybe you have some…

19:02
lead magnets that they can download and they just have to enter their email and maybe just have a subscribe box. That can work well, but only under the assumption that you have a of an email funnel that’s already working for you. So based on everything that you just said, so blog, yay or nay? I’d say in most cases nay, unless you really know what you’re doing. As far as blogging goes, I’m a huge fan of quality over quantity. I’d much rather see somebody do one really good post once a month.

19:32
then try to just crank out something once a week. It’s kind of one of the fallacies is everyone here is need great content. So they’re just running to crank out as much as they can. But when you look at the stats, it’s not really drive that much traffic or revenue. And it’s 2020 now, you know, got so many people are creating content. It’s not just the media companies and the publishing companies. You also have e-commerce stores and lawyers and real estate agents and pretty much everybody. So the bar has been raised really, really high. And if your content is going to get noticed, if it’s going to rank, if it’s going to drive links,

20:01
you really have to have the best content out there that’s really worth ranking on page one. with that in mind then, if you don’t have like a blog, I guess you’re suggesting that you focus all the content on your product pages and your category pages. Is that accurate? I’d say as far as getting revenue, that’s probably going to be the better focus. Okay. And there’s a few caveats here. mean, if you have a really good writer and you’re able to produce really good content that people want,

20:29
then absolutely invest in a blog, create content, and promote it out. It’s just one of those things where it’s so hard to create really breathtaking content these days that unless you’re really going at it 100%, it may not be worth it. That’s interesting. I actually have a completely opposite view on that. If you put out content, in my opinion, if you put out content that’s very catered to your target customer and you’re building an audience of just those people,

20:56
and you become like an influencer in that space, then you can just take that email list and you can point them at whatever product that you want and people will just tend to buy it because of you and your brand. Yeah, that’s and that’s totally true. And I agree that if you have great content and you’re building email subscribers, and I’m sure with your websites, you’ve seen this model work super successfully and you know, I’ve seen you put out some really good content out there. What I think that the disconnect might be is a lot of the

21:23
A lot of e-commerce store owners are so focused on so many things. You’ve got operations, customer service, paid search, SEO, it’s kind of more an afterthought. like, we need content. Let’s just create some content. And so the content out there might be good. It might answer the question, but it might not be good enough to draw on that many email subscribers. It might not be good enough to rank as well. So I agree with you in the sense that if you’re going all in on content and you’re really going to invest the money,

21:52
and time to do it right, then it can really be a great way to get traffic, get leads, and build an email list. But for a lot of the e-commerce sites I’ve seen, it kind of doesn’t get the love it needs, so it doesn’t perform as well. That makes sense. I guess that applies to everything in life, I guess, with ads and everything as well. I would agree. All right, so yeah, let’s take that assumption, actually. Let’s take that assumption as you’re an e-commerce owner, content’s not going to be your thing, so you’re not going to spend hours and hours and hours drafting blog posts and whatnot. So let’s go on.

22:21
Where would you dedicate your budget? just like before, content would probably be the main focus. think it’s good to have. You want to make sure your on-sites all dialed in. So maybe work with a developer or an SEO company to make, crawl the website like Google would look for any technical issues. Let’s talk about the most common mistakes that you see on the technical side, actually.

22:44
The most common mistakes I see, the first one that comes to mind is on category pages. Oftentimes, if you filter and sort, it’s going to create different URLs. if you change the, if you sort by price, maybe that’s going to add parameters to the URL. If you limit to only show 48 products instead of 24, that’s going to change the parameters. And oftentimes, every time you’re changing the URL, that’s creating a new page that Google’s indexing. So you essentially have multiple versions of the same category page.

23:13
all kind of competing with themselves for the same rankings, is creating duplicate content. So that’s kind of one of the more common things I’ve seen on category pages. Is that not something that the popular shopping carts take care of? You’re talking about like a canonical tag? Yeah, exactly, canonical tag. So Shopify is probably the most SEO friendly platform out of the box. I’m sure most of your listeners are probably using Shopify. Magento can be really SEO friendly.

23:39
I always recommend the Mageworks SEO extension and once you put that in it pretty much makes it just as SEO friendly as it can be with Shopify. But there’s a lot of platforms out there that out of the box they have canonical issues with their category tags. I even now I still work with clients and you look at it and they have so many versions of the same category pages getting indexed. Interesting. Okay. All right. If you want to just kind of define the canonical tag and how to consolidate all that, that’d be great.

24:06
So the canonical tag, it’s a line of code that goes in the head section of the source code and it tells Google which version of the page should be indexed. let’s say, going back to the women’s handkerchiefs example, let’s say you have women’s handkerchiefs sort by price, order equals limit 24 products per page and all these different versions of the URL. If you have a canonical tag, it’s going to say, hey Google, whatever version you land on of this URL, don’t index it, only index the main

24:36
women’s handkerchiefs page. And so once it sees that, it’s basically kind of going to see all the different versions and it’s going to it’s won’t index it. It’s only going to index your own category page. It can really help cut down on duplicate content. Cool. So that’s one major mistake. Are there any others? Site speed is a big one. Site speed has become more and more of a ranking factor. Before it used to just be that sites that load really slow don’t rank as well. But now we’re seeing like Google, especially with the big push to mobile,

25:05
Google’s really starting to stress site speed as a ranking factor. having a developer that can go in, optimize your first byte connection, optimize the theme, compress files, that can have a big impact. you’d be surprised, just improving site speed a good amount can have a noticeable impact on your rankings and traffic. on a side note of that, site speed is huge for conversion rates. know Amazon did a famous study where they found for every 1,000 milliseconds of

25:35
of page load time they shaved off, saw a noticeable improvement in conversion rates. So it’s one of those things that, I’m sure it’s good for SEO, but there’s also so many other benefits with improving your site speed. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce

26:04
and provide strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Counsel provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees,

26:33
website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. Can you give some guidelines? Like what, what speed is too slow? I’d say

26:59
the goal to shoot for would be if you can get under two seconds, you’re flying. That’s going to be great. But I’d say at least under three. At least under three. So these days with all these plugins and everything, adding JavaScript code and all this extra gunk on there, how do you create a site that’s so fast if you want to use all these services? The quickest way and the simplest way is just use Cloudflare. I’m not sure if you’re familiar with Cloudflare. this kind of

27:27
It takes everything on your website and like does a lot of this site speed improvements for you. So it will like compress your files, minify your JavaScript and CSS files. It’s on their servers, which are really fast. So it’s going to connect quickly. mean, it’s going to say, mean, we’ve seen times where just putting on CloudFlare most of the time cuts the site speed in half. So there’s a lot of improvements using CloudFlare. And the reason I recommend it is it’s so easy to use. You just connect it to your site. You don’t need to hire developer.

27:54
or anything like that. As far as just getting something up and running this week and making improvements to your site speed, CloudFlare is gonna be the way to go. And it’s free. Yeah, have starting plans free. don’t know, I think if you have like, if you have like a dedicated SSL certificate, maybe they charge you more, but I know they do have free plans that work great, especially for WordPress sites. Are you using any of the paid plans there? And is there a rationale for using one of the paid plans? That is a good question. Usually I just kind of point the…

28:24
clients in the direction and let them find the one that they need for their site. But I know they have some other improvements like security can be big like if you have a pretty big brand and you nowadays Internet security becoming more and more of a thing with like WordPress sites getting hacked left and right. Yeah, so I definitely recommend it but usually you can get by with just their free plan or their pro plan which is only 20 bucks a month. Right and I think you get some additional features there where like

28:54
It’ll transform all of your images to JPEG 2000 or something like that. Some additional benefits of paying. I don’t remember exactly what the list is. Yeah, one thing that I love about it, they also have their own content delivery network. So they’re going to save all your images on their network and they can just send it way faster. yeah, Cloudflare super easy. Are you using it Steve? I am not actually mainly because there’s caching issues and whatnot. So and I just lazy load my images and whatnot, but it’s been on my list.

29:21
I just a little bit more anal about the control aspects. definitely got more control if you do it yourself. Yeah, and my page loads in under two seconds, I think. So if I want an extra boost, then I will eventually get there. There’s a few tools that I always use to look at page speed. GTmetrics, and that’s metrics with an X at the end, .com is great. It’s a free tool. You put in any URL. It will tell you your speed as well as actual steps you can improve.

29:50
you can take to improve it. then Google has a great tool, the PageSpeed Insights tool, where it will tell you exactly what you can do to improve it as well. That’s actually the one I would use because I think that’s the way Google determines page speed, It is. The reason I recommend both is because the PageSpeed Insights tool, you’ll put in a URL and it’s such a hard grader. You could have a pretty fast site and it’s still going to give you a 32 out of 100 score. So I like to use

30:19
both sources and it doesn’t give you as much data on the actual page speed. The load time is more focused on this way you can do. if you use both of those, you’ll have plenty of actual steps you can take to improve your load time. I actually like web page test mainly because it enumerates each and every file that you can go through and reduce the resource load and exactly what order it’s being done. don’t think, does GTmetrics do that? Maybe it does.

30:46
I actually, I use web page test too. like those three that we just went over is like the three ones that I touch on. Okay. Yeah. So those are all great. Awesome. Awesome. So we keep talking about content here, but without a blog, where do you actually put the content? So if you don’t, let’s say you don’t have a blog, you know, whether you’re on Shopify or Magento, you know, can create a static page. whether it’s, if it’s Shopify, it’s going to be in the slash pages directory. If it’s Magento, you know, just like you’d have an about us page or contact page, you can create.

31:14
a static page. So if you’re just doing content once in a while, you can get away without having a blog. If you’re doing it more regularly, like once a month, know, having a blog is just going to make it easier to keep everything consolidated. And so if you’re not producing regularly, then and you have these static pages, how do you actually get those static pages to rank? So first thing is whatever your keyword is, you want to make sure it’s mentioned in the title tag, kind like what we talked about before, right? Having

31:43
Meta descriptions is one of the most overlooked opportunities I see for e-commerce stores. I’m seeing product pages with no meta descriptions, or it’s just pulling from the content category pages with no meta descriptions. And people overlook meta descriptions because it’s not technically a ranking factor. Whether you have the keyword in there, not at all, or a bunch of times, it won’t make any difference. But just like with Google Ads, having a well-written ad copy can have a huge impact on your click-through rates and your traffic. Well, the same applies for meta descriptions. So having a well-written meta description

32:12
can really increase your click-through rates. And like we talked about before, as you get higher click-through rates, that can help your ranking. So definitely make sure you have compelling, kind of sales-based meta descriptions. You want to have the keyword and the header tag of the page. You want to put the keyword mentioned within the content. So a general guideline is mention it once for every 50 to 100 words. That’s a very loose guideline. It really depends. But you also want to use related keywords.

32:40
So if you whatever your keyword is what I recommend putting it and put into Google image search and at the top Google is going to show you all these kind of keywords across the top that are related to that keyword and try to mention as many of those in the content because Google is not just looking for enough. We go with the women’s handkerchiefs example. It’s not just looking for women’s handkerchiefs. It wants to see what are other variations so it can kind of build a better sense of relevancy of what the page is about. So

33:10
That’s a great way to get related keywords is just using Google Image Search and looking at the words and phrases at the top. the keyword in the URL is going to help as well. Doing some internal linking. So whatever your most linked to pages on your website, for sure your homepage, but maybe there’s some other content that you’ve done that has lots of links, go to those pages and add links to the new page you’re trying to rank. And those internal links are going to help boost your ranking. So if you do all those things, that’s pretty much you’re going to see some good results.

33:39
And then there’s the whole part of off-page SEO that we haven’t talked about. Yeah, that’s what I was going to get to for these last 10 minutes. Yeah, with link building. You then want to promote that. Here’s the thing, it’s really hard to get people to link to a product or category naturally. Typically, if you’re going to get links to a product or category page, it’s either going to be doing guest posting where you write an article on a relevant website and have them link back to your product or category page.

34:05
Or you can do product reviews. actually send out product in exchange for review. You give free product to a blogger. They review it, they write about it, and they link back to your site. There’s actually a lot of opportunities there if you use Haro because there are these bloggers out there that just want free product. Yeah. They’re not the best blog. So I have certain standards where I think they have to have a domain authority over 30. But I generally don’t find really huge, high quality blogs there.

34:33
What do you use to actually find these opportunities? So I don’t know if I actually mentioned this to you, Steve, but I built a tool for pretty much for e-commerce store owners and other solopreneurs that want to do link building but don’t want to hire a company. It’s called Link Hunter and it kind of does what you talked about where you can find relevant keywords, whether you want to do guest posting or product reviews, you kind of choose how you want to do your outreach. It’ll find relevant sites that have actually either

34:59
published a guest post before or published a product review before so you know they’re likely to link to you. And then will pull in domain authority as well as the number of keywords the page is ranking for so you can make sure it’s a good prospect before you reach out to them. So kind of like you, I look at domain authority or domain rating as the hrefs equivalent of at least like 25 to 30. I want to make sure they’re relevant. I want to look at

35:21
how many keywords are they ranking for and what’s their traffic? Because oftentimes you’ll have websites that have a really high domain rating or domain authority because they’ve built all these spammy links, but they’ve been penalized and they’re actually not ranking very well. that’s kind Do the spammy links contribute to domain authority a lot? Yes. They do, really. It’s one of those things like Google knows if a link spam you’re not. Hrefs and Moz, they’re just purely looking at, know, I mean, Moz actually factors in some spam control under domain authority now, but you’ll still see sites that have-

35:51
really high domain authorities that have been penalized and really aren’t ranked for much these days. Interesting. Because I do see a lot of sites with really high domain authorities, but they don’t get that much traffic. even like blog, like for example, let’s take e-commerce fuel since we’ve talked about Eudarian a little bit. He’s got an insane domain authority, but I think he doesn’t get as much traffic because he doesn’t target the keywords. It hasn’t been a focus for him. Yeah, that’s one part of it too.

36:20
like look at his website, sure he’s got a really good domain rating, 74, but he also has, mean, his site’s ranked for like 20,000 keywords and it’s got pretty good traffic, but you’re right, you might not be targeting like really broad keywords, so it’s not the end all metric, but if you look at them in tandem, if you look at domain rating and estimated organic traffic for website, usually you can get a picture of which ones, if you have like a domain rating 50 site, but the traffic’s only a thousand, that might.

36:48
raise an eyebrow and you might not want to contact that site. Interesting. I’m just kind of curious what your guidelines are. I mean, if you really want to get kind of little more deep dive, what you can do is with HREFs or SEMrush, just paste the domain in there and just look at their history graph. Like is the chart going down or is it going up? And if it’s going down or if it’s had like a huge drop off where it’s clearly been penalized, you probably want to stay away from that site. Okay. Okay. And do you have a specific technique for outreach?

37:18
Yeah, mean, we’ll start with guest posting. Guest posting is probably the most straightforward. You find a relevant website, you reach out, you offer to write an article, and you can get a link. So there’s some tips to find guest post opportunities. Whatever your keyword is, just put it into Google and add n-url colon write-for-us. And this is going to show you all the related blogs that have a Write for Us page. You can also change Write for Us with guest-post.

37:48
to see other pages that have a guest post and this is going to be the quickest way to find those opportunities. And I say that because a lot of times we’ll reach out to just a random blog. Maybe they don’t do product reviews, maybe they don’t do guest posts. So by looking for sites that you know for a fact are already looking for contributors and guest posts is going to be the easiest way to find those opportunities. And then, so they’re expecting guest posts but is there anything you do in your language or do you recommend having anything available before you even

38:17
ask for a guest post? Because I get like 10 of those requests a day. Yeah, I bet. Like when I’m doing guest posts, I think the biggest things to touch on is how is this going to benefit the person reaching out to and know your credibility. So if you I mean, you really need to mention like if I was reaching out to you, Steve, I say like, Steve,

38:39
I love what you’re doing over there. I’ve been following your blog for a while and maybe mentioned something that shows you I’ve actually been reading your articles like, oh, I love that post you did about this. I never thought about doing that way. I always did things this way. Anyways, I want to reach out and see if you’re looking for any, if you accept guest posts or any outside contributions. And this is where you can highlight your experience. I’ve been doing SEO for 10 years. I’ve spoken at few conferences. I’ve written for Forbes and other places. And another big thing is

39:06
showing examples of work you’ve done in the past. So if I were to include links, like here’s some other articles I’ve written in case you’re curious, and maybe link to other articles published on blogs, that type of guest post is gonna have a much higher response rate than you’re just, you know, sending them articles or just like having a generic, clearly a template. So I think the biggest way to stand out is personalize your email templates to show that you’ve actually read the site and you’re not just a robot or doing a bulk email blast.

39:35
highlight your experience and also provide examples of content you’ve written in the past. Okay. And then what about for product reviews? Do you have any method for that? So for product reviews, you kind of like what you said, there’s a lot of bloggers just looking for products. So if you’re giving them free stuff, usually it’s not too hard of a sell. I think the biggest thing is just finding sites that are already accepting product reviews because a lot of sites aren’t really that interested. So you can just do a search, whatever your keyword is, and just do n-url colon review.

40:04
and see what’s coming up or you know what’s really helpful is whoever your biggest competitors are search their brand name and add an URL review and see who’s reviewing your competitors and that’s probably gonna be a really good place to start to try to get them review your products. Cool yeah. Hey Jeff so I kind of threw you that softball in the beginning about agencies and I know you you run one so that’s why but uh can you tell me why your agency is different and talk about some of the services that you offer? So

40:33
The biggest thing that’s different about us is we just do e-commerce, SEO, nothing else. Back in the day, we used to do SEO, PPC, email marketing, conversion optimization, just like everyone else. But we made the conscious decision that we’d rather be the best at one thing than just be good at everything. So we live and breathe it. mean, it touches all of our processes. mean, even till now, we’re still adjusting, fine-tuning, and tweaking.

40:57
how we do things, because there’s so many nuances as far as which keywords you’re to target on which pages. How do you prioritize which page you build links to if you have an e-commerce site with hundreds of thousands of pages? So we’re also very transparent. That’s worked well for us. So we always show our clients exactly what we’re doing. We open up the hood and show them our processes. And here’s how we found these keywords and why we chose these keywords. And these ones have high conversion potential. So we’re really revenue driven.

41:26
and we kind of use that into every decision along the way. So when we’re choosing keywords, we’re not just looking at the search volume, but we want to see, you know, what’s the average order value for this page? What’s the revenue per click or conversion rates? And when you kind of steer the focus less on traffic and rankings, but more about revenue, makes it much easier to get better results. And I think the clients also appreciate it. completely agree with that. There are certain keywords that we rank for that generate a lot of revenue.

41:56
that get less than a thousand searches a month. Yeah, and we’ve had times where we’ll create content for a client and it’ll drive, you know, it’s like a relationship building piece to build relationships with bloggers like, you know, the top 50 wellness blogs and we’ll reach out to them and the main purpose is to build relationships. But like we’ve done this where that post will actually get, you know, thousands and thousands of visitors and, you know, client, know, a smart client, you know, sure it’s great to get more visits, but if it’s not qualified and it’s not driving your revenue,

42:25
It’s really not going to make a dent in your bottom line. If you’re spending money on SEO every month, you’re going to want to get that return. So it’s important to focus on the revenue side of it. Does your agency actually write the content also and do the outreach for link building? We’re set up to do everything. So we got writers that write the content. We got an outreach team that will promote it and build relationships with relevant bloggers. We got designers if we need infographics or custom illustrations. And we got developers if we need to implement it or even make interactive maps or

42:55
and other type of unique tools. Jeff, where can people find you online if they have any questions about anything we talked about today or just SEO in general? So the website is 180marketing.com. Feel free to reach out if you have any questions. And then that tool Link Hunter that I mentioned earlier, if you want to do your own link building and you don’t want to spend a lot of money on an outsourced company, you can also do it yourself with Link Hunter. And that’s just linkhunter.com. Is that a free tool?

43:25
That is paid tool. It’s $49 a month. Okay. Okay. And as I mentioned before, Jeff is actually going to be speaking at Seller Summit 2020. So if you want to see the guy in person, see him speak and ask him questions in person, then grab your ticket now. Thanks a lot, Jeff, for coming on the show. I really appreciate your time. Awesome. Thanks, Steve. It was great.

43:47
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now most SEOs focus mostly on ranking blogs and content sites, which is why having Jeff on the show was very helpful. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 318. And once again, I want to thank postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. Now SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

44:16
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

44:45
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day meeting course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

317: A Methodical Way To Advertise On Facebook And Google With Ilana Wechsler

317: A Methodical Way To Advertise On Facebook And Google With Ilana Wechsler

Today I have my good friend Ilana Wechsler back on the show. Ilana owns Green Arrow Digital where she runs pay per click marketing for ecommerce stores.

In this episode, you’ll learn a methodical process for advertising online if you are not quite sure where to start. And even if you are an experienced advertiser, the advice from this episode will be useful.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to laser focus your ad targeting
  • How to figure out whether your website is the problem
  • How to piece together the paid traffic puzzle

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have my good friend Alana Wexler back on the show, and in this episode you’ll learn a very methodical process for getting started in advertising, whether it be Facebook or Google for beginners who are not quite sure where to start. And even if you are an experienced advertiser, the advice in this episode will be useful as well. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. Because I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward, and I have chosen Postscript.io to be my text message provider. Now why Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. And not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data

00:57
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back?

01:26
That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact lists, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that is why over 30,000 e-commerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster.

01:56
and it’s free to get started. So visit claviyo.com slash my wife to create your free account. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife. Now on to the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:23
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I am thrilled to have Alana Wexler back on the show. And Alana is someone who I met randomly at the Traffic and Conversion Summit in San Diego a while back. And since that chance meeting, she has spoken at my event, the Seller Summit, twice now. And we actually make sure to see each other multiple times at various events when there’s no coronavirus, of course. Now Alana runs Green Arrow Digital, where she runs pay-per-click marketing for other businesses. And she also teaches a course, or it’s a paid membership.

02:52
on that subject as well. And her bread and butter is all things Google ads. And today what we’re gonna actually talk about is a great process for beginners to figure out how to advertise. And with that, welcome to the show Alana. How are you doing today? I’m good, Steve. Thank you so much for having me back on. I am a big fan of your podcast. So thank you so much. And thank you so much for speaking and giving an amazing talk once again at Seller Summit. It was my pleasure.

03:21
We’ve got a great audience there, so was nice. And I wasn’t going to be able to make it all the way to Florida, but thank goodness for virtual events. And I could tune in all the way from the future because being in Australia, I talk to you from the future. That’s right. And so it all worked out, you know, I got to have you speak and I didn’t have to see you. No, just kidding. So Lana, it’s actually been almost two years since you’ve been on the podcast and just for the audience.

03:51
What has changed with your businesses in just the last couple of years on your end? my god, so much. think that they say internet user like dog use where each year is like seven years or something. yeah. So yeah, as per your intro, I have had an agency, I’ve had my agency, Green Arrow Digital for seven, eight years now. And then pretty much off the back of our the mastermind day last year’s seller summit.

04:19
decided to focus more on teaching people. So I still have my agency, but I sort of scaled it right back. And now I’m really focusing my efforts on teaching business owners how they can run ads. So they don’t need an agency at teach traffic.com. So I’ve got, as you said, an online membership there and a bunch of courses, and I audit people’s account, Google and Facebook ad accounts and provide a whole lot of value for

04:47
business owners so they can run their own traffic without needing an agency. Imagine that it’s kind of funny that you do both. It’s almost conflicting in a way, right? But I guess since you scale down the other operations, not really conflicting. In fact, I would have probably sold 100 % of my agency end up getting selling half of it last year, but I probably would have sold 100 % of it. But I kind of felt ethically, I couldn’t continue to teach if I didn’t still

05:17
do and so therefore I have kept pretty about 12 core accounts, which is, know, so we have a small agency and as I said, I scaled it right back, but I needed like this, you know, the world of PPC and Google ads and Facebook ads changes like daily almost. So I felt like I had to keep managing accounts in order to keep my skills sharp and stay on top of latest trends.

05:45
etc. yeah, that was kind of like an ethical dilemma that I was grappling with in terms of I can’t get rid of all my agency, you know. That makes sense. In fact, that’s one of the reasons why I keep my ecommerce store so I can stay sharp on everything that’s in ecommerce because I teach it. My wife, and I think the listeners know this, my wife’s been kind of burned out from the business. But you know, she’s got it good, right?

06:10
I don’t know, does she? She does. mean, you know, it’s pretty much a good lifestyle business. And so it’s much better than when she worked full time by far. Yeah. And I think also, you know, people change over the time. Like, you know, if you would have asked me seven years ago, would I ever want to leave agency work? I would have said, no way. I absolutely love it. And I do love it. But I think what I kind of grappled with was trying to scale an agency, which I have resigned to. I’m not.

06:40
It’s not in one of my life plans to scale a Google ad or Facebook ad agency. It’s a very difficult business to scale. Too many humans involved. Yeah. Too many humans. It’s very bespoke. It’s, you know, million balls in the air, budgets all around the world. It’s just, it’s a lot. And I think also you, one changes as well, you know, so I just didn’t, it wasn’t one of my life goals to grow a big agency.

07:06
Yeah, I’m sorry. I’m sure your wife is the same. You know, when she first started, she’d be like, Oh, this work life balance is amazing. I’m never going to go back to what I was doing before. love running an online store. But then once you do it for a while, you probably like you change, know, she actually makes up for it by being very involved in the school that my kids are in. So yeah, I mean, it allows her to do that. And so that’s what keeps her keeps her going. Yeah, nice. So Lana, today, I want to talk about puzzles.

07:36
Yeah. probably know where I’m getting out with that, right? It’s true. So for the listeners who were not tuning into your virtual summit, which was amazing, your virtual conference, I spoke about what I call the paid traffic puzzle. Is that where you’re going with it? It is. It is. Although I did start doing puzzles because of COVID-19. Me too! But there’s…

08:03
just so many different ways to advertise online. mean, we’ve got Facebook, we’ve got Google search, we’ve got Google shopping, we’ve got Google display, we’ve got YouTube ads, we’ve got retargeting. How does someone who is just starting out, and let’s use e-commerce in this example, how do you figure out where to start out if you’re just beginning? Yeah, so it’s a good question. And kind of the analogy that I was giving in my talk was that as a business owner, you know, they…

08:29
They come into the world of marketing and they’re quite daunted and overwhelmed with what to do first. There’s a million different targeting options. There’s a million different things that you can do. And it’s very hard to kind of get a bit of a helicopter view of the best place to start. And to kind of go back to this whole pay traffic puzzle that I kind of touched on, I, was a moment when I had, when I was doing a puzzle with my daughter and I kind of use this analogy of,

08:58
She came to me and this did happen to her and she said to me, know, mommy, can we do a puzzle together? said, sure, you know, so, uh, she proceeded to hand me a bag of puzzle pieces and she go, okay, cool. I said, well, where’s the, where’s the picture of, of this puzzle that we’re going to do together? And she’s, oh, I haven’t got the picture. And so we were effectively looking at a blank screen. And so whilst I had a moment of panic of.

09:27
How am I going to solve the puzzle without knowing what the picture looks like? It was kind of then that I drew the parallel to this is the same predicament that business owners face when they’re starting out, which is kind of, said, you know, like what does an e-commerce store owner do if when there’s just starting out and what, know, if I’m looking to solve a puzzle, let’s say what I always do is you start with the corners or the edges. The reason you start with the corners is because the corners will help.

09:55
reveal what is the next piece in your puzzle. And then those two pieces will help reveal what the third piece is and so on and so forth. And it’s kind of the same with online advertising where almost regardless of whatever industry you’re in, whether you’re in e-commerce, whether you’re in lead generation, whether you’re in really anything, as in somebody, something that I’ve learned in the years and all the different industries I’ve done is that we always start with retargeting.

10:25
someone’s just come to your website, they’ve left for who knows whatever reason, maybe they got interrupted or life kind of got in the way and we’re going to lure them back with a retargeting ad on multiple platforms. So if we think about the concept, as I said, that I came up with called the paid traffic puzzle, you’re retargeting on Google search, Google display, YouTube and social are the corners of your paid traffic puzzle. And the reason they’re the corners,

10:55
is because your retargeting campaigns will help reveal what is the next step that you should do to really grow and scale. But if you can’t get retargeting to work for your business, the answer is not to buy more traffic. The answer is to fix your retargeting campaign. There must be something wrong with it. Maybe your offer is wrong. Maybe your creative is wrong. Maybe your landing page or your website’s not doing its job of converting people.

11:25
So you’ve got to fix that first before I believe you really start to spend a lot of money on what’s called cold traffic. So let’s dig a little bit deeper in there. So I have a brand new shop. Which platform for retargeting would you recommend? Or would you recommend doing all of them? I personally recommend all of them because especially when you’re starting out, you really don’t understand where your customer travels online.

11:54
And there’s also a common marketing theory that, you know, people need seven touch points in order to become a customer. Now, I don’t know if the answer is seven for your own business. It depends really on how big of a problem you’re solving for people and how good your product is, et cetera. But you most likely need more than one touch point. And I think business owners, and I see this happen all the time, is they will only retarget on social. And I use this example in my talk at your event.

12:24
Steve where, know, I was looking at it to buy a cleaning product because one of my kids has got sort of allergies and eczema, et cetera. So I was looking to buy like a toxin free cleaning product. And when I left that product page, cause I wasn’t quite ready to buy, I was only retargeted in on social. They only retargeted me in my Facebook newsfeed and an Instagram story ad. And I just thought like that’s such a missed opportunity. Yes.

12:52
retargeting on social is good, but hey, what about YouTube? What about search? What about, you know, when I’m reading an article on the New York Times, for example, you know, luring me back. And so I’m a big fan of using the platforms together and the holistic customer journey. mean, if you have to choose, I would say Google has much more reach than Facebook, right? Totally. And Google are very, what’s the word, forthright with their reach. mean, they said,

13:22
that their platform you can read nine reach 90 % of all us internet users, which is insane when you think about it. It’s funny that you say that most people just jump to Facebook retargeting first, I think because the interface is a lot easier. Right? Would you agree? I guess probably Yes, it is easier. I think also people like the fact that you can comment and they can share it, which is an absolute advantage that

13:51
social has over the Google network that you can and people do, which still amazes me in this day and age, people share an ad or they’ll tag their friend and say, Hey, I was looking at these shoes. Maybe do you want these shoes too? Etc. And I’m not saying not to do social. What I’m saying is that shouldn’t be the only form of retargeting that you do yet. So many business owners only retarget on social. I don’t know about you, Steve, but I

14:19
personally take a social media detox quite frequently because it’s a bit of a productivity killer for me. And so if you only retarget on social, if somebody like me has a detox, then you’ve lost the ability to continue the conversation with them, which is crazy. You also recommended doing YouTube retargeting. That one’s so I don’t do any YouTube retargeting. That one seems a little bit. Yeah, we were just talking about your videos earlier. But yeah, no, I haven’t ventured into it.

14:48
think because it has larger barriers, right? So can we talk about that a little bit? Sure. Anything specifically? Well, making a video for one thing. So what types of videos work and… Sure. Okay. Obviously your retargeting video is going to be somewhat different to if you’re doing cold traffic on YouTube. Okay. So you’ve really got to transport yourself into the mind of your target customer. So with the example I used in

15:17
presentation at Seller Summit with this cleaning product. If I’m to buy a cleaning product. So as I said, this particular cleaning product was for my daughter and it’s this toxin free cleaning product, right? So the objection that’s going on in my head as a mom is, I’ve got three kids. My house is really dirty. It needs to be clean. Am I sacrificing a low toxin cleaning product for an inferior cleaning product? So whilst I want to help my daughter,

15:46
I’ve got to clean my house, right? I’ve got three young children like this needs some serious cleaning going on. So the objection in my head is how sufficient is this cleaning product? So show me a demonstration of it cutting through grease and cutting through grime so that, I will happily forego toxins. I don’t want toxins in my home so long as it’s ultimately getting the job done of cleaning my house and cleaning my kitchen and my stove top.

16:15
You know, some of some kind of demonstration is really, really powerful. And obviously it comes down to what is your product that you’re selling, but you want to demonstrate how it’s used. So yeah, that’s kind of what I Yeah. Does that kind of help? Yeah. I was just thinking like typically on Facebook, a retargeting campaign might consist of testimonials, use cases.

16:42
A lot of times what I do in Facebook land is I take something top of funnel that’s kind of been burnt out from the top of funnel and I’ll turn that into a retargeting ad as well. So totally. And I think you’re right. Using testimonials is the ultimate in proof of your product. And if you can incorporate testimonials, ideally, obviously video testimonials in your YouTube retargeting ad, then hey, that’s the ultimate proof. you do. Yes, there are barriers with

17:10
YouTube ads, but personally, I like barriers because that stops everyone else from jumping on the bandwagon. And YouTube is an infinite supply of ad inventory. So yeah, you want barriers, I think. my follow up question to that is, so we start out with retargeting. What is considered good in your eyes? What do mean what’s considered good? Like, well, you mentioned if it’s working or not, what is considered working? converting. Yes, right.

17:38
What is considered converting? Like what are some metrics? Okay, well for e-commerce it would be sales, but it depends if you’re running some kind of offer. You could totally expect to make sales off the back of your YouTube retargeting ad, maybe not cold traffic. I mean you can, but it probably needs a different video for that. I specifically, I was asking for like metrics. So for example, like if you’re retargeting ad is making like a 6X return or something like that, do you have any guidelines that you typically put?

18:08
What if a returning ad is making sales, it’s unprofitable? Unprofitable. Yeah. Okay. I would have a look at what’s called the view through conversions, be it is it contributing to a purchase, even though somebody has not yet purchased because, because there are multiple touch points. And at the end of the day, you probably would do it. What’s called an in-stream video, which is the video that shows up before the video they’re about to watch. Right. So you’re interrupting them.

18:37
in something that they’re about to watch and I’ll hang on a minute. So they might not buy it straight off the back of that video, but if it is unprofitable on the front end, you could probably look to drop your bids a little bit. So you don’t spend as much. You could delay your retargeting ads a bit. can frequency cap them. So you’re not bombarding people, the same people with the same ads over and over again. There are lots of ways to reduce your costs.

19:04
Maybe you do desktop only, you know, have a look at how mobile versus desktop works. And therefore if you, you know, in your Google analytics, for example, you see that most of your sales happen on a desktop, then maybe you do desktop only something like that. It really depends. So I’m not asking specifically on YouTube. I’m just asking holistically since we’re talking about the corners of the puzzle, right? How do you know when you’re ready to move on to fill in the rest of the puzzle versus focusing still on the retargeting and refining that? Okay. What are some metrics? Yeah.

19:34
your retargeting campaigns from a holistic point of view should be profitable. You should be more than in the money. And once again, it depends on what your profit margins are. know, like some people have 50 % profit margins, some people have more. It should be more than paying. If you’re spending more on ads than it’s making you, that’s a problem. And therefore I would test a different offer. would…

20:01
segment your audiences more, I would test different creative and that kind of stuff. all right. So the bar there is you’re retargeting ads are profitable. Yes, you want your retargeting ads profitable. They shouldn’t be profitable. Nine times out of 10, we can get retargeting ads profitable for businesses. Okay. Okay. And so once you’ve established that, that your retargeting ads are profitable, what is the next step?

20:27
Okay. The next step is obviously you want more traffic, right? Because you know that you can convert your retargeting audiences profitably. The next is filling in that pipeline with more people. Personally, I like starting with search traffic, search or shopping basically, because of the, the, the huge intent based nature of search. You know, they’re at the bottom of the funnel. They know exactly they want to buy these Nike GLX 35.

20:55
shoes, they’re just trying to decide where they’re going to buy them from. you just make that up or is that totally made that up? 100%. So that’s a really good starting point for cold traffic because you want to test that. Can your product page do all the heavy lifting to convert cold tree cold traffic into buyers? It might not be profitable straight away. That’s okay. But really this is a test of

21:24
Does your product page have enough of the elements on it? Is there enough testimonials on there? it, does it do this heavy lifting that it’s got to do? And you test it on search traffic first so that you can eliminate the variable of does somebody actually want what I’m selling? You know that that you want, they want what you’re selling because they’ve literally just typed it into Google and therefore you’ve eliminated that constant variable in your head of is, is this a problem with my targeting?

21:52
You know you’ve nailed your targeting. Now it’s just, can we get this, as I said, product page to convert people? Now I was just going to ask you about Google search ads. There are certain products where the keyword terms are just really expensive. Are you, are you just talking about like longer tail keywords or like, are you structuring your search campaigns? I’m not talking about shopping, just search. Search. do typically go after long tail search queries, namely because they are

22:21
are significantly cheaper. That’s not to say that we wouldn’t go after broad keywords. The extension which is on this is which is kind of the next piece in this paid traffic puzzle is we might test top of funnel keywords but only for our retargeting audiences. So if you imagine a situation of I’ve looked at these Nike shoes for example just continuing with this example and I bid on you know

22:51
would normally bid on very long tail intent based terminology that someone’s typed into Google. But if somebody’s on my retargeting list, I know that they’ve looked at my shoes. know they’re interested and then they go to Google and typed in Nike shoes. Right. Okay. Then I would bid on them, but only for my retargeting audiences. And so we this, uh, well, it’s still retargeting for search, but for top of funnel keywords. And the reason you want to do that is because it opens the door to a lot

23:21
more search volume. Because what’s going to happen is if you can get search to work and most of the time you usually can, you’re going to run out of those profitable keywords pretty quickly. And it’s a really common problem. You can’t make more people search for the Nike GLX 35 shoes, right? There’s limited number of people searching for them. So you need to find more people like them. Does that make sense? So just to be clear for the people listening,

23:50
you can bid on shoes, but it’s if people have been to your site, then you want to drastically increase your bid so that you show up because they’ve been to your website. Did I summarize that correctly? Ish. Okay, complete the puzzle for me. Okay. So people have come to our website and they’ve left. They’ve made the terrible mistake of they didn’t buy they left. Okay, but these people haven’t bought their shoes yet. They’re still looking for shoes. So we would bid on

24:19
Normally we for cold traffic, we bid on the specific product keywords, right? But for our retargeting traffic, we might expand our keywords that we would never normally bid on and bid on, as I said, top of funnel keywords like Nike shoes. And we would only bid on that keyword for people who’ve come to our website. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter,

24:46
the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark.

25:14
And Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount.

25:44
That’s EMERGECONSEL.com. Now back to the show. All right, and so now we’ve expanded our pool to shopping, as well as search. And are we expecting those ads to be profitable, like the non-retargeting ones? Yes, we would hope. Yes. If they’re not profitable, then we need to determine a few things. And I might get

26:13
go beyond a little bit of the scope of this here, but there’s a few ways to try and make search profitable. One, we might be paying too much and therefore we’re buying too expensive traffic. So you can try and reduce your bids. But if you find that then you don’t get any impressions, you might want to experiment with, would definitely separate desktop from mobile.

26:43
campaigns. So you run a desktop only campaign and a mobile only campaign. And maybe you can get desktop to work really well and maybe try and find ways to get mobile to work. But I would also experiment with what’s called target CPA bidding or ROAS, which is Google’s machine learning bidding. So you don’t actually make the bids yourself. You say to Google, Hey Google, I am prepared to buy a lead for let’s say $15.

27:13
go ahead and you choose the bids based on who you think is more likely to convert. And Google have invested heavily in this form of what they’ve called automated bidding. And it’s actually incredibly powerful and it actually works really well. So we have had accounts where it hasn’t been that profitable and we’ve sort of gone away trying to get it to work. And then we thought, let’s just experiment with

27:43
this automated bidding and Google has made it profitable. It’s quite interesting. And if you understand how it works, so basically to explain it to you, let’s say, um, we use the example of you and I, right? Let’s say I sell a product for, um, let’s just be really stereotypical. I say I sell a product for the kitchen. Okay. And you being a male, don’t spend much time in the kitchen. Hence my stereotypes going on here.

28:11
And me as a female, I do all the cooking. So if you are Google searching for a particular product in your home, you are less likely to buy this kitchen product than me being the person who actually makes the buying decision and the person who actually does all the cooking. Okay. So from an advertising point of view, when you do manual bidding, so say you bid on this product, let’s say for a potato masher, I don’t know, can’t think of anything else.

28:39
You bid a dollar, right? You as an advertiser, you can’t distinguish between if you’re seeing the ad or me, like the male or the female, right? But Google can. And so they will bid 50 cents for you with their automated bidding because they know that you’re not so likely to convert. And they’ll bid $2 for me because they know that I’m the one who actually does the cooking based on my browsing behavior. And I’m the one who makes purchasing decisions. And so therefore,

29:09
They adjust the bids for different people. And that’s how they can make things profitable. I’ve actually switched almost all of my campaigns to target ROAS. But there are, there actually are stipulations. Do you actually know what the metrics are that are required before you can turn that on? You do need, they say 30 conversions in a 30 day period. I think it’s more like 50 personally. Google does need data. So if you’re starting out, would definitely not do this automated bidding.

29:39
That’s why you start with manual bidding, even if it’s unprofitable. You’re buying data, your Google is learning who is the kind of people that are gonna purchase your product, and then you graduate to the automated bidding. How long is this learning period just to kind of set expectations with people just trying this for the first time? That’s a bit of a gray area, actually. We’ve had some accounts where it’s gone, turn it around straight away.

30:08
and we’ve had other accounts where it’s taken a little bit, it can take probably, I’d it a couple, I’d give it two weeks. I mean, if you can talk about it in terms of clicks, maybe, or impressions, that might be more apples to apples. Well, you might get more clicks or you might get less clicks. It really depends, actually. But it does take a little bit of learning. It’s really a function of how much history there is in your account and how well set it up.

30:36
It is like I’ve been in some people like I’ve audited hundreds, if not thousands of ad accounts in my life. Some people have run a whole bunch of traffic and they haven’t even set up conversion tracking. I mean, Google then just doesn’t know what you want, right? Because you haven’t taken that additional step to set up the conversion tracking and therefore it’s very difficult. So it depends on how your account has been set up. Right.

31:03
I’m just trying to set expectations because I know from my class when I talk about AdWords, some people like run it for a week and then they give up. hearing it from you might be different, but you know, how long should be people running these search ads before they, before Google has enough information, like using a brand new Virgin account, so to speak. I’d give it, I’d run it on manual bidding for at least a month and then I would try the dependent once again.

31:33
how many sales you are actually getting. And I would give it at least two, three weeks. It will fluctuate and you will have some days where it’s going really well and then it tanks. once it stabilizes, this is the difference actually I find between the Google ad platform and Facebook ads is Google is incredible. It’s an incredibly stable ad platform. And once you get it working, actually it’s incredibly consistent. And this applies to

32:03
Search display and YouTube actually whereas on Facebook, I don’t know if you can relate Steve, but this is why I love Google But I’ll let you finish. Yeah. Yeah, like on Facebook. You’ll have one day you feel like a hero is my ads going amazingly It’s doing so well the next day like literally tanks and you’ve changed nothing if that doesn’t happen on Google So the reason why I like Google so much is it’s very low maintenance Facebook You actually always have to rotate out creative things get tired. It’s a lot more maintenance

32:33
Yes, a lot more maintenance and Facebook land, you will have an ad that’s doing incredibly well and for no apparent reason, it will just die. And who knows why you’ve changed nothing. It’s working really well. And for some reason it just, the life of it is over and you just, need to bury it for some reason. And those accounts on Google with target row is I don’t touch those. Yep. I know. Yeah. And it’s, it’s incredible. it is worth persevering with. You have to have the mindset.

33:01
that you’re buying data. And once you transform it from an expense to actually an investment, then it becomes, I guess, a different mindset and it’s worth persevering with. Because if you can get it to work and most of the time you can, as I said, it’s incredibly stable and it’s reliable and it’s much better ad platform. It’s a much better buyer as opposed to somebody

33:29
scrolling through their Facebook newsfeed while they’re waiting for their coffee in the line at their barista and they’ve clicked on it, they’ve forgotten about it and then they’ve moved on versus there’s so much intent on Google, be it search, be it YouTube, that not all clicks are created equal, you know? That’s my belief. Let me ask you this question. Let’s say your retargeting ads are just working really well but your search ads aren’t converting that much, aren’t that well. If you look at the accounts in aggregate,

33:59
you’re still profitable. Does that count? Or would you still? Would you ever write off your search ads if you’re retargeting ads are working really well? Good question. Let me think about that. I personally, I take a holistic view, you know, and if the rising tide is lifting all boats, then I feel as a business owner, I’m personally happy. But it’s probably something that you asked 10 people, you might get 10 different answers because it’s

34:27
probably quite individual, but I would think that maybe people just aren’t quite ready to buy straight off clicking on a search ad and that’s okay. As long as we are recapturing them with retargeting ads. And that’s why that’s the corners of the puzzle. Cause it’s so important to get that second bite of the cherry. And so I’m of the belief that if from an account overall point of view, it is profitable. I would be.

34:57
inclined to as long as I’m not spending a huge amount on search, it’s not consuming a huge amount of my budget. My belief is I I’d do a number of steps before I completely resigned myself to the fact that cold traffic search is unprofitable. I would do a number of things and I can sort of touch on them if you want. Yeah. I just wanted to add that it’s funny, my mentality with Google and Facebook ads are different. Like my top of funnel cold traffic Facebook ads.

35:25
I’m happy if they convert it to X because I know the retargeting is going to make up for it. Whereas when Google land, I expect all of my ads to be profitable. It’s different. Tough crowd. But yeah, I’ll let you continue if you want to go further than that. Yeah, I would really try and slice and dice and analyze what is going on with search that we can’t get it profitable. I would have a look at

35:52
a number of things. would have a look at firstly your search impression share. If you’re really appearing, so your search impression share is the amount of times that you’ve appeared in the ad results when you’ve wanted to be. So if it comes in at 100%, that means that you are, your ad is being shown for all the times that you’ve wanted it to be.

36:19
I find those sometimes that can sometimes mean that you’re overpaying a little bit. And so I usually try and drop my bids. I like it high, don’t get me wrong, but I don’t want to pay too much. And we’ve had times where I’ve just little bit by little bit dropped my bids by like 5%, you know, and I’ve still managed to maintain my 100 % in impression share. And I have managed to lower my cost per click.

36:47
So that’s number one, obviously we’ve talked about automated bidding is another way. I often like to split out desktop from mobile because they will convert differently and from an automated bidding point of view, the target CPA will be different for desktop and mobile. I also like to have a look at what the traffic is doing once they come to my site. So we will often install heat mapping software and you can use a free tool like Hotjar.

37:17
That’s HOTJAR.com. I’m not an affiliate or anything for them. I just really and they have screen recordings and these screen recordings obviously you can’t see the person it just records the experience for people going on this site and you can see what they do. So I had an e-commerce client actually they sold home delivered diet meals. So think think about them. I don’t know an equivalent but yep, you’ve got light and easy in America, don’t you?

37:44
Yeah. You mean food delivery services? Yeah. But like, yeah, yeah. So think about like a light and easy, but instead of that’s their competitive, but they’re high end. Okay. So it’s sort of like a chef or whatever. And, um, what we were finding was that people were clicking on the search ads. They wanted that kind of stuff and they’re getting to the product pages and they were clicking on things that they weren’t meant to be. So for example, they’re clicking on the images, right? Which wouldn’t at that point, not clickable. So we thought, Oh, okay. That’s

38:14
wasn’t obvious to me. So we just made those images clickable as in added to the cart and it massively increased their revenue just by doing that. So screen recording and watching the on-page analytics of what people are doing is often a good insight into where someone’s at right at that point. know? It’s funny. I actually haven’t done that analysis in a long time since my last redesign. You’ve inspired me to fire it up again. Yeah.

38:43
Yeah, it’s really cool. And it also, you can see what it looks like on all the different devices and there are a million different devices of different sizes. So yes, you might have a responsive website, but you, still a very different experience watching the recording of what it looks like for someone. What else would I do? I would obviously test a bunch of different ads. It’d be a thing of, I’d have a really, really close look through your search term report, which is what somebody

39:13
typed into Google which triggered your ad because if you’re incurring costs that is someone’s is actually clicking on your ad you want to be sure if you’re buying the right kind of traffic like is this really bottom of funnel traffic if it is then there’s a problem with our problem but you’re going to try and boost your conversion rate on page right which is which is why it’s so good to start with search right because you just want to be able to swipe in front of exactly a target customer

39:42
and see if you can get them to buy. You know, it’s funny. I’ve been, so I have a lot of students in the class and they often have better results with Facebook rather than Google. And for me, it’s hard because my, I’ve been running Google ads for over a decade now and they are always much more profitable than my Facebook ads. But I think, you know, from the perspective, and you probably have a lot more experience in this since you work with people with new accounts.

40:08
Is it because it requires a lot more training on Google’s part before they’re profitable? I mean, have you ever seen cases where you actually had to run it for a couple of months before you saw profits? I think it depends on how people set up their account and Google are quite sneaky, actually. There’s lots of these little sneaky default settings, or I like to call them, know, little landmines, Google landmines that are designed really for you to

40:38
spend a lot more money than for very little return, really designed to make Google more money. I call them Google gotchas and people might have fallen trap for these little sneaky settings, which would be causing their account to be unprofitable. But sure, we have had new accounts come on where it has not been profitable for the first couple of months.

41:02
throughout those couple of months, we’ve improved it, we’ve improved it, we’re getting there, we’re getting there, that we’re testing a bunch of different keywords, testing a bunch of different ad copies, we’re testing a bunch of different offers. And so you don’t, definitely don’t always hit it out of the park. I don’t want to create that illusion for people. You’ve already gotten my interest. What are some of these little secret booby traps? Oh my God, there’s so many. One of them, I’ve actually got a little guide on this. think you can go Oh really?

41:29
Okay. Teach traffic.com slash gotcha. So G O T C H R C. I’ll link that up. Yeah. Yeah. Cool. Um, but basically one of the sneaky ones, the default setting is to combine the search network with the display network. Oh yes. Yes. I mean, terrible, right? Like the display network behaves completely differently to the search network, but the listeners that don’t know what the display network is, that’s banners.

41:56
on other people’s websites. think New York Times, LA Times, et cetera. So completely different form of marketing. You’ll be lucky to get a 1 % click through rate. Whereas on the search network, you’ll easily get a 5 % click through rate. So by combining those two campaigns together, you get that this is where averages really lie, essentially. So you definitely don’t want to do that. Another gotcha is actually with retargeting. This is a new setting by Google. It’s so sneaky.

42:26
The default setting is to have what’s called audience expansion on. So that means that your retargeting campaign is not actually retargeting. So you’re by default allowing Google to go beyond the audience that you’ve selected where they’ve sort of under the guise of when they’re more likely to convert. But no, Google, I just want to- that was clicked off by default. Cause I remember when that first came out, it’s on by default.

42:54
It’s on by default. okay. So sneaky. mobile apps is a big one, right? So when you do a Google display retargeting campaign, you want to turn off mobile apps, because it’s like playing whack a mole. You know, there’s literally millions of these mobile apps where your ads will pop up to a whole bunch of little gotchas. You know, what’s funny is, it doesn’t make sense that doing it right, because they want shouldn’t they want people to see results that they’ll spend more money?

43:24
It seems short sighted to have these gotchas make it unprofitable and just have people give up, right? I completely agree with you. Like I don’t understand the long-term strategy by Google here, but maybe they’re playing a short-term game. I don’t know. I agree. Like surely they should not have these default settings preselected. You know, another little sneaky setting is the location targeting. don’t know if you’ve seen this where, let’s say you want to target United States, the default

43:55
setting for the location targeting is what’s it located in or interested in. Right. So if I’m targeting United States, I would think that my ads are only going to be shown in the United States. Right. Well, no, it’s the people who are interested in the United States. Well, that’s not helpful. that could be.

44:18
someone in Australia like I am who’s interested in going to America, which I always am because I’m going there so often. Yeah, so you’ve got to change that setting too. here’s another gotcha. Yeah, the exact match is not really exact match. So phrase match is actually the exact match, ironically. I know that it’s full of them, which I totally agree. Like they should take a long term approach with this and make it you know, not so confusing for people. But I guess

44:48
This is a good thing for advertisers, for the people who actually will take the time to educate themselves on this and reap the benefits. like you’ve had your, as I said, you’ve had your account for 10 years and it’s been amazing. Happy days. So let’s continue on. So let’s say you got your search ads going. What is the next step? Okay. So if we shift gears to a different corner of our puzzle, which would be, as I said, creating a retargeting campaign

45:17
on the Google display network. So if you imagine a situation, I look at these Nike shoes, I then leave, I don’t buy, and I’m reading an article on the New York Times and suddenly I see an ad for these particular shoes that I was looking at. And obviously I don’t just read the New York Times. I read lots of different websites. And so the beauty is with implementing a display retargeting campaign is that Google tells me

45:47
all this information about where my banners were shown. And if you think about it, it tells me where my visitors are traveling online. So it’s kind of like people leave behind what I call like their digital footprints, their sort of their footprints in the sand. So I can see when they left my website, where else did they go? What content do they read? What blogs do they read, et cetera. So I can have a look at all these websites and decide

46:17
Hmm. Do I want to target some of these websites? So the example I used in the presentation at seller summit was for a client that was in the home building industry. So they sold bricks and flooring and tiles and roof tiles and all that kind of really boring stuff essentially. And what we noticed when we had a look through our, what’s called our placement report in our Google ad account, we could see that when they left my client’s website,

46:47
They also were viewing websites like betterhomesandgardens.com, Home Beautiful, El Decor, all these like decorating websites. And it’s like, of course they are. Someone’s looking to buy bricks and roof tiles. They’re renovating. That’s what they’re doing right now. So they’re reading these articles for redecorating ideas when their home is actually finished, then they’re going to be exploring, redecorating, et cetera. So we can expand on our

47:17
display section of our puzzle and say to Google, hey Google, I want to target these particular websites, like as I said, Better Homes and Gardens, El Decor, all these home building blogs and target all their readers, not just for our retargeting audiences because surely not all their readers, but a large portion of their readers will exhibit the behavior of my retargeting audience. They’re also looking

47:46
to eventually buy bricks, et cetera. So when you’re doing this for the first time, do you try to target individual pages or do you target the site as a whole? I’ve actually tried to target individual pages, but I found it’s actually hard to show up on there. Yeah, no, I target the website as a whole. Okay, okay. Yeah. And sort of we’ve used the insights from our display retargeting campaign.

48:15
to then safely go out to cold audiences on the display network. And it’s a really safe way, I feel, of testing display because, hey, you’re saying to Google, hey, I only want to show on this website and that’s it. It’s a really safe way of laser focusing in on your target audience because you’ve used the insight, as I said, from the display campaigns. And it’s a great way to test your offer and your creative and see if you can convert that traffic.

48:43
And then that becomes, I guess, the next piece in that corner from that puzzle, which is kind of why they’re connected. That makes sense. Yeah. Yeah. What should people, since that one is like pretty much cold traffic, like what are your conversion rates that you’ve seen with your clients of display versus search? Oh, vastly different. I mean, you will be lucky to get a 1 % click through rate. That’s not conversion rate. That’s the percentage of people who’ve seen you add to click on it.

49:13
but you should be able to get at least look, it depends on what the offer is, right? Like are you just doing it for lead generation or you’re looking to actually make a sale? So if you’re just doing to try and get a lead, you should be able to get a four to 5 % conversion rate. So maybe you send them to some kind of pre-sell page or something like that. know, so if you’re- Actually, that was my next question. Like for those display ads, are you sending them back to product pages or?

49:43
Because it’s different, right? Search will go directly to a product or a category wouldn’t send them to a product page, no. I would send them to some kind of pre-sell page. Okay. Do you have any good examples of a pre-sell page that’s worked for you or one of your clients? Well, for this home building client, so they sell products, but we were sending them to a style guide. So a guide with nine different color schemes that they could apply to their home.

50:12
and that was converting at about 8 % cold traffic on display. Nice. then for that guide, from there was an email marketing. Okay, got it. Yeah. It makes it hard to measure the effect of this then, right? Because then you got to factor in your email marketing return. Correct. With your ad spend, right? Okay. That’s right. Exactly. But it is significantly, display is significantly cheaper from a cost per click point of view than search.

50:42
I mean, you’ll pay a fraction of the cost. that obviously you’re spending less, but this is where you can really get growth and volume. And you know, with on the Google display network, you don’t pay for an impression, you only pay for a click. And so therefore you get a ton of free branding. And we often find we’ll get what’s called view through conversions, which is a conversion. Somebody who saw the ad didn’t click on it, but converted through other traffic sources and Google sort of

51:11
puts them in a category called view through conversions. It’s interesting, like I always discount view through conversions, in general, like when I’m doing my ROI analysis, I guess. So essentially, you include it, It depends. It depends on, I think, the cost of the product. Like if it’s a high end product, then I do include it because it’s not an impulse buy for somebody, they’ve obviously needed a couple of touch points along the way to actually

51:42
get them over the line and get them to buy. So yeah, it really depends. But I think they do count. They count for something. Maybe they don’t, not in total, but they should be get some credit for it, I think. then would you suggest that if people have been running Facebook ads for a while, just try that Facebook offer on the display network? Absolutely. Yeah. And an extension from this. So if you find this strategy works, where, as I said, you’ve done the display campaign, you’ve

52:11
cherry picked from the placement report, is where somebody traveled online after they left your site to go, yep, I want to target these, let’s say three specific websites that are exactly my target customer would read this kind of content. And you implement, as I said, the placement campaign and that works. What we’ve found as well, an extension, this sort of why it’s in the puzzle because it’s all connected.

52:40
So for our home building client targeting better homes and gardens and LDACOR, those online publications have a social media presence. So the cold traffic placement campaign was working and it was converting. So great, let’s take that insight and let’s apply that to our social campaigns, our Facebook ad campaign or Instagram and target the readers of them on social because

53:08
hey, we don’t have to wait for them to read an article on the website. We know that’s our target audience. Let’s target them when they’re scrolling through their Facebook newsfeed and not actually reading the article. Does that kind of make sense? Yep, yep, yep. So let’s wrap this up and summarize everything that we’ve talked about, because it’s probably information overload for a lot of people. Yeah, I know. And feel free to correct me at any time. So your advice is to start out with retargeting.

53:36
and get that profitable first because if you don’t even get there, there’s probably something wrong with either your website, your funnel, your product or your offer or whatnot. Correct. Right. Okay. And then once you have that foundation, then you can start doing some more exploratory campaigns and you recommend going through Google search and shopping next. Correct. Okay. And then you will continue to refine those until they are profitable as well. Yes. Okay.

54:04
And then you’ve been taking notes, Steve. This is all from memory. is all from memory. then along those way with the search, one nugget that I got was you can target these top of funnel keywords like shoes or Nike shoes, for example, to your retargeting audiences to kind of further your search reach. Exactly. Okay. And then on the other corner, you have the display network for retargeting. And these are image ads and whatnot that are directing people back to your site.

54:33
And within Google, you can figure out where those ads have been shown and where your customers are actually visiting, and then start placing targeted placements on those websites. Exactly. It’s kind of like having a little birdie on your past website visitor’s shoulder. The birdie is telling you where else they travel online after they’ve left your site. Right. And then the next piece is you know what people are looking at. They probably have social media presences.

55:00
And then you can just run Facebook ads, top of funnel targeting those interests as well. Exactly. It’s all connected. It’s all connected. And it’s the same really for YouTube as well. Often those online publications have a YouTube channel and that’s another way that it’s connected as well, which is the next quadrant of the puzzle. So it’s

55:20
a little bit hard to explain with audio only as opposed to visuals. But I think this is a really good summary. Like it gives a really good foundation for people to start out because oftentimes what I’ve found is people just start out blasting top of funnel stuff. It doesn’t work and then they give up. Yes. And I think also this is a way for people to start small with a small amount of budget and grow and scale safely as opposed to spending, I don’t know, $5,000 on ads.

55:50
and they’ve thrown a bunch of spaghetti in school and they’ve got no idea what worked and they’ve got no idea of identifying what hasn’t worked and they ended up just throwing their hands in the air and going, I can’t do this. This way, starting with retargeting, you’re looking at what, like five, 10 bucks a day, right? It’s a really small amount of money. And then you just, it’s like layers of the onion, you know, the core of the onion is your retargeting campaign. And then we layer on the search, get that working, that layer on the next thing and just build slowly, systematically and profitably.

56:20
And one thing I always tell people also is make sure your email marketing is solid or any way for you to get a customer back like SMS, Messenger, whatnot, before you even start running ads, type of funnel for sure. Absolutely. Alana, where can people find you? Where can people find you? Because if you’re listening to this and you enjoy the way Alana teaches, which I personally love, you can actually find her online and I will let you tell people where they can find you. Yeah, sure.

56:48
So yeah, if you want to learn more about this whole puzzle concept, I have a course on it, walking you through with live walkthroughs and you can go to teach traffic.com slash puzzle. so obviously teach traffic.com is my website as well as green arrow digital.com for agency stuff. I ask how did you get that domain teach traffic? It seems like something that would have been registered a long time ago. Do you know what?

57:17
It was available. Get out of town. a good domain. I know I was like sort of available. I’m like, the front door. That is amazing. I think someone had let it lapse. Like it wasn’t completely brand new. I did, you know, use my reverse engineering skills and I looked at the way back machine and there was something on there a while ago. But yeah, I know what a miracle. I just typed it in and into namecheap and there it was. I’m like,

57:46
I’m just buying this right now. Like I’m not even thinking about this. Had I known I would have snatched it. I’m sorry. would have paid thousands for that. I know. It’s easy to remember, easy to spell, everything. It’s perfect. I know. And it’s two words. I know. Well, Alana, as always, thank you so much for speaking at the Seller Summit. Thank you so much for coming on this podcast and I appreciate you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you so much.

58:16
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Alana is one of my go-to experts when it comes to advertising, and I hope you got a lot out of this episode. She also spoke at my conference, The Seller Summit, in 2020 as well. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 317. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

58:44
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. Now SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at Postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div.

59:14
Now I talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

316: Spencer Haws On How To Automate Internal Link Building For SEO

316: Spencer Haws On How To Automate Internal Link Building For SEO

Today I’m thrilled to have Spencer Haws back on the show. Spencer runs the popular blog NichePursuits.com where he teaches others how to start niche online businesses.

He’s also the creator of Long Tail Pro. He’s sold on Amazon FBA, created plugins, software, affiliate sites, you name it! In this episode, we talk about Spencer’s latest venture and how you can quickly improve your search rankings.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Spencer exited his physical products business
  • How Spencer makes money today
  • What’s new with search engine optimization
  • Why internal backlinking is important

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I my good friend Spencer Haas on the show and Spencer has been on the podcast a couple of times in the past, but today we’re going to be talking about an SEO tactic that I personally have not been doing a good job with and how Spencer has helped me fix these problems. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing a lot more online shopping lately.

00:29
And if you’re an e-commerce brand, means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands, and they give you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that’s why over 30,000 e-commerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following.

00:55
Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster and it is free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash mywife to create your free account. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash mywife. I also want to thank Postscript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:24
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward. And I’ve chosen Postscript.io to be my text provider. Now why Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at a push of a button.

01:51
Not only that, but it’s priced well too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:23
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Spencer Haas back on the show after a long hiatus. Now, in fact, the last time Spencer was on was back in episode 136. And if you don’t remember who Spencer is, he runs the popular blog, Niche Pursuits, where he teaches others how to start niche online businesses. And what I like about Spencer is that he started a bunch of completely different businesses. He’s the creator of Long Tail Pro. He’s done Amazon FBA, plugin software, affiliate sites, you name it. And

02:51
Recently, he started reviewing books just through photos of his facial expressions. All that and he’s also a family man with four kids. So welcome back to the show, Spencer. How are doing today, Thanks, Steve. It’s great to be back. I appreciate you. That’s my new idea, the facial expression book review. I hadn’t revealed that publicly, but… Well, you did when you posted on Facebook. I did post it on Facebook to my friends. So we’ll see where that goes.

03:20
But other than that, I’m doing great. Business is going well. I’m super excited to be back on the podcast. I always love chatting with you. Awesome. So I think the last time we spoke, which was a little over two years ago, you had just sold Long Tail Pro. What have you been up to since then? Yeah, quite a bit. So yeah, I’ve been on a journey. It’s been almost four years now, basically four years since I sold Long Tail Pro. Oh, has it been? Okay. So maybe it’s been even longer since you’ve been on.

03:46
Yeah, I don’t know. So it was early 2016 is when I sold Long Tail Pro. Oh man. And yeah, time flies. so since that time, you know, I’ve still always had a portfolio of niche sites. So I’ve always continued to work on that. And as you mentioned in the intro, I’ve had an Amazon FBA business. So I worked on that for a couple more years, but it was early 2018 that I basically exited that business completely. I sold my Amazon FBA business as well.

04:16
And so since 2018, I’ve now dabbled in a couple of software projects, started a couple of WordPress plugins and the one that I’m really focusing on and trying to grow now is Link Whisper. We can talk about a little bit more, but yeah, kind of done a few different things since, you know, still niche websites, definitely working on my blog and then software development. I’m curious, why did you exit your physical products business?

04:43
I was really trying to eliminate distractions. I do have, whether it’s good or bad, I tend to focus on a lot of different things. Or I should say I don’t focus on any one thing a lot of times. so I’ve got, you know, at the time I had seven or eight niche websites that I was trying to run. had several products on Amazon that I was selling. I was starting to dabble again in doing software development.

05:10
and I was just looking at my schedule and it’s like, I’m spending like 30 minutes on each of these and not really giving any of them the attention that they deserve. And so I just took a long hard look at it and decided, you know what, I think I want to get out of Amazon so I can focus on software. Just because I had been so successful in the software business with Long Tail Pro, Amazon was great and I did well and had a nice exit there, but I felt like my future should go back to software.

05:40
And so I started selling, not only did I sell my Amazon FBA business, I actually sold a few of my niche websites and I’ve kind of pared it down to two or three at this point that I really focus on. Oh, wow. So you’re actually kind of unique in that you’ve done so many different things. And when you evaluated what to sell and what to keep, can you just kind of comment on the dialogue in your head, what the pros and cons of each were? Yeah, absolutely. So yeah, really

06:08
deciding what to keep and whatnot. One, I mean, very easily is to decide which one is the most successful. But even bigger for me is which one do I think has the most potential for success. And so when I looked at the websites that I owned, that one was fairly easy. I could see which websites are doing well and which ones aren’t and which one I felt like had the most growth potential. So I sold off the really small ones that

06:36
either weren’t doing well or I felt like would just take a monumental amount of effort to get to a much larger level. So I sold those off. Same story for Amazon. I had done really well and actually at the time it was my largest revenue generator. I had sold Long Tail Pro, which had been my biggest business. And then I had my Amazon business, which was doing really well. But I just felt like

07:03
There was so many new competitors coming into the market. I didn’t have, you know, a patented product that was super defensible. And I could just see that it was going to be a grind to keep my existing revenue levels where they were and to grow significantly. And I just felt like I was pulled in a different direction and maybe even had more interest in a different direction. And so I decided to sell. you didn’t have a niche site alongside of your Amazon product. It was just purely Amazon revenue.

07:33
I did have a niche site along one line of my products. I had several products that I had thrown up on the marketplace to see how they would do. I’ll just tell everybody, I was selling pillows. I sold pillows and that was my line of pillows that was doing very well. I did have a niche site in the sleep pillow space. I sold that as a package when I sold my business.

08:02
So today, what are your primary revenue drivers? So I have, like I said, two or three niche websites that I’m focusing on. One is a public case study that I built. started almost two years ago at this point in front of my niche pursuits audience that it’s owntheyard.com. It’s a backyard niche website. So backyard games, backyards, landscaping, that sort of thing. And it’s doing pretty well. Nice.

08:30
And a couple other sites that I focus on, then I’ve got nichepursuits.com that I do continue of course to earn money there. And now Link Whisper is, so Link Whisper and Niche Pursuits together really are my largest revenue generators. Cool. I mean, obviously niche sites are still viable, but how has that area of the business evolved? Cause I remember, like I followed you for a long time and at one point you had a ton of niche sites.

08:57
Can you just comment on how that whole landscape has evolved over time? Yeah, there has been a ton of evolution. So 10 years ago was right before I quit my full-time job. I quit my job in 2011. And my goal and focus was just to build a site to where it was making about $100 a month. Right. And I felt like if I could do that and just replicate the process 100 times, I’d be making $10,000 a month, which was great money.

09:27
And so that’s what I did. I built over a hundred niche sites. you know, so I was eclipsing that $10,000 a month mark. And at the time that worked well because I could just get the exact match domain, right? Maybe five to 10 articles on one site that were targeting, you know, just very specific phrases and try to rank in Google for these long tail keywords. And I was happy with that making a hundred dollars or $200 a month.

09:56
And it was very easy to do that. If you targeted the long-tail phrases and you had the exact match domain and even built just one or two links like you would rank, it was much easier back then. But Google has evolved quite a bit and they have sort of devalued the exact match domains. At least you don’t get a big boost for having that anymore. You need to write much more in-depth content and the more authoritative your site is overall, you tend to rank better across the spectrum.

10:25
of the articles on your site, so it just doesn’t make sense anymore to try and build 100 sites. It makes a lot more sense to build one site that has hundreds of articles, so you can have a really authoritative site. So yeah, over the years, I’ve slowly gone from, I’m gonna just crank out five or 10 sites as quickly as possible to, I need to get rid of all these sites in my portfolio and just focus on the few that I really feel can grow much larger.

10:53
Yeah. And is that kind of how Link Whisper kind of came about? Why don’t you explain to the audience what the plugin does first and how you came up with the idea. Yeah. So Link Whisper is an internal linking plugin. So it makes it much faster and easier to build internal links between your articles. And it either automates the process if you want, or just suggests really smart internal links that you can just check a box and it will add.

11:22
those links either to or from particular articles. People can check it out if they want, but it’s really powerful. And the reason I built it was to optimize my own site. So I had a few sites that started to have a couple hundred articles on them and it can become quite a large task to think about what related content do I have to my existing articles? I know I need to be building internal links, but it becomes a very manual process if you just have to do it yourself. And so I thought,

11:51
you know, there’s gotta be a way we can semi-automate this process and save a ton of time. And so that’s exactly what I did is I went to a developer and just explained, you know, my idea of really the of the idea was initially, as you write content, it would be great if link suggestions were appearing below sort of the draft of your article, and you could just check a box as you went to add those links to your content. And so that’s what I built initially and it’s expanded.

12:20
you know, quite a bit from there now with reporting and other features as well that just make it much faster for internal links. But it definitely came from my own need building my own sites. You know, that’s where I came up with the idea. And I’m just kind of curious since you’ve just kind of gone through this journey just on developing a WordPress plugin, how does that work exactly? Can anyone just create their own plugin? And do you have to jump through any hoops just to get your plugin on the WordPress? I guess the WordPress site, the official one.

12:51
Yeah, so two parts to that question. One, can anybody develop it? Sure. You know, if they have money to hire a developer or they’re a developer themselves, they can build and write the code and you can install plugins that are not on the WordPress repository, right? So you can just have a third party plugin that you can build and install yourself. Link Whisper is on the official WordPress repository. And there are a few hoops that you got to definitely jump through.

13:21
Their team goes through and they verify the code to make sure it’s safe and isn’t malicious in any way, isn’t broken, right? And so they do actually go through and verify all of that before your plugin gets approved. And so we went through that process and it can take actually not too long. They’re pretty quick. I was surprised how fast they were, but I think it was two or three weeks and then you get listed on the WordPress repository. it cost money or? Nope. Completely free to get it listed there.

13:51
And it just comes down to you how you want to market it and gain exposure. Okay. And before we kind of get into the nuts and bolts of SEO, I’m just kind of curious myself, what is the difference between creating a WordPress plugin versus creating a standalone software product, which is what Long Tail Pro was. Can you just kind of comment on why you made one decision versus the other way back in the day? Yeah.

14:14
Yeah, so standalone software, obviously any website can use it. Either it can be a SaaS or it can be a downloadable product, but it doesn’t matter what platform your product is on, right? It’s a piece of software that kind of works independently on its own and can be run anywhere. A WordPress plugin can only work on WordPress sites. You actually install it on your WordPress dashboard and it can interact a little bit better.

14:44
with your WordPress site than perhaps a standalone piece of software. And so in this particular case, the reason I went with a plugin is just the way that Link Whisper in this case interacts with your site and actually building links on your WordPress site. It made a lot of sense to do a plugin. And just from a development standpoint, it’s a lot easier if somebody’s actually installed this code on their website, it becomes much easier to interact and build the links.

15:14
do full reporting and et cetera. So that’s why I went with a plugin in this particular case. long tail, in the days of long tail pro, could you have done the same thing? WordPress plugin versus standalone application like you did? That’s a good question. It would have functioned quite a bit differently. And I imagine it would have only made sense to make long tail pro a plugin if it was interacting more with the individual website and just

15:42
I’m thinking that if it sort of pulled all the keywords that were being targeted on your website or did more suggestions based on your actual site, it could have worked in that particular way. But just the way the Long Tail Pro was developed and the original idea made sense as sort of a standalone piece of software because you might have 10 websites, right? And you want to do keyword research on all 10 of them.

16:09
And so it might make sense just to have it independent of any individual site. For the people out there who are listening to this and want to create perhaps their own software product, do you have like a process for finding a developer?

16:23
Yeah, you know, I do. I wish I could say I had a better, you know, standard process. You know, I, the, two ways that I found developers is on freelance job websites. So Upwork or others. And I find that it’s very important to go through a particular vetting process. I usually, my, my quick tip here is I usually like to post my job and my description of what the software idea is.

16:53
And then I like to ask the question, what problems do you foresee with this particular software product or what ways would you improve? What would you improve the software idea? Not necessarily new features, but what I’m looking for from a developer is can they think of problems or solutions that I haven’t thought of on my own? And if they’re able to do that and think through, okay, here’s the idea.

17:23
They haven’t thought about, it’s not gonna work on these types of websites, or it’s not gonna work because of this technical reason. Those are the types of people that I wanna hire because they’ve thought of something that I didn’t on my own, right? And it’s a way to certainly narrow down the talent pool relatively quickly because most people will come back and say, no, I don’t see any problems. But the one or two that come and say, hey, you didn’t think about this, this, and this, those are the ones that I wanna…

17:53
potentially higher and get to know a little bit better. So Upwork is one place and then either just basically referrals, talking to other people that I know, do they know any good WordPress developers, et cetera? You can often get really good referrals that way. Interesting that you post the exact idea for your plugin. So you’re not afraid that they’ll steal it and sell it as their own? No, I’m not. I’ve never had that concern. And luckily so far that’s never been an issue.

18:22
Did you leverage your software team from Long Tail Pro at all or are these just completely new developers that you found? So initially it was completely new developers and the initial version was developed with somebody I’d never worked with before. But about halfway through I did actually contact my old team at Long Tail Pro. One developer that I’d worked with before had the PHP experience that he could help out with on Link Whisper.

18:49
I now have two developers, one that was helped a tiny bit on Long Tail Pro and then the other one was unrelated. Okay, cool. Yeah. So let’s shift gears a little bit and talk about SEO and what this plugin does. So you mentioned before you had a bunch of niche sites and you found the need to interlink articles within each article. Can you kind of just talk about the benefits of doing this from an SEO perspective? Like, do you have any case studies?

19:18
on that kind of show that this actually will improve the rankings and traffic for a post? Yeah, definitely. I do have some case studies, but just generally Google values links. That’s what their search engine is based on. A link is a vote to that particular page that helps Google know, this is important. It should be ranked higher. And usually we just think about external links. So if you get an external link from a powerful website, that’s going to help your page rank better. But your own website,

19:48
also has authority. And so if you build an internal link from one page to another on your own website, that actually is a vote as well in Google’s eyes and can indeed help your site rank better. And so Google has explained this. It’s pretty well known in the SEO community that internal links do indeed help as well. But as far as case studies, I do have a couple of articles on intrapursuits.com that people can check out if they want.

20:17
One of those is for my site, OwnTheYard.com, where I had already written several articles and then I decided I’m going to do nothing else except go back and build internal links to, I don’t remember the exact number, but it was something like 30 articles and I’m going to see what happens over the next month or two months, I think is what I actually ended up tracking.

20:44
And what I found is that those articles that received internal links increased ranking significantly. So I’m just pulling up a chart here. And a little over 75 % of those articles improved rankings in Google. And some of them went from ranking on the third or fourth or lower page of Google to actually in the top three of Google, just by building three or four internal links.

21:11
A lot of those were longer tail keywords, of course, that were easy to rank, but just on their own, they weren’t really ranking very well, and then a few internal links really bumped them up. Anyways, quite a few other really great results by using Link Whisper. The one thing that I always tell people is that if you do nothing else to optimize your articles, if you have an article that has zero internal links pointing to it, just building one or two can

21:42
often have quite a large impact because you’re basically going from no links at all and Google doesn’t really know if that article is important to even just a couple of votes and Google goes, okay, let’s notice this article. It does look like it’s valuable, it’s well-written content. Let’s go ahead and rank this much better. And so, yeah, that’s kind of a quick rundown of why you would use Link Whisper. So when it comes to internal linking,

22:12
Do you have to prioritize or do you just go for kind of interlinking with all of your articles? Like what’s the strategy here? Like if you already have an established blog and you already have pages that are kind of ranking that you want to rank higher, would you just focus your internal link building on that post or do you believe that every article on your site should be kind of interlinked in some way? I do believe that every…

22:38
I do believe that every article that you’re trying to rank better in Google for should have internal links. I add that caveat because there are a lot of blog posts, either news articles or just quick updates or maybe it’s of a viral nature that you don’t actually intend to ever rank in Google. If you have a bunch of articles, I know there’s a lot of news websites that they have thousands of articles that they’re actually not trying to

23:05
really rank in Google for. You might not build internal links to those. But all articles that you’re hoping to rank organically in Google for should have some internal links. And the way that you might prioritize those are ones that are already getting some organic traffic that are maybe at the bottom of page one or at the top of page two. Those would be good ones to look at. Or those articles that have zero internal links, like I said. So if you have an article that’s already got five or six internal links,

23:34
and it’s still ranking, you know, on page 100 or whatever. Like maybe that’s not one that you would prioritize because you’ve already kind of built a few and it’s not working. So that would be my thoughts on that.

23:50
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that, but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and I could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless, unenforceable trademark.

24:18
Now that is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council. They have a package service called Total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy. Their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other IP protection, such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge Council first and get a free consult.

24:48
For more information, go to emerge council.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a hundred dollar discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emerge council.com over at EMERGECOUNSEL.com. back to the show. Interesting. So the, your process would be to find the posts in order of priority that perhaps are ranking in Google.

25:17
or that you want to increase rankings for, and then just focus all of your efforts on building internal links there as opposed to just any old article on your site. Right. Yep. I would definitely start there. And then of course, you you can expand from there if you want to build a few more and get a more aggressive with some of those, but definitely focus on sort of those top tier articles or those with the most potential. So those ones that you want to rank for, would you outlink, outbound link from those posts?

25:46
Cause I guess in theory, you’re passing along link juice wherever you’re linking to in theory, right? So for those ones that are already ranking that you want to rank, would you not outbound link from those posts to other internal posts on your blog?

26:01
I still do, but you might want to limit yourself a little bit in terms of you don’t want to just go crazy with it. But if it still makes a lot of sense to send people to a relevant article, I would still do that. That might be three or four outbound internal links from those articles as opposed to 10 or 20. If you’re really trying to focus the link juice, if you will.

26:29
on that one particular article, it does make sense to kind of concentrate a little bit in that regard. Okay. And how big of a deal is Anchor Text when it comes to internal linking? It’s a pretty big deal. the reason, well, one is that most people know, at least in the SEO community, that the Anchor Text does tell Google the types of keywords that you’re hoping to rank for. Google is a machine. When they read

26:57
a link and it says best survival knife as the anchor text, that does give a little added weight for that term best survival knife as opposed to just click here. That is pretty well known but you can get in trouble if you build all your external links from other websites if you’re out building links and 100 % of your links say best survival knife, Google might penalize you because that’s very unnatural.

27:25
They’ve sort of specified in their SEO guidelines that internal links are a little bit different. They’re not going to penalize you for using the same anchor text over and over again because it’s your own website. And if that truly is the most relevant anchor text, you can do that. So the bottom line is you can get away with adding more keyword rich anchor text with internal links than you could with external links. And so that can help you get a little bit of a boost.

27:55
in Google as well. do you recommend using a keyword tool and just making all of your internal linking using keyword phrases that people are actually searching for? For the most part, yes. If you can do that, that would be a smart strategy. Sometimes that can be hard to do, you know, but if you can get at least a phrase that’s close, that would be ideal. Okay. And then even if it means rewriting that sentence a little bit, you would

28:24
try to get that in there? yeah, I would. If it makes sense, do it. If you can’t, you know, if you don’t want to rewrite every sentence, a link is better than no link. So it’s gonna be hard to kind of do a tutorial via a podcast since there’s no visual component to it. But let’s say you have a blog that has, you know, several hundred posts, and I actually just installed your plugin, and I started using it in the last couple days.

28:52
What is your process if you had several hundred articles and you’re using this tool for the first time? where would you start with the internal link building process? Right. So if I’ve got a bunch of existing articles with Link Whisper, you can go to a report section and you can see your link reports and you can sort your articles by those that have the most internal links or the least internal links. And I would start

29:20
with those articles that have no internal links built to them, right? And then I would start building links there. What I might do to, if you’ve still got a ton of articles that have zero internal links, I might go ahead and cross reference over with my either Google Analytics or Google Search Console to figure out which articles are either kind of ranking where I said, you know, at the bottom of page one or the top of page two, or getting decent organic traffic, because this is going to be

29:50
quick win. If it’s already getting good organic traffic and it has no internal links, you absolutely want to go into Link Whisper, find that and then start building some internal links. Is that the next feature of the tool? I didn’t see that there. Link Whisper does not link up with your Google Analytics at this point, but it is kind of on the back burner of potential. Okay. We may get there at some point. Okay. Step one, figure out which posts have traffic and if they have no internal links, start building some internal links to them.

30:19
And then I just want a clarification here. If you have a post that has no internal links, but your intention really isn’t to rank it per se. So for example, I have a bunch of podcasts on my, on my blog and in general, those podcasts episodes don’t really rank. So I wouldn’t want to build internal links to those necessarily. that accurate? Correct. Yep. That’s, that’s a great example of maybe an article. Yeah. I just, I wouldn’t build any internal links to them, but you could go in and build an internal links from those podcasts.

30:48
to the articles you actually are trying to rank for. Got it. Okay. All right. What’s the next step after that? Yeah. So, um, so the process again, just to clarify for people, you know, you can go into the reports and then you just click, you know, if you find that you have a particular article that has no internal links, you just click the add button and link whisper will scan your entire site. And within a few seconds, it’s going to suggest to, know, it could be 10 or 20 articles that you could build internal links from.

31:17
to that particular article and all you do is check the boxes next to the ones you want and click done. It’s already got the anchor text selected for you or you can edit that or adjust it if you want. So really within a minute or two, you can build 5, 10 internal links really, really quick. Do you have any guidelines on the number? There is no necessarily strict guidelines, but Google has sort of said at least some of the representatives like Matt Cutts back in the day said that if you have

31:47
over 100 internal links coming from or to any particular, actually that was only coming from any article that might be too many. So there’s really no max amount of internal links you could build to a particular article. Okay. Right. Yeah. So basically you’re just telling Google which posts on your site had the highest priority essentially, right? Right. Okay. Right. Are the most important. And so that can be a whole process, right? So first start with the ones that have zero internal links.

32:16
then you might want to focus your articles in sort of a topical cluster. So without going into too much depth, you know, if you have a core topic, I’m just trying to think of an example here on the top of my head. E-commerce? I don’t know. Right. So yeah. So if you have your core topic is how to get started on, you know, selling e-commerce, right? Like that’s a pillar article that you got.

32:44
And then you’ve got all these spoke articles, if you will, like how to sell on Amazon, how to use Shopify, Shopify review, right? These are all kind of spokes off of how to get started starting an e-commerce business, right? You might wanna look at making sure that all of those articles are linking to and from each other, right? So you would come into your, what you would do in that case is you’d go to your how to sell or how to get started with e-commerce, that’s your core article.

33:13
You’d go in there, like you’re editing that article, and then you’d look at the suggested links from Link Whisper. And hopefully it’s suggesting that you link to that Shopify, to that Amazon, to those other spoke articles. And you can make sure that you’ve got that internal linking structure to those related articles. That’s kind what I would do next with your most important pillar articles. Make sure you’ve got that linking to and from.

33:41
And then I would go into that Shopify, that Amazon, make sure there’s a link pointing back to that original pillar article as well. Can you just, for the, for the people who are listening to this, who aren’t familiar with that model, can you just kind of give, give a brief overview on the hub and spoke model in general and, and whether it works and comment on it? Yep, So yeah, the kind of the hub and spoke model is really, you’re trying to tell Google that you’re a topical authority on this particular subject and Google, um,

34:09
not only reads the article, right, but they look at all the related content on your site and they can see, you know, if Steve has just one article on e-commerce and no other articles on his entire site, like maybe he’s not truly an e-commerce expert, but if he’s got, you know, 50 or, you know, at least 10 tightly related articles, all similar and they’re linking to each other, this kind of

34:37
helps Google understand he’s using all these latent semantic keywords. He’s got more in depth on these related phrases. And if they’re all linking to each other, that helps Google truly know that, Steve really is an authority on e-commerce sites. And so we should probably rank this core article a little bit better. Nice. Well explained, Spencer. I love how you break things down into simpler terms. Thank you. OK, so after that, so we’re building a bunch of hub and spokes. Any other tips for internal link building?

35:06
boy, there’s a lot that you can do. The key is just making sure that you are linking to all your articles that you’re trying to rank for. And then just, would make it part of your process, whether it’s you writing your articles or if you have authors or editors, to building links from any new content that you have to other articles on your website. So make sure that whether that’s in your instructions, say, okay, build three or four internal links from every article that you write.

35:34
And again, you can use Link Whisper to do that. I would just make it part of your process. And as long as you do that, you’ll always have, you know, new internal links being built down the road. Yeah. I mean, I know for myself, like I always start out with great intentions, but then I forget to do things after the fact. And so that’s why I’ve actually liked your plugin just for that aspect. It just makes it a lot easier to create these hub and spokes really quickly. Wanted to switch gears a little bit. You know, I feel like Google has been releasing some sort of big update every month.

36:03
at least this year. What would you say are kind of like the most important factors just for SEO in general today in your eyes?

36:12
You know, a lot of it really just comes down to the core concepts that have been there for a long time, but they become more more refined, right? Like there’s been a lot of people like me that back in the day, you know, I was trying to kind of game the system in that, you know, I wanted an exact match domain because that gave me a boost. And maybe I didn’t worry as much about the quality of content. knew content was important, but Google has always improved and made all of us evolve a little bit. So it comes down to a few core concepts.

36:44
One is quality content. You’ve got to have quality content and related to that is you have to be targeting specific phrases. You can write a great article that everyone loves to read, but if it’s not targeting a very specific phrase that people are actually searching for, you’re not going to rank for anything and Google’s just not going to be able to send any traffic. You kind of have to tell Google,

37:10
I want to rank for this long tail key phrase. So as far as using keywords, keywords in the title is still really important. Using the keyword a few times throughout your article is important. But then what’s become even more important is using sort of those related keywords throughout your article so that Google knows you have a little bit more depth in your content. so keywords, content, always still super, super important. External links.

37:39
Still, that is the backbone of Google. And so if you can get a few external links to your site or your individual articles, that’s gonna be great. And natural links are always better than other types of links. And certainly spammy links have become more more devalued over time. And that’s been a lot of the updates that Google has done, even still recently, is kind of devaluing spammy links or other types of links that really shouldn’t be passing link juice anyways.

38:09
And then related to that, of course, is internal links, which you have full control over. So it’s a few things. It sounds simple, right? But there’s a lot of individual steps to making sure you’re doing the best job you can. But that really is an overview of SEO. Have you ever used a disavow tool ever? I have used it. And I don’t know if I needed to, honestly, at this point. I kind of think that Google has gotten smarter and smarter.

38:37
One of my sites about a year ago was just getting so many automated spammy links and I was just so nervous about it. I just went in and I disavowed all those links. you know if it did anything or? I really don’t know because I hadn’t received a penalty, right? But I was worried I was going to and so was like, I’m going to be proactive on this one. And in particular, because it was for my public case study site, this own the yard.com that I built. I was like, really like got attacked too, right?

39:07
very likely was. Yep. And I was super worried I was going to get penalized. So I decided to go ahead and do it. So nothing bad happened to my site, fortunately. So whether or not the disavow tool did that, I don’t know. Okay. And then what do you got going on in the future? You always have like a bunch of projects going on at the same time. So I’m always just kind of curious what you’re up to. Well, you already mentioned my facial review of books.

39:33
So I may parlay that into a full-grown business, other than that, not a lot actually. I’m really trying and you’re absolutely right that in the past I’ve tried a lot of different things and had several pans on the fire, but I’m trying to scale that back. I’ve sold off my Amazon FBA business, sold off several niche sites. I’m really just going to focus on Link Whisper for now and my

40:02
couple other sites that I have. at least I’m really trying to focus on just those. So what the future brings, I don’t know, I don’t have anything else new that I have planned right now. And hopefully I can keep it that way for a little bit. Did you want to talk about the Shopify version of this also and how it pertains to ecommerce? No, it’s not out yet, right? But just kind of curious what you got planned for that. Yeah, so I do have a Shopify version of Link Whisper in the works. So I

40:30
Again, this is one that I wouldn’t have thought of necessarily on my own, but my audience sort of reached out to me and said, Hey, like, this work on Shopify or do you ever plan to do that? And I didn’t. And I got several people saying, Hey, we’d love it if you had it on Shopify. There’s not a lot of great SEO tools on Shopify. So yeah, over the last few months, we’ve been developing a Shopify version that will work very similarly to the WordPress version, but it will be on the Shopify app store, you know, on

41:00
the Shopify platform there that you can log into your store and use it right there. It’s currently in beta testing and I’m hoping in the next month it will be live and we can launch that and start getting some customers on Shopify. And again, it’s the same principle, right? You want to show Google which products on your site that you’re prioritizing essentially, right? Yeah, either products or if people are blogging a lot on the Shopify platform, it’ll work great on the Shopify blog.

41:29
But certainly you can point a lot of internal links, like from your blog to individual products that you want to get some SEO traffic for, or just the people reading your blog, clicking over to your products. It’ll make it a lot easier to add those links. Cool, awesome. So Spence, where can people find you, your tool, and if they want to check out your facial expression book reviews, where can they find you?

41:55
People can follow along with what I’m doing over at niche pursuits.com. That’s still my blog there. And if I ever do go full time on the facial reviews, that’s where I’ll announce that so they can follow along that. But linkwisper.com is where people can go and check out the plugin. I’ve got demo videos that they can look at and see it in action. And feel free to reach out with me. I’ve got a contact form on niche pursuits.com. If they want to shoot me an email, I’m happy to respond.

42:25
connect with them. Yeah, and I’ll probably post some sort of case study. Like I said, I’ve been using the tool for like the past week and you know, it takes time to see the effects of this. So maybe three or four months down the line, I’ll, post like a case study of my own. Yeah. Yeah. That would be great. I, I’m glad you’re using it and would love to have your audience check it out. Awesome. Well, Spence, thanks a lot for coming back on the show. I guess it’s been just way too long since I’m pretty sure the last time I had you was after the sale of long tail pro and man, four years ago, time flies.

42:55
Yeah, it does go quick. It’s like, I know we stay in touch and we see each other. But yeah, actually be on the podcast. It’s great to be back. Well, hope to have you back sooner than I guess, three years from now. Sounds good. Take care.

43:13
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now as we mentioned in the episode, Spencer is giving $25 off lifetime for Link Whisper to all My Wife Quitter Job listeners, so if you’re interested in the tool, use coupon code Steve to get $25 off lifetime. Now this code expires August 15th. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 316. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce.

43:39
With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base, and SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

44:07
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

44:29
Thanks for listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

315: What It Takes To Get Rich Quick With Steve Chou

315: What It Takes To Get Rich Quick With Steve Chou

One of the most asked questions I get is how quickly you can make money online. So in this episode, I break down what it takes to get rich “quick” and how to change your mindset about running a successful online business.

In addition, I point out about some of the scammy get rich quick ecommerce schemes on the Internet.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to spot a get rich quick scheme
  • The ecommerce business models I detest
  • How to change your mindset about success in business
  • What it takes to be successful online

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to answer some of the most common questions I get asked about the different e-commerce business models. And specifically, I’m going to give you my opinion on which models are scams, which ones are worth your time and how to avoid falling for the get rich quick trap. But before I begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:25
Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS, or text message marketing, is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward, and I’ve chosen Postscript.io to be my text message provider. Now why Postscript? It is because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus.

00:49
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it is price well too, and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to postgroup.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klavia for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing a lot more online shopping.

01:16
And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands, and it gives you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that is why over 30,000 e-commerce brands like Chubby’s, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following.

01:42
Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help get you growing faster. And it’s free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create a free account. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com slash my wife. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle.

02:11
so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Tu.

02:21
Welcome to the MyWifeQuieterJob podcast. Today I’m going to talk about human nature and the truth behind the get rich quick schemes you see on the internet. Now, if your Facebook feed is anything like mine, you’ve probably seen a lot of ads for get rich quick schemes that promise massive wealth in a short period of time. And here’s the thing. These ads probably convert really well. After all, it is human nature. Whenever you want to learn a new skill or achieve an important goal in your life, your first instinct is to look for the easiest way out and the quickest way to get there.

02:49
Now, unfortunately, this mentality is embedded in our DNA and I’m not immune to it either. Sometimes I still find myself looking for the get rich quick solution, even though I’m fully aware that change requires hard work and dedication. So for example, when I was trying to get six pack abs, spent a lot of time researching magical muscle shakes and secret exercises designed to burn fat. Anyone here ever take chromium picolinate? I bought that stuff too. Now, when I first launched this blog, I thought I could leverage social media

03:16
sign up for a couple of ad networks, slap on some ads in the sidebar and instantly make passive income. And with our online store, I thought that paying for a directory submission service would instantly bring traffic to our website. But guess what? All these strategies were a complete waste of time. And after spending so much time and energy trying to find the easy way out, I’d always come back to the same conclusion. The path to success requires consistent work and dedication over a long period of time. Now I want to tell you a personal story here.

03:46
Most of you are aware that I teach a class on how to start an online store. And one of the perks of being a student in my class is that I will personally critique your website when it goes live. Anyway, the other day I was browsing the course forums when I saw a message that caught my eye. One of the newer students who just signed up want to know the success rate for students in the class and how long it took for them to get there. And this question was immediately followed by a comment from another student in the class who noticed that one of the sites that I had critiqued in the past was no longer open.

04:15
and that student shut it down to pursue a completely different niche. So here is my response. Unfortunately, it is a fact of life that not everyone is going to be successful. And for a while I debated whether to take certain set critiques down, but I ultimately decided to leave them up because there are lessons to be learned from watching them. Now, I don’t want to sugar coat things for you. Your chances of success or failure largely depend on you and your first product may not be a winner. I will be there to answer your questions and help guide you along, but there are no guarantees. So here’s the thing.

04:45
It doesn’t matter how long it takes other people to succeed. You are your own person and you are in control of your own destiny. There is no magical formula for success. I can only show you the process and the right way to do things, but I cannot act on your behalf. Want you to know how long it takes other people is completely natural, but it implies that success is based on a blueprint when in fact there are many other variables at stake. Now, the biggest variable is how much time and dedication you are willing to devote to your business.

05:14
And another variable is how willing you are to pivot your business based on the data you collect. How willing are you to learn and execute what I am teaching you? So here’s how you get past that get rich quick mentality. Now I’ve been running my online course since March of 2011, and I still get asked the same old get rich quick type of questions on a regular basis. So Steve, how long do you think it’ll take for the average person to make $50,000? How soon will the money start rolling in after I launched my e-commerce store?

05:40
How many hours am I going to have to spend working on this? Can I do it in just four hours a week? Now some of these people eventually sign up for my class and they get frustrated when they find out that gosh darn, it actually takes work to make money. Now what’s this? I got to learn a skill that is completely new to me? Imagine that. But here’s the thing, the students that stick it out and persevere through all the material and hard work eventually discovered that the skills they have gained go way beyond just running an e-commerce business. They can use them to start any type of business. So for example, on my podcast,

06:10
you’ll find many stories of students who stuck it out and are now generating six or seven figures in revenue per year. The students who make it past the get rich quick phase are often on a completely different mindset. They start thinking longer term about creating businesses that are built to last. They start believing in their own abilities as opposed to following a bogus recipe. They start realizing that it is okay to experiment, fail and learn from the process. Now here’s an example of another student who got past the get rich quick phase and sent me this email. Dear Steve.

06:40
We have failed at three prior attempts to open and operate an online business. And in hindsight, the short and simple reason for this is that we didn’t have enough guidance from competent sources. We have operated a very successful brick and mortar business for 10 years, but the transition to a successful online business was elusive until we found your site. Now I started planning our online business almost two years ago when I started looking for guidance and my priority, I wanted to get guidance from someone who was already operating successful business and was honest and ethical.

07:07
Now I got my money’s worth on the first day I logged on to your course almost a year ago. Now the most important advice that I could give to anyone starting out is to go through this entire course and keep a dictionary handy for any terms that are not understood. Everything you need to succeed is here in this course. And if you skip videos or cruise past things you don’t understand, you are selling yourself short and you are setting yourself up to not succeed. There’s a lot to get through and a lot of it is not easy to understand. But Steve is right. Some students will succeed and some will fail. There are no guarantees that someone else can give you.

07:37
The only guarantee that makes sense is the one that you give yourself. If you persist, you will succeed. Now here’s what the transformation feels like. Now at the time of this video, there are over 3,600 students who have taken my class. And this might sound like a lot of people, but 3,600 students over the course of eight years is actually not that large of a number. And I purposely limit enrollment. My class is not and never will be a volume course. Instead, I provide a hands-on experience with lots of teacher-student interaction. Less students means that I can do full website critiques.

08:06
like the ones that you can find on my site. It also allows me to provide personalized recommendations for your business based on your exact challenges. So for example, the strategy for launching a successful clothing business is far different than launching a product that you personally invented yourself. Now what I hope to convey to everyone who’s watching this video is trying to get rich quick will actually only waste your time. The sooner you realize that success depends on your own internal drive and persistence, the sooner that you will start making forward progress.

08:33
And I’ve wasted hours of my time on get rich quick schemes in the past and they have never ever worked out because if it sounds too good to be true, then it probably is. So stop looking for external ways to get things done and start looking internally at yourself. In fact, you should be asking yourself, what can I learn to help me create value with a business? What skills do I need to take me to the next level? And how can I avoid stupid mistakes that may hinder my progress? All right. So how do you spot a get rich quick scheme? The easiest way to spot a get rich quick scheme,

09:03
is to ask yourself the following questions. Is this business model sustainable? Does it provide any value? And are there any real barriers to entry? If the answer is no to any or all these questions, chances are it is a get rich quick scheme. Now here are a number of get rich quick schemes that I’ve come across over the years. And the first one is drop shipping from Amazon to eBay. Now, when I first saw ads on my Facebook feed promising quick e-commerce riches without any upfront investment, without a website and without caring inventory, I immediately became suspicious.

09:33
Now this particular business model involves copying the image and listings of as many products on Amazon as possible and listing them on eBay at higher prices. Then when a customer makes a purchase on eBay, you simply purchase the product on Amazon, have it delivered to your eBay customer and you pocket the difference. Sounds like easy money, right? Now let’s take the get rich quick test. Is this business model sustainable and does it provide any value? Now this eBay drop shipping model adds zero value to the end customer except for higher prices.

10:02
and it’s definitely not sustainable. And in fact, eBay banned this practice within a year after it became popular. Are there any real barriers to entry? Not at all. Anyone can do this without any money, which means that the marketplace will instantly become flooded with competitors. Now the second get rich quick scheme is drop shipping from AliExpress to Amazon or eBay. And drop shipping from AliExpress is just like drop shipping on eBay, except AliExpress is the delivery mechanism.

10:29
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that, but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless, unenforceable trademark.

10:56
Now that is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council. They have a package service called Total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy. Their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other IP protection, such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge Council first and get a free consult.

11:27
For more information, go to emerge council.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a a hundred dollar discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s merged council.com over at EMERGECOUNSEL.com. Now back to the show.

11:49
Now what is AliExpress? AliExpress is known as the eBay of China, and you can purchase an item at super low prices to be delivered anywhere in the world. And most items on AliExpress are shipped from China. Now the main reason that this business model took off is because of a little known shipping loophole called ePacket. ePacket allows a package from China to be shipped to the U.S. at really cheap prices. And as a result, you can ship an order from China to a U.S. customer for cheaper than shipping the order from within the U.S. However,

12:16
because the U S is renegotiating the UPU, is the universal postal union. E-package shipping is actually going to go way up in price, thus killing this business model altogether. Now, AliExpress drive shipping was doomed from the start because it relied on a loophole for success. In addition, there was little or no quality control on the products and the shipping times were very excessive, sometimes upwards of a month. Now the final get rich quick scheme I want to talk about is drop surfing. Now, in case you haven’t noticed most of the e-commerce get rich quick schemes,

12:46
involves some form of dropshipping, which is why you have to be extra careful whenever you hear that word. But don’t get me wrong, there are many ways to run a successful dropshipping business, but they all require work. So what is this scammy thing called drop surfing? Drop surfing is a form of dropshipping where you find a hot trending product in a group of suppliers who sell the exact same item. And then when a customer places an order, you find the lowest price for that item from your list of suppliers and you have it shipped to your customer.

13:13
Now after analyzing a number of drop surfing businesses, here’s what I noticed. The item being sold is almost always a cheap generic piece of junk sold by a number of Chinese manufacturers. There’s little or no quality control for the product being sold. So there are a ton of customer complaints and because the item is hot, there are many people selling the exact same product, thus flooding the market. So drop surfing is essentially a marketing term that glamorizes the drop shipping of junk.

13:39
Not only is this business model unsustainable because you’re constantly on the hunt for new hot products, but the money is short-lived because sellers are quick to flood the market. Now another get rich quick type of scheme that you’ll come across browsing on the internet are SEO or social media services that promise fast traffic and high rankings. Now from teaching my e-commerce course, I’ve encountered a ton of these services that promise quick sales overnight. And I’ve seen services that promise to blow up your social media and your SEO by purchasing active followers.

14:07
None of these services are legit. Now, when it comes to search engine optimization, the only way to rank is to write a quality article that people actually want to read. Any service that promises to increase your rankings by spamming backlinks to your site will do more harm than good. And the same goes with buying social media followers. Just do not do it. Instead, what you want to do is you want to make decisions based on logic and not emotion. So if you find yourself deciding whether or not to sign up for a potential get rich quick scheme,

14:36
make sure you sleep on it and ask a friend for their opinion. After all, it’s important to make your decision without getting caught up in the emotion of future riches. Now here’s a quote that I want to share with you from a student in my course that sums everything up nicely. I think it’s a little funny that some people actually believe someone else can guarantee them success. They want some magical turnkey formula. And you know what? A lot of scam artists out there know this is exactly what many people are looking for. So they promise to give it to them for a fee, course.

15:05
People can end up paying hundreds and thousands of dollars chasing the formula, but the formula where everything is set up for you and you don’t have to do any work, I know because I used to think it existed. And at some point, I don’t remember exactly when, but at some point I finally realized that those kinds of people were playing on my emotions. They were saying things like, all you got to do is plug into the system. A lot of language like that was being thrown around all over the internet. Many scammers are still making false promises they know are lies.

15:32
Some of these people are making tens of millions of dollars selling bogus internet marketing courses. And I once paid $500 for a course and looking back and thinking about what I know now about internet marketing today, I knew that it was a total scam, but they were making all kinds of guarantees and promising the moon with statements like make $10,000 a month with just 10 minutes of your work per day. Now this implies that you don’t really have to do any work. It will almost be effortless. Even large corporations push myths like that on people.

16:00
Like for example, trying to make them believe that if they buy a franchise, they are guaranteed to succeed with a turnkey system. Now I’m here to tell you that it’s all a bunch of BS. It is not the system that makes you succeed. It is you. A system can only facilitate your success, but only if you have the qualities that it takes to be successful. Success is more a state of mind. It is really very simple. What many are failing to see is that successful business owners are smart people who actually apply themselves on a consistent basis.

16:29
They have the right attitude and work ethic. They figure out what they need to learn for a business and they do the work to learn it. They have a certain mindset that many people just don’t have. And I think you have to be willing to consistently do the hard and or boring work that most people are just not willing to do. That is what sets successful people apart from those who fail. Now, many people who have always worked for someone else don’t really take these things into consideration when they’re thinking about owning their own business. What if you pick the wrong niche and you fail? Many people would just give up and say, that’s it.

16:59
I can’t do it. With that attitude, they will never be able to own a business. And my belief is that you have to fail to succeed. When we fail, we can look back and then analyze what we did wrong. We can learn from the mistakes and apply that knowledge in our future endeavors. And sooner or later, we will stop making so many mistakes because we learned what not to do. So experience is a major factor. And the way I see it is the smarter you are, the less experience you need. But if you are less smart, you can still succeed, but you need to fail more in order to learn what not to do.

17:28
Now the million dollar question is, can you get rich quick? The answer is definitely yes, but you’ll find that most successful entrepreneurs who have achieved fast success paid their dues with a prior flop. To expect to achieve quick results as a total newbie is possible, but highly unlikely. Everyone has to pay their dues somehow. And the best way to learn is to hire a mentor who you trust to navigate you through the process. Good luck.

17:56
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now I actually tried hard not to turn this episode into a rant and please email me over at steve at mywifequitterjob.com and let me know what you thought about this episode. To break up the monotony of just publishing interviews, I’m gonna mix things up going forward with some solo episodes. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 315. And once again, I wanna thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

18:26
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

18:54
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. If you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

19:10
Thanks for listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

314: David Herrmann On How To Scale Your Ecommerce Brand With Ads

314: David Hermann On How To Scale Your Ecommerce Brand With Ads

Today I’m happy to have David Herrmann on the show. David runs Herrmann Digital LLC which is a company that specializes in scaling direct to consumer brands online and he has personally spent over a hundred million dollars in ads.

He has advertised on Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat, YouTube and TikTok and today, we are going to talk about the best way to scale an ecommerce brand with paid advertising.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why David focuses on ecommerce.
  • How to scale your ecommerce brand with ads.
  • David’s specialized approach to scaling an ecommerce brand with ads.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies, they use to grow their businesses. And today, I have David Hermann on the show. And David is an expert in scaling E-Commerce brands with paid advertising and his approach is a little bit different than some of the other media buyers I’ve had on the Podcast, and I know that you’ll learn a lot.

But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing a lot more online shopping lately and if you’re an E-Commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers, but once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo, is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for E-Commerce brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages and more. A lot more. And that’s why more than 30,000 E-Commerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklyn, and Livingproof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth and less depending on third-party ads. So, whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you grow faster and it is free to get started. Visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to create a free account. That’s Klaviyo.com/mywife.

I also want to thank PostScript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an E-Commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And that is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward and I have chosen PostScript.io to be my text message provider. Now why PostScript? Well it’s because they specialize in E-Commerce stores and E-Commerce is their primary focus and not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, it’s priceable too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So, head on over to PostScript.io/Steve and try it for free. That’s postscript.io/Steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle. So, you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m happy to have David Herman on the show. Now, David is someone who I met at my buddy, Nick Shackleford’s event called Geek Out LA and I knew that as soon as I heard his talk that I wanted to have him on the show. Now, David runs Herman Digital LLC, which is a company that specializes in scaling direct to consumer brands online and he’s personally managed over a hundred million dollars in ad spend over the years and he’s advertised on Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat, Pinterest, YouTube and you can Tick Tock.

And he’s actually collaborated in the past with my buddy, Andrew Foxwell who has also been a guest on this show. Anyway today, we are going to talk about scaling E-Commerce brands with paid advertising and with that welcome to show David. How you doing today? Man?

David: Good man. How are you doing?

Steve: I’m doing good. I really enjoyed your talk at Geek Out man.

David: Yeah, thank you.

Steve: And give us the quick background story for the listeners out there who don’t know who you are and tell us how you got started with ads in general and E-Commerce.

David: Yeah, so I’ve been doing digital in some capacity since College back in 2003, 2004-ish. I kind of got started playing around with the social media of the time AOL Instant Messenger and MySpace and then…

Steve: Ohh MySpace hehe…

David: Yeah hehe. Gotta… Got a little bit in the Myspace days and in college I ran Myspace Pages for bands. For independent record labels

Steve: Cool.

David: So, I was the one messaging the people and doing all the promotions and things like that. I just got hooked I kind of was like, “This is such a cool idea.” And then eventually, you know as I Graduated college went through a recession. Realized, you know, this whole online thing was really a cool idea and then eventually work for a toy company in Torrance, California and was part of 18 International toy company was part of a team of like eight marketers all of them got laid off but me and I didn’t know what to do. And this was 2009, and so I started doing Facebook because that was like The Social Network that I know how to do for like marketing.

Eventually, got to a point where we had it a huge, huge following on Facebook and then the business pages came out and then we reverted to that and then Facebook Ads started and then I started there and I’ve pretty much been doing Facebook ads and ads online ever since and obviously scaling as we go and then getting with bigger brands, bigger brands and eventually just kind of going out on my own and then doing this pretty much solo or with a corner since 2014 so.

Steve: You know, it’s funny about this is you got kind of started during the last recession and actually, so did I. I started both my business during the recession. I think there’s something about the recession.

David: Yeah, it is. It forces you to think differently about what you’re dealing with because ultimately at that time, as you remember, like there was no jobs like no one was hiring and you know, we were young we didn’t have experience and that was the one area where there was no experience needed. And so, it was just sort of like a golden opportunity to get involved to see what was going on. And you know, as we as we head into, I guess we could say it’s a recession.

Steve: It’s a recession.

David: You know, I think that the same thing holds true. I think that E-Commerce… This is never a better time to be dabbling in it. Even if you’re working from home like pick up something, you know? Try it. Like, you know, there’s opportunities to get involved by spending 20 bucks a day on something, you know? It just starts with somewhere so.

Steve: Totally agree. I mean, I think like I’ve been stuck at home for four weeks now and I think as this happens to the entire US. People are just going to get used to shopping online even more than they already have and I think it’s just going to become a habit.

David: Yeah it is and you know, there’s part of me that likes it and then there’s part of me that’s all sad about it. Just because you know, there’s a lot of really good people out there that have them on pawn shops. And those will still… I think they’ll still always be there but it’s the CPM cost are never lower. The competition is naturally really not because you know, depending on when you listen to this a lot of the major retailers have pulled out of their ads spends. Uhm the politics? Most political campaigns have suspended right now.

So, in terms of the market, the only people you’re competing with are similar size advertisers as yourself meaning like smaller D to C right now a million dollars a day on ads but really spending money that you are in direct competition with and you have a better chance of being successful.

Steve: I’m just kind of curious. How did you get into the E-Commerce side? Did you ever sell any physical products yourself?

David: No, I’ve always just kind of worked with brands in doing it. Foxwell and I have been friends a long time. And you know, I was working with some small companies doing… Originally I was doing Lead Gen on Facebook ads different things like I did for college admissions, I did for mortgages and you know those kind of industries and then eventually, Andrew actually was the one who brought me on a brand and was like, “Hey, I think he’d be good at the E-Com side” And that’s when it really started and I got hooked.

Steve: Ohhh okay.

David: So he was kind of the one that pushed me along and that’s why him and I are such good friends. It’s really because of that, we worked together for so many years.

Steve: That’s awesome

David: And you know, this is back in you know, when the Facebook ads would just dirt cheap like you’ve launched an ad and we’d have a you know, 3 to a 6X top of funnel and feel like you’re on top of the world, you know.

Steve: Hahaha yeah.

David: Hehe. So, a little different now, but you know back then it was a different story so.

Steve: Maybe there’s days are coming back with everyone pulling that around hahaha.

David: I hope. I hope haha yeah.

Steve: So David, I want to talk about the case study that you presented a Geek Out LA because, you’re example actually made me kind of completely rethink my approach to Facebook ads and in a way that you could actually market kind of mundane products. So first off, can you just kind of set the stage for that company that you talked about what they were selling and what their ads look like before you took over?

David: Yeah. So, the company sells children’s books for the faith-based community. So, they… They’re geared towards young girls ages like 4 to 10 and the product itself. It’s basically five stories from the Old Testament of the Bible and it breaks down one woman from each of the stories and they’ve got whole concept behind it is to educate young girls about the value they have that they can find in these women if it’s not patient, it’s bravery or prayer or you know perseverance and things like that and the books are they were animated by former Disney animators. So, they’re really high-quality books made in the US just a really good product.

Steve: Is it a hardback book.

David: It’s a… It’s a five…. It’s a five-part series hardcover their $14.99 apiece. We sell a bundle for $59.99 and definitely what we sell primarily where people buy and so when I came into this project the agency that was running it before I came in, they were a television commercial company. That was what they say that’s was their skill set. And so, they dabble with ads and you know, typically creatives and media buyers they work well together but creative they’re probably not the best media buyers and media buyers probably aren’t the best creatives.

So, you know, they were running the ads weren’t terrible but they were running very like, you know, long form horizontal ads that didn’t really show off the product and you know, the imagery was like photos on white backgrounds very catalog feeling and it…

Steve: Just the books you mean??

David: Yeah, it just lacked. It lacks the true emotion. You need to connect with these books. And so, I came in a year ago actually and it was almost a year ago to the day. It was like March 20th. And you know, it was right before Easter and so we relaunched with a bunch of new ads and we just change the focus. We originally the ads just talked about what the book was. It was like this is Bible bells and that’s the name of the book and we miss it. Does this this this and this and it’s like it was like three senses and I was like, you know, no one’s going to connect with that because they don’t know the story. They don’t even know what this is.

So, we rephrased sort of the ad copy to be focused on something that a lot of parents would connect with which was Disney and princesses. And so, we changed sort of the problem and solution of the ad copy to be focused on that. So, the copy went how many Disney princesses can your daughter name? Now how many women of the Bible catchy name get your attention?

Steve: How did you come up with that? I mean, do you have a process in place?

David: So, you know it really boils down to just being really connected with our clients because for that the author of the book, you know, she was very open about like what she was trying to accomplish and we talked about it and you know, that was… It was something that Disney kept coming out and it was that was sort of like the hook for me to kind of take it and test it. It’s because of that like our books were made by a Disney animator, you know, and so there was that tie in already to it. And so that’s really why we kind of elected to go that route. And yeah.

Steve: I was just going to ask you what like what attracted to this project because I’m just thinking to myself like a book that sells for 15 bucks. I mean that’s going to be hard to get profitable right?

David: Right. So, I am a type of person that likes to take on challenges and not do the easy things because when I do easy things, I get bored. And so that was really one of the big reasons why and also, I think I really connected with the client and the clients are really good friends of mine now like, okay, I’ll go down and stay in San Diego. I go down to San Diego and just we’ll go have lunch well over dinner and we’re friends, you know, and so we were in it together. The project is I just recognize them and we just connected and the law. Lot of times when I look for projects to work on, I’m looking at the product but the product isn’t the only… the only like thing I look at when I’m talking to somebody it’s is this person and I, do we connect? You know, because it’s a relationship and you know, especially during these tough times. You need to have a relationship with somebody that’s going to be with you and be willing to work with you long term. Not just you know, like balance after your you stop being profitable for a week. But no.

Steve: Do you have any guidelines on… I don’t know that average order value or even the type of product that might work. Like obviously you wouldn’t take on a project that you didn’t think that you could improve upon, right?

David: Right. Yeah, I you know, the thing about working on different projects is like I’m looking at a few things one is what’s the competition in the market like for this product? Right? So, one thing I’m never going to take on things like sunglasses or things like iPhone cases, you know things like wallets, you know? The like things that are really really really hard to break in with because there’s so many of them out there and frankly there’s better world companies. There’s you know, it’s like you haven’t like I use, you know, my baseball glove wallet from FC Goods. Like that’s why that’s why we go to have a good buy their wallet. I like that thing but like, you know, that’s something that I’m always looking at when I called with products and like right now, I’m working with a company. Start your work at the company. That’s focused on a lot essential stuff.

And it’s like they’re things that we need in our households that are sold at like Bed Bath and Beyond and those kind of stores and I’m thinking to myself, you know, there’s a market for this because the market has shifted and so that’s a mindset and this currency I’m shifting about is going like I don’t want to sell wallet, but I’ll sell like hey how to unclog your unclog your sink. Because we can’t call plumber right now. So, people are going to be looking for this stuff. Right? And so, looking at changing the focus during different times of the year different times of our life cycle to is also important to be looking at.

Steve: So for the wallets example, is it just because it’s just that much harder to make stand out among the crowd?

David: Yeah. I mean in the… You know, a lot of times in say that scenario like the people that are in that space. Head like Ridge Wallet it’s another great example, like great wallet company, absolutely fantastic people that work there. They know what they’re doing. I’m not going to compete with them, you know? It’s like okay, you know the market right and it’s like the same thing with like sunglasses like looking at what Diff is doing right? Like Diff Eyewear is such a great company at what they do. It’s like in that market and blenders, right? Different blunders are kind of like the preferred and then you have… You know, you have like what you might call it, you know like the high-end right Wayfarers, you know, this is like there’s these markets where you just go. Yeah. I’m just not going to compete. You kind of go from there.

Steve: So, this Christian book like when they first came to you and you took a look at their ads and did you just kind of know right away that you could do a better job with it?

David: Oh, yeah. I said when I thought I saw the way it was set up. I saw the way I was targeted and I was just like yeah, there’s this… There’s a lot of opportunity here.

Steve: So, walk me through this like let’s say I was the client and I have these books and my ads right now are just pictures of books, I guess. Like what questions did you ask them to get all this information out in order to kind of formulate your ultimate strategy, which was it sounds like Disney. What was the ad copy again? How many Disney princesses do your kids know?

David: Yeah. How many Disney Princesses does your daughter know? How many women of the Bible does she know?

Steve: Right. And usually it’s zero, right?

David: Yeah yeah.

Steve: They know every princess but… Okay… Haha.

David: Yeah naturally and it again when I was… When we were talking originally it was a… All my connections all my it’s all referral-based everyone that I talk to… Everyone that I work with is referral-based. I don’t cold and I’m that’s just not something that I want to do and you know, it’s so far served me well that…

Steve: Actually, you don’t even have a website I noticed a kind of looked for it.

David: Yeah. Yeah. I don’t… I’d be in the… Honestly, I just eventually get one, if I absolutely need it. But the reality is it’s there’s not much of a need for it, if I don’t need it, right? You know, it’s like… I have a Twitter account and people hit me up on Twitter. And if they if they can’t figure that out then I don’t know if I’d want to work anyway.

Steve: Sure. I mean, it keeps out the riffraff right?

David: Right, right exactly so.

Steve: So, can you give us kind of describe what these discussions on how you arrived at that strategy because there’s always this disconnect and there’s a lot of creativity involved, you know. Yeah. So, if you have like some sort of process like if you were pretending like let’s say I was coming to you with these books. Like what questions would you ask me? Like, what do you have like a set methodology for arriving at the creative?

David: So, I look at a few things when I look at creative. I’m making sure that like our top of funnel creative is really focused on user-generated content and testimonials and also educates a bit about the product. So, it’s a mix of all three. So, it feels very in line with say a Facebook feed or an Instagram story. Where does it feel like an ad because again, you don’t want anything to feel like an ad you want something to feel… You know Joe Schmo down the street shot this video and is trying to sell you on it, right?

That’s a huge thing is to be focused on. Secondly, you want to always have some type of angle in your ad and hook whatever that maybe if it’s you know, like the Disney hook for example, or you know hook finding out like a problem like right now we’re running a lot of ads about being stuck inside, you know and those are working really well across the board because it’s just stuff that people are really eager about and really hungry about and it just engages and I shot a video for a shoe company yesterday that I run and I launched the ad basically it was my fiancé putting on the shoes sitting on the couch where you can clearly see that it was on carpet and it shows her walking around the house and walking down the steps always focused on the shoes.

And then I did the angle of outside. Right before she put her foot on the welcome mat to walk outside. I froze it. I froze the ad and then it showed her sitting down on the couch and saying and it’s saying, “You can still look cute in doors” and so like playing up that hook so to speak? And so, you know, that’s the kind of stuff that I’m really trying to be doing right now and just be very very focused on as we kind of go into this season because you know, the reality is people are they’re all looking for… People are still buying in the you need to give them an idea so to speak so…

Steve: Do you film this on just like your phone? Or?

David: Yeah. Yeah.

Steve: Okay. So, in general all of your video creatives are not professionally produced? Or?

David: Yeah, pretty much. Nobody really is. Yeah.

Steve: Okay. And then you mentioned this was a shoe ad. Wouldn’t shoes kind of fall in that same category as wallets? Or like how are these shoes different?

David: So, the shoes are just real. I mean our this is a coming. It’s been around a long time, you know? So it’s got a lot of… It’s got a lot of like old… It’s been around long enough where it doesn’t have don’t have to worry about the brand.

Steve: Okay. So, people know… Know will recognize the brand?

David: Yeah yeah. Or email lists or you know, three to five hundred thousand… It it…

Steve: Oh, wow. Okay, they’re huge well-established brand.

David: Yeah. I didn’t know no slouch here for that brand so.

Steve: So, you have your hook and then do you incorporate like testimonials in that top of funnel?

David: Typically, yeah. Yeah

Steve: And just trying to get an idea of your campaigns and we can talk about the Christian books if you want because since yeah, you’ve already… It sounds like that’s more public than the current company you’re working on, right?

David: No. It’s so the company… The shoe company is called the Inca shoes. It’s a shoe company that started… Man. Sort of a long time ago. It was a TV show called The Prophet?

Steve: Yeah. I love that show. Didn’t you worked with Marcus Lemonis?

David: Yeah. We… I worked, I work with the fashion group over there and I was part of the team. Foxwell was the one that actually brought me into work one of the brands on that show, then what ended up happening was got brought in to work on the show the work on a product that was going to be on the show. Ended up… Marcus ended up buying the company. So they needed me to run the ads and I started on that… I got… I was good at that for more and more things and then eventually I was working on like five brands for the team and it was really fun a lot of learning experiences too, you know? Kind of like coming into this whole thing and but yeah, it was a lot of fun so that that one brand of shoe company is part of that was part of that portfolio of companies and you know…

Steve: So when you’re launching that… So that video that you just shot like let’s say you’re setting up that campaign. How many different variations? Let’s just start from scratch brand new Facebook campaign, how many creatives do you have? Like what ad set? How many ad sets would you target or do like, how do you set all that stuff up?

David: So what I typically do my setups are it depends on the budget, but I’m always doing about a 70/30 Prospect in your remarketing split for my products because our goal is always selling top of funnel, right? That’s my goal on Facebook.

Steve: Are you shooting for a certain return?

David: And so yeah, I typically, you know, I want to see at least a 1.5 x return. Return on ad spend.

Steve: Okay.

David: For more… A lot of the companies I work with because I know that I can get a 3 to a 4 on remarketing so that is sort of like It’s like my sort of goal, especially as we head into, you know, very competitive season, you know? It’s always like you’re not getting 3 or 4 x’s on top of funnel anymore. It’s just it’s just not happening unless you know, you have a ton of other traffic coming to the site. So yeah.

Steve: Right? Okay. So how many creatives like minimum would you start with like in your testing for like your initial campaigns top of funnel?

David: Typically, I start with 2-3?

Steve: 2-3? Okay.

David: Yeah, because I don’t want to like give the system too many options to choose. I want I want to basically allow the system to make the decision would like not happen to have like 5 to 10 ads. Know what I mean?

If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So, before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers’ button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: So, when we talk about creative just to define the terminology the creative would be the video and then the copy would be the text above it. So just three overall variations?

David: Yeah, so your video or photo your headline and your ad copy and the copy that goes above the ad.

Steve: Okay.

David: That’s typically the three that you want to focus on. I pay most attention to my headline because that’s in big bold typically, but… Yeah, that’s kind of how I wanna do it.

Steve: And then your headline is would be just like the hook. So, what was the hook for that shoe ad?

David: It was you can still look cute at home.

Steve: You can still look? Okay. Yeah. And then how… What are some of your guidelines for knowing whether you should continue writing that ad or whether it should just cancel it right away? How long do you let one?

David: So, I let things run. It really depends on the brand, to be honest with you. Because there’s some brands where I need to let things run for 3 to 4 days beforehand? And then there’s certain brands where I know that it’s going to… It’s going to you know, after a couple days. I’m like, yeah, I know this is going to fail, right? Like it just depends on the brand and like the AOV right because I’ve got a company I work with where our AOV is 350 bucks like

Steve: Oh nice.

David: Yeah. Well not I’m not letting that… I’m not letting that ad stop after three days. Like those ads will run for 14 plus days before I start to make decisions because it’s a higher AOV.

Steve: Is there a minimum AOV that you kind of recommend when doing this stuff?

David: You know, I can kind of get in trouble by saying certain things because people will like take it out of context but I always say if you have enough product is under $49, you’re going to have a really difficult time. because just you know, like the idea of getting…

Steve: Unless your back end is really recurring, right?

David: Yeah, that’s if you have a lot of retention, you have a lot of email flows going and you really really have your product lined like honed in. No question. Would I be running more but in content in the context of like Facebook ads and assuming that the only thing you’re doing is running, you know, you’re running ads on Facebook and maybe you know, I don’t know Google your CPAs on Facebook are not going to be… if you’re $49. Gettin like 10 to 15 dollars CPAs is really hard to do so yeah.

Steve: So those books that were 15 each. I assume you just focus on the bundle?

David: Yeah, we didn’t say I never pushed non bundle stuff because we tried it like we tested those ideas but the AOV you know that it’s just too cheap. It just doesn’t work.

Steve: Were there any other products in addition those books or was it just that it? Were there any other cross sells or anything?

David: So, no. It was really just those frankly.

Steve: Oh? Okay.

David: So this in the thing, I’m always super transparent with people when I talk about this stuff because this is not easy and that product, last year, we did we scaled the brand so much last year and we sold out multiple times of the of the bundle and that’s no slouch when you’re selling a you know, 15 to 20,000 units of these suckers. We think we’ve hit sort of a wall. So, to speak with the lowest hanging fruit. So obviously our CPAs have steadily risen as the years gone because we’re going a mean I always like to tell my clients… It seems Brent. I always like to say the brand like, “Brent you got to think about this. We’re selling a book series to Christians?” and you know, we sell the like people who have Jewish of the Jewish faith because we it’s Old Testament, we sell to Catholics obviously and we sell to Mormons like those are the kind of the main religions that we focus on selling to and but we’re also targeting not only is it Niche we have to go after their faith, but we also have to find them that have girls ages 4 to 10.

So, you really narrowing down those the audience and you know that so we’ve had to constantly make changes. We’ve had to constantly tinker with things like we run a lot we’re running branded content a lot with like different influencers in the space. So, for example last week, we launched a branded content with a couple that does a they do like a variety show on Facebook, they have a like over a million followers and Facebook and they’re so good at what they do and they have young girls there and their faith based and just very family-friendly content. And so, we worked out a deal with them and they ran brand content and they allowed me, you know, they gave me full access to their account to basically tinker with it.

Make sure it looks good and will pass Facebook’s all a Facebook’s rules and we’ve been running that video now for a week and we put probably I don’t know 25-30 thousand dollars behind it? And it’s done really well. And so, at some points in the year, what we do is we take the focus off us and we just focus on remarketing and Lao branded content to pick up the people because that’s really what we want.

Steve: I was just going to ask if your top of funnel is it it’s a returning more than 2?

David: Not for them not on top of funnel. For top of funnel you’re looking at anywhere from 1.4 to a 1.8.

Steve: So, are they profitable on those? Are they breaking even at least? Or?

David: Yeah, we do well. Like we do really well, you know, and that’s because that’s just Facebook. We have other sources that were running ads and you know; the brand is really successful.

Steve: Well that’s what I was getting at right? That’s why I asked you like there’s only those one set of books, right? So, once they bought them, they’re done, right?

David: Yeah, and so we work on other things so we have like we have like a homeschooling series that we’ve launched, in conjunction, so we have other coil of digital product…

Steve: I see so those are hundred percent profit?

David: Yeah, so yeah, so we’re focused in a lot of different areas that outside of just this, you know, we’re doing we’ve done really well but it’s just been really successful. The product has been really successful and we’ve we also get a lot of like wholesalers that asked us to sell the books because that’s the thing people don’t realize with Facebook is like, you know, you’re selling if you have a niche product, there are wholesalers out there that want to buy your product to put in their stores right? Now, obviously, they’re not during this season. But like in a normal time, if you have a niche product, you should be looking at that and thinking of things like, “Hey, maybe we should run ads on LinkedIn targeting small business, you know small gift shop owners and try that.” You know? I know a lot of jewelry companies that do that where they have an entire business dedicated to ads for wholesaling, you know, so there’s always other things that you can do beyond just running Facebook ads that is successful.

Steve: So, these Facebook ads are you running that are generating 1.4 + return on ad spend. In a way, it’s kind of like lead gen in a way, right? Because the Major Prophets it sounds like are from the digital products and the halo effect. So, to speak wholesaler start reaching out because they found they found you somewhere through an ad and that sort of thing is that accurate? Or?

David: Yeah, sort of like typically it our slow months is when it is… One of the more focused on digital like this time of year like Easter like this is our season so like for us Bible Bells, the last three weeks have been fantastic sure, right because I bet it’s our season. It’s like usually in the summer months when kids are going outside and you know, this year might be completely different right? I mean we might be we might sell like this is the thing is I think we’re all in the same boat where nobody really knows what’s going on, were all like, well, this might work.

I don’t really know, you know. So like we’re just trying to all figure it out together about what’s really going on in the season and playing it up and making sure that you know, we have inventory for the summer right because we’re also it’s not that’s we don’t discount the product ever. Like we’re not a discount brand. We’re not discounting now or we don’t want to do that. We want to really focus on the product in itself because there’s a lot of value in the product and we have you know, so many customers testimonials so many like people that are excited about it. We’ve run facebook lives we get tons of people. It’s been a really successful in a lot of ways and you know for them, I’ve kind of come on and sort of like a CMO so to speak and really try to help as best as I can because it’s again it’s when you come into a product that you like the team and you like the product itself and you think probably has value. I do want to get more involved right?

I don’t want to just curious like media buyer Facebook guy in the same kind of goes with the shoe company is you know, I am not the CMO but I kind of like, I like to make direction that I shoot the content for my ads because I know what works best, you know, and so yeah.

Steve: So on the retargeting side, what type of ads you wearing? Is it DPA? or you running?

David: So we don’t run DPA for them because there’s just not enough product and it just doesn’t work.

Steve: That’s true. Yeah, there’s only one. One bundle. Yeah hahaha.

David: Yeah hahaha. We have run DPA but it just never works so what we focus on is the author of the book does a lot of media appearances. And so, we run a lot of those ads and then we run we get like we always ask our customers to send us like testimonial videos and we run those as our ads as well. And then I use I’ve got a guy that I use in Texas who does all of our creative… Our creative for us. He’s is really star at what he does and work with him. I’m shooting video and like all like we know we’ll get like these really grainy iPhone videos; you know from people and he’ll make magic out of them every time. So, he’s able to like kind of mess around with them enough for they come out okay, we can use in these ads.

Steve: And in terms of your retargeting periods, I guess like how far out. Do you retarget these people?

David: So, it’s an interesting thing because originally, we used to do a lot less but as Facebook has been really pushing and frankly what we’ve been thinking is actually making it a lot bigger window because we see a higher return that way and…

Steve: What is your definition of a bigger window like 30 days?

David: 30 days. 60 days.

Steve: Okay.

David: I’m going that route because ultimately the system knows better than you and I’m trying you know, there’s that little bit of me that’s still like oh the old school media buyer. That’s like I’m not gonna let Facebook determine what I do and don’t do and you know, it’s like, you know how it is. It’s like we’re all kind of the same boat or like fight you want to fight the system.

Steve: Well the trend now is to just let Facebook do everything right?
David: Yeah, and you know, I don’t I just I don’t, I don’t agree with it. I don’t I know that a lot of people… When I do that the system itself. I still can see where I can make it better, you know, it was like, okay, like I know there’s a lot of I’ve got a lot of friends my friend Savannah is really big on the power 5 and there’s a lot of my friends and I use them Power 5 something that you use it. But like I find that the Power 5 does have its limitations…

Steve: Can you describe to the audience what that is?

David: Power 5 is essentially what Facebook’s been pushing media buyers to do which is automation. Right? It’s so it’s less campaigns, you know, the old school way of doing things. Yeah. I’m sure your guests or your people listening. Are running ads and they’ve got like 25 ad campaigns running right? You have like 12 different prospecting and blah blah blah, you know, just that whole thing. And so, there’s like simplifying the add structure is one, automatic placements is another so letting Facebook determine where to show your ad, the other one is running like Dynamic creative testing so, letting people determine that and then like Auto bids or put they want you to do run auto bids. It’s basically everything is automated. Right?

Steve: Hahaha yeah.

David: Yeah and you know, what ends up happening in you know, it’s different for everybody. But what I find is, even for like a project like the book project Facebook will overtly serve our ads to like Facebook video feeds and I can crunch every number and tell you that Facebook video feed is a loser for us every single time. But Facebook will still serve our ads there. And so, for me, it’s things like knowing my customer knowing how they operate knowing exactly what they’re engaging with because our customers typically a 50 plus year old grandparent who buys these books for their granddaughters.

That’s who buys the books. And like does my does my 61-year-old mom which you know how to buy an ad on our Facebook video feed no, she wouldn’t because she’s watching videos on Facebook. Right? And it’s usually like news right like news videos. Is she going to want to click off Facebook in between a new story or in between like, you know, because that’s sometimes…? And so, when I think about the use cases of things that’s how like, okay. I know more than Facebook does on certain things and that’s the areas that I control. I can’t control what audiences, were for the most part. Because most of the time it’s going broad is what they say, but you know, I still like I’m looking at an account right now and my best performing audiences right now is 2% look-a-likes, you know so…

Steve: Yeah that’s happening you to it’s funny.

David: Yeah, and like that’s the issue is like Facebook will say going broad but there’s some projects where it’s not like they don’t get enough. There’s not like they get enough data, but they just for some reason or another they just don’t convert. They don’t work. So that’s why I always say power 5 works good with a caveat of like you really need to know your customer really well, and if you don’t know your customer and you don’t have a clue run power 5 and I don’t want people to take that to me, the agencies that are running power 5 exclusively or bad agencies. I think that again there’s a lot of value in it where you use the power 5 and just keep optimizing your creative. And that’s the only thing you change which is an is an interesting strategy and I believe it does work. But just for me personally having run ads for so long, I use elements of power 5, but not fully.

Steve: Sure. I mean it sounds to me and I’ve interviewed a bunch of Facebook ads people. It sounds like you get a little bit more involved with your clients and even have a vested interest in the success, right?

David: Yeah. I mean I and, you know, even from like a pricing modeling I’ve switched my modeling because I’ve realized that you know, there was always different ways of doing it for your percentage of ad span percentage of revenue. And I finally just said, you know, I really want to focus on retainer basis with bonus goals to hit…

Steve: In terms of conversions, you mean?

David: Converse it’s like. Yeah. So, like if the company could hit certain Revenue goals, I get bonuses. And because to me as a media buyer, but also as a business owner myself, it’s so much less stress on the business if because like, you know, I don’t know about you but like we had seasons where you know, you’d be sending out a hundred thousand dollar invoices to some of these companies. You’re like, yeah, this thing going to last right? Because like we would have, we would have liked if we can hit a 2.6 x return that means and the thing is if we would crunch the numbers, right? We’re whenever you do this death, you’re crunching the numbers and we like to do it for a lot of these companies because they don’t understand what they’re drop-dead row as its they go well as long as I can get 1X on Facebook. I’m good. I’m like are you sure like, have you crunch your cost of goods sold? Have you crunch these numbers? Oh, no. Actually, your number is more like a 1.5 that you have to hit to be profitable. So, it’s just you know, when it comes to the e-comm world and it comes to running media of ads. It’s so much more than just running ads on Facebook. Like there’s the creative execution that we do with our clients. There’s the…

Steve: There’s the backend, too right?

David: Yeah! There’s so… Like oh my gosh. It’s and that’s why I’m I don’t have a website. That’s why I don’t have a ton of clients right now because I just want to work with really solid brands that have really solid people running them that we can grow together and frankly, you know, I’m in a different mindset of wanting to be hustle. I’m not I don’t want to hustle anymore, you know? 35…

Steve: Because we’re old that’s why hahaha.

David: Right haha. 35 years old. I just I don’t want to do it. Like I just want to grow brands and have in the successes with certain people and there’s a time and place to have fun. Like typically what a lot of us in this world. Do I’m sure you do it is we like to take on a lot of projects right around holidays and like that are fun projects and like we know they’re like one-off stuff but we’re like, “Hey this could work. It could be kind of fun to play with it.” And so, we do that a lot where we’ll take on a project for like October till January and just to see if we can do it. We do that a lot and I actually picked up a project right now that is it’s actually a friend of mine that’s animator that isn’t working and like situational kind of thing and we’re going to sell some product and he has a bunch of ideas or like let’s just try it. You know, it’s like it doesn’t hurt to try something and see if it sticks.

Steve: So towards the… So we’re about to come into the time limit for this interview and I just wanted to have you comment on the different platforms since you advertise on a whole bunch of things like Snapchat, And are you advertising on Tick-Tock too did I read that correctly?

David: Yeah, so I haven’t I haven’t I’ve got ads turned off right now always be transparent but I have run ads on Tick-Tock now come an e-commerce standpoint. But yeah.

Steve: And Snapchat still liable. I mean are people still on that?

David: Yeah. Yeah. I mean, you know snap it’s all about Snapchat discover ads not snap ads themselves. I find that the snap ads aspect of the… So, like for your listeners, there’s there are there are a few different placements on Snapchat. There are snap ads which are going but that go between stories. Then there’s Snapchat discover, which is kind of like Snapchats, you know, Newsfeed personally and those are more like an editorial play and you can get more of your story out there. The snap ads are just like Instagram story, right? So, you have to if you have an ad that’s crushing on Instagram story. You should test it on Snapchat. Just to test it. But yeah Snapchat is it works really? Well, I’m a fan. I’ve been a fan of Snapchat for a very long time been running ads pretty much since Snapchat wants their pixel two years ago two and a half years ago.

And then they don’t think one is I steal bullish on Pinterest Pinterest edits. Yeah. I not many people play with them. But the thing about Pinterest is you have to play long tail and you need to stand that on that platform. If you are if you’re you need to be always ahead of the game. So, like you should be running ads right now for things to do for the 4th of July. You should be running for things to do for middle of summer to get your kids off of the streets, you know, you should be writing on that kind of stuff. And its very image focused more that everything else so.

Steve: Yeah so our store’s in the wedding industry, and we find that people just use Pinterest to pin things that they’re gonna shop for eventually. So there could just really long lag time actually.

David: Yup.

Steve: Uhm between someone pinning something and actually making a purchase.

David: Correct. Yeah that’s what it’s about, man.

Steve: Every other platform is different and uh, it’s fun stuff.

David: Yup yup.

Steve: So David, thanks a lot for your time. If people want to get a hold of you… Or if they want to use your services, where can they actually find you? Since you’re not clearly visible like on the web, right?

David: Hahahaha. So, I’m on my Twitter it’s @Herrmanndigital.

Steve: Okay yeah cool.

David: Yup.

Steve: Oh well, thanks a lot David.

David: You bet.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I get a really great vibes and I love his approach with how he helps E-Commerce businesses grow. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeQuitHerJob.com/Episode314. And once again, I want to thank PostScript.io which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce with a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at PostScript.io/Steve. That’s Postscript.io/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo and try it for free. Once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

313: How To Tell Your Brand Story And Sell More With Michael Jamin

313: How To Tell Your Brand Story And Sell More With Michael Jamin

Today I have my friend Michael Jamin on the show. Michael specializes in creating brand stories for companies and he used the power of storytelling to grow his ecommerce store, Twirly Girl, into a multi-million dollar girl’s clothing brand.

In this episode, you’ll learn how to create an amazing story for your brand to generate sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • What it’s like working as a Hollywood screenwriter
  • Why storytelling is important
  • How Michael and his wife grew their business using powerful stories.
  • A step by step guide to creating your brand story.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies, they use to grow their businesses. But today on my buddy Michael Jamin on the show and Michael was a speaker at this past year Seller Summit and he has been a Hollywood screenwriter on hit shows like, Just Shoot Me, King of the Hill and Beavis and Butthead and in this episode, he’s going to teach us how to create an amazing story for your brand.

But before we begin, I want to thank PostScript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward and I have chosen PostScript.io to be my text provider. Now why PostScript? it’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus and not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that it’s priceable too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So, head on over to PostScript.io/Steve and try it for free. That’s postscript.io/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers, but once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? Well, that’s What Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce Brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact list. Send memorable emails automate key messages and more a lot more and that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce brands like Chubbies Brooklyn and Livingproof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales enthusiastic word of mouth and less depending on third-party ads. So, whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level Klaviyo can help you grow faster and it is free to get started. Visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to create a free account. That’s Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle. So, you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast today I’m thrilled to have Michael Jamin on the show. Now, Michael is someone who I met at e-commerce feel alive and he is also going to be a speaker at the Seller Summit in May. Now, Michael specializes in creating brand stories for companies. He’s been writing for television since 1996 and his many credits include, Just Shoot Me, King of the Hill, Beavis and Butt-head, Wilfred, Out of Practice, Rules of Engagement, Lopez and Tacoma FD. Now by applying his knowledge of storytelling Michael grew he and his wife’s company Twirly Girl into a multimillion-dollar girls’ clothing brand and today he helps other small businesses do the same through his company cardboard rocket ships and with that welcome to show Michael. How you doing today, man?

Michael: Hey, thank you Steve. I’m good. Thank you.

Steve: So, Michael, you know for all those who don’t know who you are. Give us a quick background story on how you got started with brand storytelling and how you and your wife decided to launch an e-commerce store selling girls’ clothing.

Michael: Yeah. That’s weird. So back in 2007. My wife just wanted to make our daughters we have two little girls just like a special dress for them. Just you know, because just a beautiful special dress like a twirly dress and so she took some classes and she made them in the girls wore them to school and next thing, you know, all the other kids like, “Hey, we want one!” and the parents wanted my wife, you know to sew them and she was like, well sure but she was happy to do it. But you know, she explained that these are… She’s like a lot of fabric the best fabric. It’s the stitching that she uses very high quality. It’s like it’s pretty intensive. It’s not like a regular dress you just going to get, you know, at Macy’s and so it’ll cost more and the parents are like, “That’s no problem.

You know, we want it. We just you know, we see how good it looks so we want it.” So, she started doing that and next thing you know, a local boutique found her and they wanted to order dresses and she’s like, “All right, so she just was sewing them on the dining room table.

Steve: How did that boutique discover her?

Michael: I think the girls were just wearing it outside the mall and like the woman’s like, “Oh my God, I want to see these.” And it was just like that. It was a woman who owned a boutique.

Steve: Oh, wow. Okay.

Michael: I believe that was that’s how it happened. Yeah and then next thing on Nordstrom was expressing interest and like it just kind of exploded and so at that point you could no longer sew ‘em on the dining room table, you know, she had a higher… We hired local sewers and contractors in LA…

Steve: In the garment district? Or?

Michael: And so, most of our in the Garment District, Yeah. Or close by. And so yeah, then it was like, “Well, why don’t you put them online and so… We… You know made a website and then in those… Like we really had no idea how to do any of this online. I mean just none and so all the first two websites were like terrible and you know, but the orders were still coming in and so, you know, it’s a learning curve.

Steve: What were the orders coming in from?

Michael: You know, it wasn’t a lot it was… You built the site and then it was just basically SEO or people hearing about it and just you know, we had labels on addresses and so people would see here the labels easy to label and they place an order.

Steve: Okay, so it was mainly word of mouth in the very beginning?

Michael: And it wasn’t a ton of business. We weren’t really advertising then.

Steve: Okay. You mentioned SEO I would imagine ranking for dress related terms is really difficult right?

Michael: It’s impossible. The only thing we ranked first on is twirly dresses.

Steve: What is it totally dress? I’m just kind of curious.

Michael: You know, it’s when you spin around the dress kind of flares out. It’s got a full circle skirt. So dreadfully flares out and you know creates like a hoop…

Steve: Oh, yeah. Okay. I know what you’re talking about. I have a little girl that’s why I’m asking. Maybe I’ll get one after this.

Michael: Yeah. Yeah, we’ll set you up.

Steve: So, validating your niche just kind of came naturally right? People just love the dresses. It’s not like you intentionally decided to start a business doing this in the very beginning…

Michael: Right and the dresses are there higher price because they’re made in America. So, some people have a lot of reluctance to buy that much on a dress and you know, we kind of explained that in the branding it’s like, “Well, these aren’t dresses really they’re happy childhood memories. There’s a difference. It’s going to cost you more…”

Steve: How much are we talking about here for a dress?

Michael: Well, so most of our dresses are reversible. So, it’s literally two dresses in one that are kind of like sewn together. And so that range it’s like… It could be like $84-ish in that area.

Steve: So, it’s not outrageous…

Michael: It’s not when you consider like, you know high quality dress like that you buy at a mall might be like in the 40’s. So, you know but that’s not reversible. So, it costs twice as much but people still freak out. I mean, they’re like, “This is not a ten-dollar dress that I can get at Walmart.” Yeah, right, but the quality, you know, you came here compare, so you have to… I had to learn really because I… You know, I just wanted to help out so I started doing the marketing. I really had to learn how to sell something and express why it would cost more and why you shouldn’t be looking at the numbers? Why you shouldn’t be looking at price?

Steve: Can I get an idea of like the designs are they completely unique? Like is your wife designing all of them?

Michael: Yeah. Yeah.

Steve: Okay. So how does how does she do it? What’s your process?

Michael: Well, some of the just it’s weird like we have I think we own three or four or more trade dress design. So, it’s very hard to get a trade dress from the government saying that this is you can’t you know patent it most that’s you know, because the dress is a dress. It’s hard to get that so we have a few of them because as the designs are so unique and original. So that’s kind of like a patented back. Like wow, you got a trade dress…

Steve: So, no one can copy the dress design?

Michael: Specifically, yeah, they have to be they would have to make significant changes to the design. It doesn’t mean it doesn’t happen. People… You know, you just have to enforce it. But, if you’ve got a twirly girl shop, you’d see all the designs.

Steve: So, given that in the beginning it was word of mouth. But once you go online, you know, you’re trying to convince total strangers who can’t really touch and feel this dress before they buy and as you mentioned before $84 is on the high side, like we’ve spent like 50 bucks for our girl’s dresses. So, I guess 84 is a little bit on the high side. So, how did Twirly Girl generate most of its sales once you started, I guess marketing to total strangers who couldn’t actually touch the product.

Michael: Right. And by the way, they’re made in America so that, right there the labour…

Steve: That’s true. Right.

Michael: So, you use that as a selling point, you know made in… Because like right now it’s so interesting back in the 90s half of all the clothing sold in this country was made in America half and now it’s less than 2%. So it’s like a novelty. It’s like wow, I mean, there’s just no industry anymore here. So, when you explain it like that they go, “Okay, I get why it costs more.” and then I really sell the values about you know, what we’re about and I sell… I basically learned this from our customers. They would say, “Wow. I remember having a dress like this when I was little my mother sewed it.” And after hearing that over and over again I picked up on I was like, okay these aren’t dresses.

It’s their happy childhood memories and then once I started selling… Once I started telling that particular story things kind of change, they go, you know, you’re right. You can’t express the how soft it is in the website. You can even mention… Maybe you can put made in America everywhere. People are going to see it. So, in the marketing is all about telling happy childhood memories and I tell that over and over again and then people get it. They finally, you know…

Steve: So, before we get into like the guts of the storytelling, I am just kind of curious. How come you don’t have these dresses made overseas? Where you could lower your price and reduce that one barrier to purchase.

Michael: Well, there is a certain amount of appeal to buying made in USA. It’s a lot of people really like that. But also, we make everything in such limited quantities, you know, that’s just how my wife wants to do it. Small runs that we’re constantly changing, so that the inventory is always fresh. So if you were to… If you would make it overseas you really have to make a huge… A large quantity and it would have to be three versions instead of 30 because you know you just have… And then at the end of the season you’d have to mark everything down by half to liquidate to move, to make room for the next season. It doesn’t make any sense because it’s not like these dresses go out of style.

That’s just the way the everyone else is doing and I think everyone else is playing in the dark ages because that’s just how it’s always been done.

Steve: So, they don’t go out of style then. Can you just sell the same design season after season? Is that what you guys do?

Michael: Yeah, we don’t mark it down…

Steve: Right that implies that you could get it from overseas, then right?

Michael: But I would have to order in such large quantities and I wouldn’t have the same variety that I have now. So that’s a real barrier for me. It’s like, you know, it’s like you go on our website now and you all look at all these, all the varieties that can get and you couldn’t do that now. if I had to do it overseas and then there’s the issue of, if something comes to you with a flaw in it, and that happens. You know, now you’re spending another six weeks sending it back to get fixed and never mind. If I were making in China now, I’d be out of business because nothing’s coming from there now.

Steve: Right? Well factories are starting to open up now. But yeah, yeah, I get you’re getting at, yeah. It’s a huge house. So, I was just wondering like if you had some bestsellers that always sell out, you could in fact get that one design mass-produced somewhere.

Michael: I could but then I wouldn’t have any variety. I would have like, you know a thousand of one dress and then what if someone doesn’t like it or what if you know, but now they can come to the website and it’s like a candy shop. You’ll see all these different colors and sizes and everything and that’s part of the appeal is that you’re getting like kind of a… We sell everything and everything is numbered like a work of art, so you’re getting dressed number 40 out of 56 or whatever.

Steve: So, you mentioned that the message that really resonated with your customers was you know, childhood memories. How did you come up with that?

Michael: Well, that was that was my… I was me, listening to my customers. They would say that. I would listen, watch the you know, the comments on Facebook or the reviews they’d leave and then over and over I started hearing. I think it’s oh… Okay because you know, I didn’t grow up wearing dresses. So, and you know my wife she didn’t have a happy childhood, so she didn’t wear dresses either growing up. It was something that was lacking for her, but she made it for our daughters so that they could experience this and it all kind of came together.

T’was like, okay. This is a memory that you know, kids grow up so fast, so they have this, you know up until like 12 or so and then girls suddenly change. They want to be you know, sophisticated, they want to wear a black and they want to you know, that childhood thing is over so quick. So, but it’s always just a memory of you know that a lot of these girls have…

Steve: And how do you turn that into I guess a story and how do you convey that to the customer?

Michael: Constantly. So, one thing I talk about is when you have a message, you have to say it seven times before someone hears it. It just doesn’t really, you know doesn’t resonate. So, for example, if you’re going to see a movie, you maybe you’ll see you know, someone mentioned the movie the title of a movie and they go, “Oh, yeah, I want to see that.” And then you’ll see a trailer for you. “Oh that looks good.” But then you after that you forgotten all about the movie and then you’ll see a billboard. “Oh, right. I want to go see that movie.” and then you’ll forget and you see a guy on a talk show and it really seven times before It occurs to you like, “Oh right. I want to go see this movie.” And so, it’s the same thing with branding you have to tell whatever story you’re telling. It’s like seven times in various ways before they finally get it. So, on our advertising on Facebook, you know, I’ll say more than a dress. It’s a happy childhood memory or I’ll say something about dresses for girl… That girls remember forever and I’ll put that everywhere. I’ll put it you know in an e-mail. I’ll talk about, you know a memory, I’ll talk about…

I’ll feature a girl, you know, and their story or in my advertising, everything is a happy childhood memory. So, it’s over and over again and I get it all the time. I’ll see the comments that people leave on our on our site or on Facebook and like and they just talk about, “Yeah, it is a memory. I remember my dressing, you know, I want to get that from my child or my granddaughter”

Steve: Does Twirly Girl generate most of its sales from Facebook?

Michael: Yeah. Yeah.

Steve: Okay. So, can we talk about I guess the types of ads that you’re running? Are they video ads? Are the image ads? Like when you’re telling this story, what is like your top of funnel look like?

Michael: Well I described It as an ecosystem. So if I show a static image ad, and that’s what I’m doing a lot of that right now where I just show just a flat address and saying here it is and you know, then I’ll retarget that with either a video ad, I have number different videos just like a video of a girl twirling in the dress so you can see the motion or I’ll retarget that one from one of my longer I do these ads that’re like three minutes long which are all funny and it’s about kind of like going down the rabbit hole so that very creative and fun like that. So, if I have to do both. I it’s you know, if I’m doing just a static image, then every target with these videos. If I just do the video, we’re talking about the tagging images. All works together.

Because part of my problem is that, you know, so little girls don’t have credit cards, so they don’t buy it themselves, right? So, your marketing for moms and grandmothers and so even if they want to buy today, they’re not going to because they got to find out there’s girls’ favorite size if every color or size or whatever so you have to kind of hit them. Keep on hitting them before they make a purchase.

Steve: Interesting. So with your Facebook ads then it because I’ve seen some of these videos and it’s really hard to convey a video in a podcast but I will actually post one of your videos in the show notes for this episode, but do you lead with the video or do you lead with the image? Like what is the strategy there?

Michael: Currently, I’m leading with the image and then the follow-up the video but last year I did the opposite so…

Steve: And is there a reason for that? I was just kind of curious because those videos are really good. They’re really convincing.

Michael: Yeah, there’s it just depends what’s working if they are, if my body is gets saturated by something that I kind of switch to the next thing.

Steve: So what I was hoping to do today, Michael was like you have this brand Twirly Girl that you’ve found this store that you can tell over and over and over again, but the problem is a lot of people out there that are selling like mundane products. Like I don’t know like, Office Products or jewelry or what-not. Stuff that might not… People might not think that they have a good hook for people to buy. So I know you kind of teach this and you have this formula for coming up with a story and I was hoping we kind of walk through that with just some example of someone selling something boring.

Michael: Yeah. Yeah, there’s a good… Okay that’s perfect. I just took on this is client home kind of consulting for. And he said, “Yeah my products a little boring. So, I don’t know if you’re going to go to help me. What do you sell?” He said. Well, it’s basically name tags for he makes them for businesses and you know, just name tags and I go well that’s not boring. That’s like the best thing ever because… What’s everyone’s favorite word in the English language is their name, people love hearing their name. It’s like if you say your name, these electrodes light up in your brain. I mean it. We’re conditioned to like and that’s why people desire fame they want other people to know their names.

So, I was like, you’re not selling name tags, you’re selling recognition and your selling recognition in every sense of the word. If you’re important enough to have a name tag, what does that say about you? A nametag could open a conversation with someone, with a customer. And so, I think that kind of opened his eyes and was like, oh he’s like, “Wow. I’m selling name tags, you know, it’s I really believe it applies to every. I’m sure there’s an exception to the rule but, I haven’t met that person.

Steve: Well, let’s go with these this name tag example here. So that’s great. You tell me that it’s all about name recognition. Like what do I do with that information?

Michael: Well for him, that’s kind of what we’re mapping out. I don’t want to go to…

Steve: Ohh you don’t want to use that… Cause’ I probably know who you’re talking about. Actually. It’s probably a mutual friend of ours at ECF. I’m guessing.

Michael: I don’t think so. But he did learn that he did hear from me through somebody ECF so I don’t know.

Steve: So I mean, can we just pick a boring example, let’s say I’m selling staplers. Hehe.

Michael: Okay. Well stay put well, you’re probably selling I guess office supply office supplies. So you’re selling you know, I guess what you’re probably selling is productivity and an organization and so you’re selling something more emotional than just a stupid stapler and a stapler is probably let’s say a stapler probably the first thing you get when you set up your shop. I mean, you got to get you know, you’re sitting at your desk. What do I need? I need a pen a stapler. It’s you know, it’s like the basics. If that were a good example, you know, I think that’s kind of what you’re selling is.

Steve: Or let’s uhm… I’m trying to think of a good sample we can go with like so when you’re creating these videos to tell your story, are you not focusing on the product anymore then? Are you just literally just telling the story?

Michael: I’m focusing on what on what they want the brand to be. I don’t think people like products are boring. Like apple doesn’t so like if someone says they like apple they don’t say, “Oh, I love the Apple iPhone 4S.” They go, “I love Apple.” You know, that’s what they talk about. The brand. They don’t talk about the product. And so, I think that’s what distinguishes brand, you know a good brand from a from a boring brand is that is the overall story that they’re selling, not just the products. Because products, everyone has you know, you can get that product somewhere else. But if you’re selling your brand then that product you can look that product through the brand so like an example, I use them back in the 80s. You remember… Well, I mean…

Steve: I’m a child of the 80s.

Michael: Do you remember Izod Lacoste?

Steve: Of course! Alligators shirts?

Michael: Yeah, right. Exactly. So, everyone preppy was the thing back then, right? Everyone had to wear these great the green or the pink Izod Lacoste right? Because that preppy. There were, the Izod was selling prep, which was having money and wealth in going yachting. And you know, that’s what they were saying this lifestyle, there’s rich lifestyle and so you had to have the shirt with the alligator on it. But pretty soon, they were being knocked off by Le Tigre. Remember them?

Steve: I don’t know. I don’t even know if I had genuine alligator shirts, actually. To be honest with you. Haha.

Michael: Well the knock off was Le Tigre. And so, it was the same exact shirt, but it had a tiger on it. Okay, and it sold that much less because that’s a knockoff but it’s kind of defeated the point. Like if you were rich or want to pretend, you’re rich you’d spend the extra $15 on this shirt because that’s what their shirt represented. It was the alligator you were buying you weren’t buying the shirt; you’re buying the alligator.

Steve: So, I understand that but how do you get to that point? So if we want to go with the productivity example, we just alluded to earlier, what sort of like… How would you tell that story?

Michael: Of the stapler guy? Well, I guess I would want to know that’s why it’s…

Steve: I guess what’s the process like I’m not asking you just come up with it. But like how do you think about it? So, you already came up with this hook so it sounds like you need to come up some sort of hook that that trigger something emotionally. Right?

Michael: Right. I would find out why that person got into that business. I’d ask me the first question and they’ll say well it was just a stupid business. I found like a no, it’s not as to why did you choose that one?

Steve: Well, let’s say this person says, oh I use jungle scout and I found that it was a good product that with little demand and that’s why I started it.

Michael: Okay, but why did you… Okay. What were you doing before you became an entrepreneur?

Steve: Let’s say I was a customer service agent.

Michael: And then what was wrong with that?

Steve: Bored at work.

Michael: Okay. Right? And so, and what are your reward and what else you probably weren’t making a lot of money…

Steve: Weren’t making a lot of money. I didn’t enjoy talking to people who are angry and complained about their products.

Michael: There you go. Okay. So, then you decided to open up your own business and you knew then that you weren’t going to have… You don’t have a business where people were angry and compelling about their products. You want to help them and help them get their own businesses off the ground because that was exciting and not boring to you. So, there’s the passion behind what your product is. You could be selling, you know, it doesn’t matter whether you’re selling staplers or pencils or whatever it is. You’re talking about the passion that you the reason why you got into this business and the reason why you’re going to be trustworthy and why someone wants to purchase from you. Because you know, you’re not going to be that kind of the guy who’s….

Who has something of an awful product with poor service, you already did that for a living and you know, how awful that is?

Steve: Interesting. So, what you are suggesting actually is essentially like an origin story?

Michael: Yeah. Yeah and in that if that’s the story like if you have a product that isn’t sexy like staplers. Well then fine, let’s talk about you and talk about why you’re the one selling staplers and why I should trust you because I could buy stapler and staple it from anybody. But if I like you and I trust you and I understand why you got into the business now. I trust you, right? That’s the first step.

Steve: So, I would imagine putting together a short video that kind of talks about your story and putting that on your about page, but would you suggest using that in your advertisements as well?

Michael: Well, I draw, you know, I think the most valuable… The three most valuable things you can get when someone comes to your website, of course, there’s a purchase. Second to that is getting their email so you can you know, if they don’t buy so you can purchase later and the third is getting them to your “about us” page so that they can learn about you. So yeah, you could put a video there or you could you know, you could just type it out or you can make that the first or the second of your email campaigns or that story. I’m not sure I would open unless you can do it in a funny way and it can be done like Dollar Shave Club, they were selling… You know, there’s boring razors, but that guy is so… He creates a great commercial so you’d have to really know how to make a dynamic commercial to do that.

Steve: Well, so let’s talk about Twirly Girl. How do you guys do it?

Michael: So, it’s funny because the reason why I called my side business cardboard rocket ships. It’s because I wanted the second commercial, we made was I had my wife stepped out of a cardboard rocket ship and I built that everything in the garage. And your first line is I just returned from Jupiter where we source all for all our fabrics, you know comes out of a rocket and it’s you know, it’s all nonsense because it’s like the brand that we sell is basically, it’s basically Willy Wonka. it’s as if Willy Wonka was a dress company, so it’s a lot of imagination and those are all childhood memories like playing with rocket ships and make believe and all that fun stuff.

So yeah, so that’s how we did it for her just you know step in and that it grabs you like what you came out of a rocket ship and everyone knows it’s made up. And it looks like it’s it looks like a guy built in his garage, which is fine. That’s how kids do make believe they don’t, you know, they built stuff themselves, you know with cardboard boxes.

Steve: So video which I’ve seen by the way, which is excellent. Are you putting that on your about page or how you getting people to actually watch that video?

Michael: That one so I have five videos similar to that. You know, like you’re all just as fun and crazy and I got two more coming up. That one I’m running just ads on Facebook and it takes some. That one. Yeah runs on Facebook and it takes them to my home page where you can see the other four videos. Yeah. And so, and if you like that one that get retargeted one of the other videos that are similar to it. So what I get out of that is, you know on my website, you know, even if I get a 3% conversion rate, which is considered pretty good, you know for all the people who are seeing the ad what about the other 97% so that ad is the, that the intention of that ad is to do something with another 97% will never buy because they don’t want to dress, they don’t have a child, they don’t need it, you know. So, to get some value out of those people those ads get shared a ton.

Steve: Oh, because their viral.

Michael: Yeah. I mean it you can’t make something go viral. But if you make something that that doesn’t… That selling something other than a dress, I’m selling imagination, I’m selling, you know a memory then then that has a higher chance of going viral.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price.

Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So, before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon Sellers’ button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: How do you get the other people to watch the other four videos? You mentioned you have five videos and let’s say someone watches one video and lands on your site. How do you get them to watch the other ones?

Michael: Well there and they want to watch it. I mean, you know…

Steve: Ohh they’re right on the front page on the homepage

Michael: Yeah on the homepage.

Steve: I see.

Michael: But also all retargeted on Facebook. Now just I’ll show them the other ads.

Steve: How does email kind of come into play? Like, how do you how are you grabbing email addresses and getting people to come back?

Michael: So that is the only time I offer a discount and that’s 10% to sign up and that’s the, you know I talk about this a lot as like I don’t believe in discounting my products are competing on price because I’m not something, I’m not selling something anybody else has so I don’t need to mark it down. So, but in order to get somebody to sign up on your email, you do have to offer them something. So, it’s a 10% off coupon and that’s basically all we ever offer. You know, when I send out an email blast once a month or whatever. It’s the same offer 10%.

Steve: And then terms of your autoresponder sequence once someone gets that coupon, I’d imagine there’s more storytelling there. I’m just trying to ask how you structure your email sequence.

Michael: So, for the automated email. So, what okay, every three weeks or four weeks. We send out a blast, you know, here’s our new arrival say 10%. And so those are just regular standard but then for the automation sequence every different email, I’m not trying to sell there. I’m just trying to sell the brand and so I just tell a different story about us. I tell a story about how, why my wife got into the business then I tell a story about how I got into the business and then I have another story where it’s like…

Steve: So, you’re a part of the story not just your wife?

Michael: Well, we have we have there’s multiple stories to tell so I have my own story, she has her story.

Steve: Interesting.

Michael: One day everyone in the office had to go to Atlanta for a trade show. So that left me I had someone had to watch the shop or and fulfill, you know, take care of everything and I was the only one, right? Because everyone was gone. And so, I had this idea of… Okay, I’m going to learn the business from the ground up. I’ll see how it really works and I’ll make things more efficient and you know, that was my arrogance and then as I… It was overwhelming.

I was like, I don’t know, you know, I don’t have do any of this stuff and I learned how to do it and I realized why the in efficiencies in our brand actually are actually will give the product a lot of character and why I couldn’t get rid of all those inefficiencies because that’s what breathes life into it. Like every process was. Oh, I get why we’re doing this now and so I just wrote a story about that. And so, and I…

Steve: That actually sounds like a movie.

Michael: Well wasn’t that dramatic. Hehe.

Steve: Well so it’s like you’re stuck alone running this business and like you’re making a mess of it. Trying to improve upon it and at the end you realize that you know, all these inefficiencies are in place for a reason and that’s what makes the brand special.

Michael: Right yeah. And so, I do, you know, I’m a screenwriter. So, I guess you’re right I come to it from that point of view. But I so, I wrote that and it’s not a long email, you know, I don’t know how many words but it’s a page and people right back on that and they send me notes. “Oh, you did great!” and I think this is like they’re encouraging and stuff. “Hang in there.”

Steve: That’s funny. Okay.

Michael: Yeah, so and that’s just that’s just good engagement. It’s getting people… First it helps you. Your open rate because people want to read your stuff, but also, you’re getting to people just to feel like oh, you’re a person. You’re not just a faceless, you know brand.

Steve: What’s the subject line on these emails? I’m just kind of curious to get people to open.

Michael: Okay. One of them is CEO promoted to mailroom. That one’s called that see how…

Steve: Hahaha. Okay.

Michael: You know and the other ones oh for my wife Story how it was like how a mother what was it called that I’d have to look it up. I was but it was something like by how a mother created a million-dollar business, you know, it’s just interesting and it’s true. It’s kind of how that’s how her origin story is.

Steve: Interesting. It’s got nothing to do with the product. So, I mean this is like a fundamental shift that it’s hard to fathom for people who aren’t used to doing this, right?

Michael: Yeah, and that’s kind of why I walk them through it and help them. But that’s I think that’s the fun part because I think people relate to people they don’t relate to business like big giant brands and when we first started, I was very insecure about that. I was like, well who’s going to buy from us? If they know you’re selling on the sonar dresses on the dining room table. Who’s going to trust us? And so we kind of took out all the personality. We try to make it seem like a big giant brand and that’s like such a mistake. I think that’s what big giant brands, what they do is they opposite they try to make themselves look small and personable and that’s why they hire faces like progressive like they have flow. They give the brand of face even though flow is never going to pick up the phone when you call, they try to make it seem like flow will.

So yeah, it’s really about just you know telling your personal story and if you’re proud of your business and you should be, you should tell your story and I think one of the added benefits is like on days that we are that were slow and I having someone’s got a slow day but will get an email from someone or will get a comment on Facebook and you can like they chose how much they love us and help me know they’re referring their friends to us and they’ll you know, they’ll share. “I love this brand.” “Have you seen these videos?” or whatever and so that’ll pick me up on a good on a bad day. You’re like, okay, we’re doing everything right just calm down. It’s just a slow day don’t panic.

Steve: Others think about my autoresponder sequence right now I have emails where I’m just kind of talking about the products. I’m wondering whether I should just totally replace those with creative stories. Like I enjoy writing those creative story type of emails. I have a couple of in my sequence but a lot of them are really just talking about the product and you know, those are boring. So, what how do you find the balance between product or is it just all story?

Michael: Well for the automation we have you know, I think there’s like we’re constantly adding so I think maybe we have eight or ten different, you know story kind of where I talk about our values and so I don’t like to and then sometimes I’ll give a coupon at the end. Oh, thanks for reading save 10% for you know for your trouble and just you know, again, it’s the same offer.

Steve: But that’s not the point of the email is not to get the coupon, right?

Michael: Yeah. The point is not to sell its just to share. You know and I do think if you give somebody something first and that could be a laugh and emotion or you’re just sharing your vulnerability. If you give them that, they’re likely… They’re more likely to give you something in return which is their business or referral or whatever and so I would try to just mix it up a little bit. I mean that’s kind of the name if the name of your website. It’s the name, you know, you’re talking about your wife.

Steve: Oh, I’m not talking about the blog I’m talking about the store part. The blog is all personal, All-Stars pretty much. Here’s a question that I’m sure you’ve gotten before in the past. What if someone doesn’t want to put themselves out there? Like what if they don’t want to get on camera? What if they don’t want to be a… What if they don’t want to get personal?

Michael: Well, I think well if you don’t want to be on camera, I guess if you wanted to create something. And you hire an actor for example, that’s kind of what the world’s most fast interesting man. You’ve seen that for the commercials and it’s all horseshit but he’s funny right? He’s still you know, how he rides the bull to work every day, you know, and we know he doesn’t ride a bull to work. And so that’s the face of the brand. So, you know, you hire someone and they create, you know, I help brands do this as well. Kind of create a persona so that when you speak to your customer, you’re always speaking to them and that voice that pompous know-it-all adventure man voice which people recognize and they know it’s tongue-in-cheek and that’s the voice of your brand.

That’s fine too. I would still encourage that brand to get a little personal maybe on their “about us” page where there’s just a photo of the owner and why the owner got into it and it’s not like you’re oversharing it’s not like you’re talking about something horribly personal but you’re just giving a little bit. You’re giving a taste of why you’re doing this and the struggles and the obstacles that you faced at that it shouldn’t make anybody to uncomfortable. It really is, you know, it’s not so intimate that sharing, you know horrible secret about yourself.

Steve: That’s interesting your kind of like blurring the lines between like the blog and the store. So, you would suggest talking about some of your pain points and running the business?

Michael: Yeah. We all have those pain points…

Steve: No, we all do it’s just… I really, usually do not see those as part of store emails.

Michael: I would try and see what happens where its worst-case worst that can happen. If someone falls in love with you like no one ever, you know, there’s a great quote by Oscar Wilde whose genius, right? And he said you, “you’d worry less about what about what people thought of you, if you realized how little they did.” and that works on so many… Like it basically means “A” they already think you’re garbage anyway, so what are you worried about which is funny. But I think he really is meanings means to say is like in five seconds later. They’re not going to remember this.

Anyway there, you know, they got their own problems. No one’s really worried about you know, how you come across they have their own issues. So, but if you can share and connect to somebody on a on a personal relationship, I don’t think you’re going to be judged. I think they’re going to say, “oh, yeah. I have the same problem.” You know.

Steve: I’m just thinking about my other storms signature. Wonder if I should lead with, you know, wife quits her job to stay at home with the kids and creates a million-dollar business. As one of the autoresponder sequences for the store. I just never thought of doing that before.

Michael: Well type it up and send it over and I’ll look at it. Hehe.

Steve: Well, okay. So, a lot of this involves creativity. So how do you teach creativity?

Michael: You know, it’s funny. I always someone just asked me like, “oh, well, maybe I should make a module and that’s all I’m going to make a video of that as well my website and it’ll be like a 30-minute of my creative process and it’s not like a you can’t teach someone.

Steve: What can we talk about this process a little bit. I mean I’m curious.

Michael: Yeah. Well, so I think so. I’m a like I said like we talked about I’ve been a sitcom writer for 25 years. So, and I remember I was working at King of the Hill during… On 911 right so that day everyone was stayed home from work, but the next day we had to go back to work and we had to make comedy and no one was in the mood. I promise. No one was in the mood for weeks to say and even funny it was somber like we’re all in morning, but we had to write these scripts and we had to write these funny scenes and it was is almost surreal is like a like, how do we do this when we all just want to sob and so you kind of just relied on our training and which is and is going to be someone would pitch a joke and then the room no one would laugh people go. Yeah.

That’s funny. That’s funny put that in. You know, it was that kind of thing. We rely on your training to kind of make this product. And so that’s kind of how I think about the creative process. It’s really about taking two things that are very ordinary and putting them together. So, a lot of people think creativity is like blue sky and then the sky is the limit we can do anything we want like that doesn’t that makes creativity harder. Creativity is about imposing limits on yourself. And so, for example, if you ever watch the show Project Runway, have you seen that?

Steve: I have my wife watches it.

Michael: Yeah, so like they have different challenges every week. And so, one week it would be one of their challenges these unconventional challenge. So instead of giving people cloth, they’ll say here going to a candy store and use all the candies to candy wrappers or whatever to make clothes out of so it’s unconventional right? So that’s a limit you’re saying make a dress, but you can only use rappers or candy or you know, Red Vines or licorice. So, you’re imposing that limit on yourself and then they come up with the most creative things because oh, wow. I didn’t realize you could use candy that way put it together to make something flowy and beautiful.

And so, it’s the same thing for creativity put a put a rule on yourself saying, “okay. I’m going to have a thank you page or I’m going to send a thank you email but I’m going to say thank you without saying thank you” like but okay try that. Well, maybe you could say gracias or whatever or maybe you could say. I’m indebted to you forever. I’m in an R. I’m naming my child after you but then at that’s how you can get creative on a thank you page is by, how can I say thank you without actually using the word “Thank you.”

Steve: Lemme ask you this. How is all this measurable? Like when you create a brand story and let’s say you change up all the copy and you have these videos. How do you know that It’s actually doing something?

Michael: Yeah. I mean like you can A/B test and I’m not I don’t think when it comes to creativity that’s like the best measure of things is like well which joke is…

Steve: Oh you mentioned like trying out one of these story emails, right? For example, like the one I just described about how my wife quit her job. Do you measure the effectiveness of that email by the amount of sales of brings in? Or the number of people who reply?

Michael: I would measure that by maybe the click rate or the open rate and just compare it to some of your other ones. I do have you know; I do have coupons on those thanks for reading. Here’s Goose coupon so I can measure which emails do better than others, but there’s so many other factors because it’s like well did someone buy from this email because the story’s better or do they buy it just because it was earlier in sequence. Like you just don’t know.

Steve: Right? So, is there a way to find out?

Michael: I don’t know that I don’t really worry myself with that. I just try to tell a lot of different stories and some because you know one story is going to resonate with one person a different way than another one is. So it’s a little apples to oranges to me.

Steve: For the for like your best performing story. Like what is the open rate and click thru on that email? I’m just kind of curious.

Michael: Well, I’d have to look that up

Steve: but it’s is it a significantly higher than average? Like I think the average just like 17% or something like that.

Michael: Yeah. I always shoot. Shoot for an open rate of you know in the low 20s.

Steve: Okay

Michael: so I definitely get that but I wouldn’t get that for a regular email blast. I get that for sure, you know with my story emails. Yeah.

Steve: I guess another good sign of like a really strong brand is repeat business.

Michael: Yeah.

Steve: Do you happen to know on top up your head what your repeat customer it is and with these people are they like opening all of your emails? Are they?

Michael: I get you know, I don’t have it’s fun with I’ve tried to do the numbers on that and it’s just too tricky to I’ve tried you know, it’s sort of like, you know, I’m not a spreadsheet Guy where you know, so I don’t know that but I do know that’s what we hear from our customers and that it’s like so sending, you know, a birthday offer often people buy for birthday. So we get them into our birthday club and that always performs well because you know if they if some if a girl’s birthdays in March chances are they’re going to order in February for a gift. so I said that I remind the people the next year in February. So that always does well because it’s you know, you know at that’s repeat business.

In terms of in terms of how do I know just because I could tell from the comments they leave on our site and on found on our Facebook page, you know I can just tell

Steve: and then this you mentioned earlier this this creative process that you constrain. Can you just share at least something like a framework that you have? What does it mean exactly to constrain or be constrained or constrain the creative process?

Michael: Okay. So for example for the videos and you can go see those videos on our website, you’re on Twirly Girl shop or on cardboard rocket tube. You can see how I do them. So the limits on those videos would be okay. How do I make a commercial that sells and that tell us about our brand and my budget is $1,400. So that’s a limit right there. I’m not going to spend more than that on, you know, so okay is that means I have to buy everything make everything all the props out of cardboard and spray paint. That’s a limit right there. And another limit is okay the brand voice that we use for our brand and you would note. Well, some people have picked up on this is Willy Wonka. I write everything as if we are Willy Wonka and I never reference Willy Wonka.

I never put my wife in a you know in a purple hat and a purple, you know top hat or anything. I don’t steal any lines. I don’t even say Willy Wonka, but I talked to them in that crazy voice. Willy Wonka was a little he was very mid. I’m talking about the Gene Wilder version is very mischievous. He was very and naughty and a little crazy and almost like you got spooky at times but he was like And loves what he Wonka it was magical. And so that’s that’s a limit. Okay. So, how do I write all my dialogue for the for the ad or every time we talked, you know, when I when I do a certain kind of branding email I only talk talk as if I’m channeling that voice. So that’s a limit. You know, I’m not using any one else’s voice. I’m using trying to do it as if through Willy Wonka, so I’m not you know, I’m not referencing Alice in Wonderland. I’m just doing Willy Wonka.

Steve: How did you come up with that? Willy Wonka angle in the first place?

Michael: it just kind of you know, I just love that to me. That’s a happy childhood memory for me. It’s like why do I remember my childhood? So if I can associate Twirly girl with other happy childhood memories like Willy Wonka it all it all kind of fits together.

Steve: It seems like your creative process is always based on your personal experiences. And do you recommend that most people do the same?

Michael: I think so because that’s what makes it authentic like you can’t make that up. So when I had when I tell people to write I’m like just be truthful. no cliches ever ever. Like I hate cliches everyone does and it’s there inauthentic. It’s just that stuff that’s out there and there are cliches in the comedy writing world. We call them we call them clams and that’s a No-No. So like and you hear this all the time on you know, someone would say, oh, I like doing homework said no one ever, like said no one ever is a cliche. It’s a clam right? It’s not your joke. It’s a joke. You’ve heard a thousand times or and someone post on Facebook I know a dog eating a watermelon and then they write this so this period is a cliche it’s not your thought. It’s in the first person who came up with that was a genius after that is just you know, or if someone says I’m switching you to decaf like that.

You’ve heard that a billion times right? It’s just it’s not fresh never use that so this speaks to authenticity when you’re taught when you’re telling your brand your Brand Story refer back to instances and specifics from your childhood because that can’t be made up. And that’s your personal story. That’s what people want to relate to. They don’t want my story. They want, you know your story.

Steve: So Michael we’ve been chatting for about 40 minutes. I kind of want to end this episode with a set of action items. So if you are running a brand and you think that the products are mundane what are set of action items that these people should take?

Michael: well first is I’d figure out like why you why you got into this line of business in the first place. And talk about. Okay what? You’re doing beforehand. And then why are you doing this now? And now I can now I can trust you because I know what you what you really want in life and what your what Your obstacle was getting there. So I’d bring a little bit of your own personality into it.

Steve: I wonder if like you have to embellish that a little bit because some people just say hey, I just want to make money.

Michael: but why do you want to make money? Okay, so well because my you know, I grew up poor and we never had anything and I have kids and I don’t want my kids to grow up poor and I want my kids. I want to give them the best of everything and so I don’t want to have when I was a child. Woke up worried, you know if we’re going to have food that day and I don’t want them to suffer that way. So, okay. So now I get it. So if you say I want to become a billionaire and Rich like we have Beezus. Well, yeah your jerk, but if you talk about why you really what spot underneath it. What’s really driving you that fear? You know that memory that was painful now people are going to root for you.

Steve: When you whenever you say something, it sounds infinitely more interesting.

Michael: Oh I think, that’s my training, right? Yeah, but we all have that but but right we all have that story. just have to know how to access it.

Steve: Do you have any other action items?

Michael: Well, those those the first I mean this this is really for people who I don’t want to know if you’re getting bored with your company or your you know, you’re getting bored with the whole process or you want to pick up sales and you don’t you’re tired of marking things down then this is what this is for. It’s like if you go on you Of a linklater, but you can go and made a free course for people just watch it’s like 25 minutes of how you know how branding creates value and so it’s free to sign up for it and enter your email and I’ll send it to you and it’ll help you learn how to get your first foot forward on this.

Steve: I think really it’s all about getting people to think about different things like prior to talking to you. I never would have thought to talk about our origin story on the actual store Page because in my mind at least everythingin my emails and what not have talked about the products it focuses on the products and what they’re used for in the value propositions, but just by adding an extra layer of story to it people are going to be rooting for the owner as opposed to just any other products

Michael: But they’re also going to know why they can trust you. I think right there like Okay. So this guy selling something why should I believe him? Like, who is he if I know? Okay now I know a little more about you and how you got to where you are today. I’m like well hell I want to be that to I want that too or at least I want a root for you I want Help you in some small way.

Steve: What’s hilarious about this is these are the exact things I do on my blog to sell my courses, but they are not things that I do with the e-commerce store. I just never thought to meld the two together.

Michael: Yeah, I think yeah. Well, I guess you know it sometimes takes an outsider to point it out that off. It’s often the case. I think.

Steve: so Michael tell us where can we find this free course?

Michael: so if you go to cardboardrocketships.com and you know pop-up will come up there and just sign up for the free video and enter your e-mail at cardboardRocketships.com. That’s it.

Steve: Cool. Well, hey Michael. Thanks a lot for coming on the show and I guess opening my mind to different ways to Market my business among the readers to yeah.

Michael: Yeah, and you know, by the way if they sign up and then they’ll get emails as well. And then you can see you could just studied my email even if you’re not interested in using the course, you can study the emails to okay this here’s a guy who’s sending out stories, you know stories each time. He’s telling a different story so that may help you as well.

Steve: Okay. Yeah. Hey Mike. Thanks a lot for coming on the show man.

Michael: Yeah. Thank you for having me. What a pleasure.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now as I mentioned earlier Michael was a speaker at my annual e-commerce conference. And what is cool is that he helped out a number of attendees live on camera established their story Brands right there live. It was awesome. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode313.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo and try it for free. Once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo

I also want to thank PostScript.io which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce with a few clicks of a button. You can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at PostScript.io/Steve. That’s Postscript.io/Steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

312: Should You Hire An Agency To Run Your Amazon PPC Ads With Edward Ruffin And Jeremy Crowe

312: Should You Hire An Agency To Run Your Amazon PPC Ads With Edward Ruffin And Jeremy Crowe

Today, I’m thrilled to have both Edward Ruffin(PPC Ed) and Jeremy Crowe from Sellers Labs on the show. PPC Ed is in charge of sponsored product ads over at Sellers Labs and Jeremy was my account manager for the PPC ads case study I conducted earlier this year.

In this episode, I provide a realistic account of my experiences having Sellers Labs run my Amazon Ads this past year.

What You’ll Learn

  • When you should use an agency to run your Amazon ads
  • The pros and cons of outsourcing your ads
  • The process Seller Labs uses to onboard their customers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies, they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have two people on the show with me Ed Ruffin and Jeremy Crowe and these two from several apps actually ran my Amazon PPC account this past year and in this episode we’re going to discuss my experiences and when going with an agency actually makes sense for your ads.

But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers, but once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? Well, that’s What Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce Brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact list. Send memorable emails automate key messages and more a lot more and that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce Brands like Chubbies Brooklyn and Livingproof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales enthusiastic word of mouth and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level Klaviyo can help you grow faster and it is free to get started. Visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to create a free account. That’s Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Now, I also want to thank PostScript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward and I have chosen PostScript.io to be my text provider. Now why PostScript? it’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus and not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that it’s priceable too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to PostScript.io/Steve and try it for free. That’s postscript.io/Steve.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle. So you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have both Edward Ruffin and Jeremy Crowe from SellerLabs on the show. And Edward or PPC Ed as he likes to be called is in charge of sponsored product ads over at SellerLabs. And he was actually one of the speakers at this year’s seller Summit and I believe the past couple of years, actually. Meanwhile Jeremy was my account manager from when I had SellersLabs run by PPC ads in a case study I conducted earlier this year before this whole covid-19 all hell broke loose. Well we’re going to do today is we are going to Provide a realistic account of my experiences and their experiences dealing with me having them run my Amazon ads this past year.

And why is this? It’s because one of the top questions I get asked is how you can Outsource your ads. If you don’t want to learn it yourself and whether it’s even worth the money and the short answer is that it depends on your account and what your time is worth and in any case welcome Ed and Jeremy how you guys doing today?

Edward: Great. Thank you for having us Steve. It’s always wonderful to talk with you. Before we get started. I just want to say you were a great client. Just have to get that out there, I loved working with you. I was not paid to say this but I enjoyed working with you was phenomenal.

Jeremy: Yeah. Thank you for having us. It really was. It really was awesome. We definitely dealt with a lot through the years and you know, it was a great experience and we got to I think we learned a lot of stuff along the way too and I’m really excited to just kind of talk a little bit more about that was a little more in depth just kind of dive into your account man.

Steve: Cool, man. Yeah. I mean most people in the audience know PPC Ed are already because On the show I think twice before but Jeremy give us the quick intro on who you are and how you arrived at SellerLabs handling my account?

Jeremy: Yeah, so so I’ve been with SellerLabs for the for about three years now and during that time I’ve been able to I’ve been able to work with hundreds of clients and just kind of trying to figure out the whole world of navigating advertising with Amazon. And so whenever you know, we it was presented that we were going to be working on your account. I definitely wanted to do that. You know, I’ve been following, you know the things that you had and Sellers Summit for a while too. So I was really excited to get that opportunity and start trying to figure out you know, what could we do for your account? And how can we provide value moving forward.

Steve: and what are you doing PPC for like for like the past three years over SellerLabs?

Jeremy: Yeah, so I actually started out and support their and then over a while. I realized how much I wanted to get, you know deeper into Amazon and in that wanted to really just dive straight head on into advertising and working right next to Ed. It was always a great opportunity to learn more anyways, and then so once I started getting more into advertising I realized how much I wanted to sell to so I ended up actually becoming a brand owner myself. And now it’s just that Voyage to learn more, you know, as we keep going through this just what all can I know about Amazon it’s really become addictive. So

Steve: so you’re becoming another PPC Ed that’s kind of scary. Alrighty fellows. So I’m gonna ask you guys to try not to be biased here and from your perspective. Why would someone want to use an agency to run your ads and more importantly, when would you want to avoid using an agency?

Ed: And this is actually a question that we’re asked directly during the actual first engagement process where our onboarding team is first talking with someone that’s looking to kind of play the field and see if they should use an agency or if they should just do it themselves. The biggest thing that I say people look for is to really save time, you know, you could have a full understanding of PPC and know how to I would but then you have to ask yourself. Do I have time to dedicate like multiple hours every week to actually run the PPC myself while you know, making it more efficient and gaining more cells through advertising.

So I think the first thing is time, you know, if you don’t have the time to really dedicate to your accounts on a weekly basis on a normal Cadence, I should say an agency is a good way to go, you know, someone like us like the managed Services team at SellersLabs can help you out there time is really Lee it’s very valuable you can use that time elsewhere to develop your brand introducing more products or focus on your inventory or other, you know, like Avenues of your whole entire business instead. So a lot of people come to us because they just don’t have the time for it and they want to use that time for other areas of their business instead.

That’s a big one. And another big one is really just the understanding, you know, PPC on Amazon is nowhere near what it was what your me like two years ago even last year. It’s Ominously

Jeremy: Even since we started working on your account. I feel like they just keep adding stuff to it.

Steve: They do. I know.

Jeremy: any time. I mean outside of even just you know finding time. I think the other element to think about when going to an agency is odds are we’ve worked with the product that somewhere similar to what you could be selling. I’m not going to say everything but if it’s not me personally, it’s some of the other account managers that we have we work with a lot of type of products since we started this, you know, really taking on Advertising for people and that gives us a little more time to keep testing stuff. So we’re always trying out new things and you know, that’s a if you don’t have time that’s one thing but you know also having someone there to try to figure out the small wins along the way I think that’s where you can really get the added value.

Steve: All right. So let’s say you have time and who’s not your ideal customer. Let’s just put it that way.

Ed: Yeah, I mean a lot of times I do look for people that are you know willing to spend a little bit more and advertising and it can actually justify the cost of our services if you have someone who’s only spending like $100 a month on advertising that’s not really our ideal client. Yes, they of course they can get there but they’re just not really going to make the money back and that they’re spending on our services necessarily because they’re not spending as much on their advertising. They’re not seeing a large increase in sales or anything of that nature.

So for the smaller clients You know, we can still work with them, but we only work with them if they’re willing to grow if they’re willing to spend more over time. Of course, if it’s Justified, we want to see a return and advertising was see desirable a costs and Tacos as well so we can work with them if they’re willing to grow but for those that are just like, you know, really at the beginning stages where they can’t spend any money. They’re not really willing to adjust the spin that’s going into the advertising then maybe best starting off with our tools through SellerLabs Pro which includes ignite and try to do it themselves to begin with. To scale up that advertising to get it to a place where they can see growth going forward and they can get that stand up a little bit.

Steve: What would you say your minimums are?

Ed: Generally just like 2,000 a month maybe approximately.

Jeremy: I would say that that’s a great start only because one thing especially with account management what I have to constantly be thinking about is my only goal is I have to keep trying to find things and find ways to make happy clients, you know, if we if you’re not happy then odds are you’re there’s something going on with the return we’re not doing something we need to and sometimes that is limited by what we actually can do but when it comes to actually spend and how much you’re willing to put forward we’ve got to think about how much can we use to make sure that the cost of our service actually is actually going to make sense for you because if that’s the case, you know, three months down the road you’re not going to you’re not going to be as happy as someone who is who had the budget and have the time to be able to put back into that.

So I would say that’s not a bad a bad place to say but it’s something where when it comes to adjustments and it comes to how we do things at seller Labs. We always want to be trying to find ways to increase revenue and only scale spin that makes sense for that. So it’s all about growth for us.

Steve: I’m pretty sure that the way you guys treated me was like a typical customer and I remember going through a bunch of calls with you guys to kind of figure out what the strategy is. What is your vetting process look like to see if it’s even a good fit like I know for me like you Guys looked at my account you said, Okay. Yeah, we can definitely boost traffic and whatnot. But do you do that with everybody? Like do you go through their account first and just make sure that you can improve it.

Ed: Yeah. I mean, it’s we have a full in a Salesteam. Of course just like any other organization and they’re incredible. They’re really awesome at really talking to these potential clients to find out first of all what they want. They come to verses say, well, what are you looking for in advertising? Are you looking to get more growth? Like are you having trouble? Why are you Reaching out to us or why have we reached out to you and we can talk with them about you know, the kind of like what they’re doing currently with their PPC. We have something that’s you know, a campaign analysis tool that we use as well which shows like, you know, data over a 60 day period and gives us like a snapshot on their account and that allows us to really see where the winds can be where things are going great and we can get people that everything looks phenomenal and we’re like, hey like this looks great.

I don’t think you need to restructure but Maybe you want to save time and just take this off your plates. Then they may be a good candidate then. But those campaign analysis tools are wonderful. We do this for a lot of our potential clients just to get a snapshot most of the time. We don’t actually dive into the account more in-depth and so they’ve actually considered, you know signing on as a client with us, but that is something even all have multiple calls with someone who’s just thinking about it so I can learn more about what they’re looking for and see if they’re a good fit or not. See if this actually makes sense for them because if it doesn’t make sense, I don’t want to sign you because I want you to be happy just like Jeremy said with our services want you to see a return and see winds along the way for the student issue 3 months with us.

Steve: Yeah, and to be just completely transparent here. Like I’m not used to using any agencies ever and I’ve actually heard a lot of horror stories where agencies hire cheap labor from like the Philippines or some other third world country have them run your ads while they’re kind of learning meanwhile like the front man performs all the sales and just from my perspective at least and I’m pretty sure some of you guys Listening are they put you guys probably feel the same way that I do. The reason I was willing to give these guys a try because I’ve known Jeff Cohen and PPC Ed for over five years now and I trust these guys. I personally probably would not have tried this otherwise and it was it was good to know. I think Jeremy when we first got on the phone, I was like, hey, man, are you in the US?

Jeremy: that’s what we strive for. I mean, like even when I found this know back in the day a big thing that we push for especially at SellerLabs, and of course amended Services team is complete transparency I strive for it. That’s why I love working with Jeremy dream is like my right-hand man. I have many of those people actually on our teams are two Stellar but I want us to be transparent. We’re like, you can actually ask them be like, yeah, I’m here in Athens, Georgia. Like I’m here. We have teammates all over the United States and we’re doing great. We’re loving it. We’re growing it, but it’s a really we put so much time into our initial training with our team members. I never want someone to come on and in the first week were like Hey, we’re going to get you 15 clients.

It’s more along the lines of hey for the first to know four weeks or so. You’re going to be learning you’re going to be shadowing you’re going to be on calls going to be doing the optimization process. You’re going to get your hands dirty and you’re going to learn everything from the ground up. And then once you feel comfortable, you’re ready to step in. We’ll start getting you to do some, you know, some calls together with some other people. So I take pride in our training operation because we built it out over the past three years really made it something that’s awesome. And I think other organizations just don’t have Because they just kind of like you said they can get cheap labor and they say okay now work on this account and it’s actually a live account for client and their learning and breaking things along the way whereas we’re like don’t touch anything yet. So you’re sure what you’re doing and you’ve got that training under your belt.

Steve: Yeah Jeremy if you are from like India or China your accent is great. Just want to say that.

Jeremy: Yeah, yeah.

Steve: so let’s talk about like this whole onboarding sequence first now, I know when I was speaking with Jeremy and Ed we discussed strategy first and my personal goal was to increase profit like overall dollars at the expense of a cost and get more sales and I’m just kind of wondering what are some of the common scenarios for your clients.

Ed: Yeah. This is kind of what my job is as an account director. I’m kind of like the first one that says hey, what are your goals? And what do you want to gain from this engagement that we have together? It really just depends on what you’re looking for, you know, a lot of them come to us. Just looking to make things more efficient where they’re actually saying we’re profitability just like you were talking about Or the looking to just increase traffic and traction on Amazon. They’re trying to get more sales you’re trying to get in front of more people looking for more brand awareness. And those are some of my favorites to work with because I love helping to build a brand on Amazon to some of my favorite things in the world.

Steve: For those guys like do they care about profitability at all, or they literally just going for straight sales.

Ed: It depends on the category lot of times for instance. If someone has a supplement like brand of the trying to build they know they’re going in at a loss A lot of times because it’s just about the initial sales. And having returned sales after that. So most of the time the people that are building a brand that I usually work with they’re trying to do it efficiently because they don’t want to you know, go negative right off the gate so it’s not just scaling it over time. But also like we step in to help them out with other things like, you know talking about their A+ content talking about their stores that they want to do it out getting sponsored brand ad’s going up.

So everything that deals with the brand we’re helping out with that to we’re not just saying hey, we’re gonna run some ads if you need anything call us. Otherwise, we’ll be in the background. We’re fully engaged with these Brands to say hey, this store looks great. But here’s some notes that I have or someone doesn’t have a store we can say. Hey, we actually can build a store for you. That’s an extra service that we offer. We can take this off your plate all together. So it just depends like we get a lot of different scenarios. I have some clients right now that came to us and they were only spending about two hundred dollars in the first month.

But they’re looking to spend more as long as its profitable. So it’s just about us really taking a clean approach. Ouch with the advertising starting off, you know a little more conservative to begin with. So we’re not blowing out the stand immediately and selling it upwards as we see the return coming back from the ads that we make for them.

Steve: And I know for me it was a typical client. I don’t know just wanted to get more profit and sales at the expenses.

Ed: You were anything but typical let me tell you that

Steve: All right Ed

Ed: No, I mean that is one of the main goals, and Jeremy can back me up on this. Everybody are looking to maximize efficiency while gaining more sales over time, but knowing in the initial stages, there may be an increase on the a cost because we’re trying out a new strategy and doing a restructure on the account.

Jeremy: I think what was different too and I love to take that you want it is really, you know, we ended up on a on a very year-over-year was our ongoing goal? You know, that was the one thing we wanted to look at and unfortunately past month or two year over year is a pretty sketchy place to look at by the time we were were working on that that was really cool for us to use that as a benchmark move forward, you know, not that’s not always the goal. Some people have brand awareness. They just want to try to to push things as hard as I can but they’ve always got something set up that they want to do conservatively or that’s that’s how we always like to take it.

We know some things some strategy involves a high brand awareness strategy and some things just we need to make sure that we’re more conservative. Maybe it’s only parts of the catalog but we really leave that up to the starting point being Ed, Or one of our account directors trying to figure out what is what is it? They’re really looking for there.

Steve: So I know you guys didn’t really touch my listings but is that something that you guys do also so let’s say some guys listing looks kind of bad or they’re not using enhanced brand content. Is that something that you’ll fix for them or do you give them suggestions and have them fix it?

Ed: It goes both ways. You know, like I said going back to being overly transparent if your listings are terrible. I’m going to tell you they’re terrible, but I’m going to be nice about it. I’m going to say hey, why don’t you have a seat just make sure you’re sitting down before I tell you this make sure everything’s okay. Your listings are terrible

Steve: First, You’re going to say. Hey Steve, you’re the best client that we’ve ever had but your listing suck.

Ed: It’s just because I want them to know like it’s coming from a good place. I’m telling them this because I want them to succeed. I sound like someone’s parent. Like I’m like, I only want the best for you, but it’s like but it’s We’re actually doing quite a bit of those right now. But also if it’s just a listen, I need some tweaks. It may not necessarily need our service to optimize it for you. We’ll just give you feedback and say hey maybe add more to this bullet point or take out some of these terms in your title or you know, your images that you have they could be arranged in this way or maybe you need more images and more lifestyle images or your back in key words are not there fill those out.

So what would just get feedback like that if it is something where it’s a lot of information at once Hotel? All them kind of what we see and then we’ll say, you know, we can also just do this for you. I know that’s a lot that I just threw at you we can take this off your plate and we can do the listing we can also do some 8 + content as well. But it just really depends on what needs to be done. Like I’m never going to sell someone a listing optimization if it’s just like hey, this bullet points terrible is that just not worth it.

Jeremy: I think sometimes to this isn’t something that’s uncovered until after we’ve started to so we’ll start going through advertising and we’re starting to run things and test things and then over time. We just see that things aren’t converting the way w want to and we start looking into why that is and we get back to sessions and unit sessions percentages and we start looking through these listings and realizing there’s a lot that can be done. And then we’ve got to have that conversation to say, you know, we just want to let you know once again want to sit down and talk to you about what we’re seeing just so you know that it could be an issue and then make that decision of is it something that you are able to let us take off, take off the plate for you or is it something that you just want us to give good feedback because we really will do both. We do at the end of the day your success is is what’s going to keep you working with us. So we want that as much as you want that.

Steve: so I know like from teaching my class that when someone can’t get their Amazon ads to work. I would say like over 80% of the time it’s the listing and not necessarily the ads. So that’s why I asked that question.

Ed: Yeah. I mean that’s huge. Like the listing is the foundation you can advertise anything in the world, but if it doesn’t look good and it’s not presentable. It’s just not going to sell that that applies to retell that. Ice two houses that applies to anything. So if you have a good foundation and presentation of your product before you can advertise it

Steve: what are some of your guidelines in terms of session percentage that you’d like to see?

Ed: Man, this this really depends Jeremy. I’ll let you take this one, you know

Jeremy: important for me. You know, I think you need to at least starting in this this is all over the place, but I like to at least see that something’s hearing about a thousand percent thousand sessions and for unit session percentage. I usually want to try to see if or at least getting like 10% so I can start making the decisions if I can see those two, then we can start figuring out what needs to happen. Once that starts dropping lower than that. It may not be a huge red flag, but it’s at least worth checking into and trying to see what it looks like.

Steve: Okay, so someone comes to you guys as a client and their session percentage is like 3% Is that like a red flag for you guys? Like you just immediately just start looking at the listing and tell him to fix it?

Ed: No, I mean it could also be the category.

Steve: Okay

Ed: the definitely varies across the category to just based on the traffic and based off of the competitiveness like, you know, maybe they are advertising but then advertising heavy enough to get any type of position at all and I’m actually working with a client right now that’s like that where he doesn’t have many sessions right now because I purposely started off his advertising very conservatively because the cost per click and there’s an average about five dollars and That would just blow through the budget immediately. So I start off more conservative now, we’re selling it upwards to getting more and more sessions over time. So it does depend on the category. But if it is something that is historically like that we will definitely look at the listing.

Steve: Okay

Ed: thing is the back end keywords. If you don’t have that foot out, you’re not indexing for some types of terms that you want to index for and I just ruined your traffic overall.

Jeremy: I think the other thing to think about there too is, you know, maybe sometimes people come to us and their catalogs are thousands and thousands of Products and for us to go through every single listing on our own, you know without would take so much more time away. From what when you what we want to do with advertising. So sometimes that’s where the problems aren’t uncovered until we’ve already started there too. And then we have to start talking more about that. But what’s important I think about there is whenever we have those issues or whenever we’re like seeing that something is low. We’re still trying to find ways to talk about what needs to happen there so that we can fix those issues before they become a major problem.

Because advertising at the same time. If it isn’t it, maybe it isn’t the worst listing and maybe advertising handheld at the same time because it just hasn’t been able to get the attention that it needs. And then we start pushing more traffic to that. You start slowly seeing that indexing increase and the next thing we know we’re getting a huge increase organically huge increase their advertising and your products to start to really take off all because it just needed a little bit of a push from advertising.

Steve: Yeah. So what I’m hoping to do right now is Is I want to set some realistic expectations from your clients. Now. I know I work with you guys and I think what I joined my a cost was around 12 percent or so, and it basically meant I was leaving money on the table just to kind of achieve highly profitable ads, right? And so when we kind of discuss strategy, like what are some of the expectations that you sent in terms of seeing performance or when things reach steady state so to speak

Jeremy: So you weren’t your account I would say, you know, the interesting thing about the way we work is Ed always gives us a starting strategy after talking with the client and he really tries to iron out a lot of the details of what needs to happen. And then when it gets done you get to give that strategy to me and I get to take it in completely flip it upside down and start trying to do everything else that we possibly can and I come across along the way. With you, one thing that we did that we don’t normally do is we tried to find ways to Benchmark certain metrics that we saw would be able to possibly Inc show a better increase on year over year.

So we did things like we tried to go after very specific goals on what was our click-through rate going to be because the only thing we really did know that was going to be different from year-over-year new your cost-per-click was going to be higher. That’s a gimme it anyone in on Amazon most of the time.

Steve: Sure

Jeremy: So we needed to figure out what are some other metrics that we could Benchmark and we can look at to make sure that success was going to happen. We ended up trying to make adjustments. Not only on just you’re a cost and how we were in end up and down based on what your a costs goals are but what was your click-through rate how people actually engaging with that ad and then finally, you know, what actually what was your tacos percentage? What was your total advertising cost of sale which is of course taking spend on your advertising and comparing it to your organic Revenue as a whole.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Yeah, I think that was my main goal. Right? I mean I wanted I want to just get more sales at the expense like more profitability I guess. At the expense of a cost and if the tacos stayed around the same I was cool with that. Can you and you probably a detailed notes on this Jeremy, but when we when you first start out with my account, what were some of the first things that you did?

Jeremy: so when we first started out our first attempt any time someone comes to us is we want to get things as clean as possible. So we always try to find a strategy with organization. That’s going to make sure that Ed myself the account coordinator that works on our team to which is another person that helps kind of keep up with the day-to-day actions that we need done. We need to make sure that we had something we could all efficiently see and we knew how to navigate well, so right as we started doing that we started a little bit of you know here expansion and trying to test out what we could do to add keywords. Most of this is done by looking at what were you running in the past?

And then also using tools like SellerLabs Pro which has the scope which is the keyword expand or word exploration tool, once we’re able to start figuring out what those major keywords that describe your product where it started adding them. We quickly started realizing that your account and a lot of the major keywords that represent your products. We’re already like number one and ads number one organically and that’s definitely where the battle started but that was our first step is we needed to be able to figure out what is the cleanest approach For traffic and how can we make sure that moving forward we understand what needs to happen with your account.

Steve: Yeah. I remember I wasn’t paying attention that closely but I think some of the first things that you did obviously would you did you set up the campaign’s one SKU// campaign? I believe

Ed: right

Steve: was that that was your first step and then I think from there you just ran a bunch of Auto campaigns and you were talking some switches that I had never toggled. Yeah the past just because I never got around to it. Can you kind of describe what those were?

Jeremy: Yeah. Yeah. That was actually one of the first times I tested that out, too. And this is this is what we always go back to is the two things. We really can say that we always try to provide is one transparency, two testing. We’re always trying to test out new things so we can find those big wins. And in that situation. What we wanted to do is we had kind of it was it was brand new to the world of Amazon to have the four options with auto targeting campaigns at it. So in the past and an auditorium campaign, you could only adjust your default Bid, so you had one bid to control that entire Auditorium campaign, but around that time a little bit earlier. I believe it was in the prior year. We they had added four options to be able to Target your products a little bit differently on auditing campaigns

They had complementary substitutes, close match and loose match. So it gave for new default bids that you could adjust for One auto targeting campaign and a little bit more about what those four groups represent is you know loose match is a keyword type of search on an auditorium campaign. So it just is any keyword that is Loosely represented by that by the products that are the keywords that Amazon sees Frank for that for that campaign, close match is very small and itchy keywords that also represented, substitutes are products that people may have bought instead of yours. And then Compliments are products that people bought in conjunction with you. The difference between those two is the Complementary and substitutes are all made by Amazon providing asons. We’re close match and loose match are all keywords.

Steve: And do you remember which one’s ended up working well for my particular account?

Jeremy: Yes, so after we had set it up we had broken out all the Autos to be to have the all the keyword targeting options in One auto campaign and all the product based targeting in a second one. So the same product mirrored but one had the two options are targeting attributes the other have the other two and at the end what we found was keywords continue to work for you. We had but we were able to do that helped us a lot more with your account is because we had that broken up we could actually pay less for the asons because we couldn’t negate them at the time and we only needed to pay for what made sense for that section of Amazon.

Steve: So when you guys were looking at my account for the first time what was low-hanging fruit?

Ed: I still go back to the structure. I’m like you had the napkins.

Steve: Okay

Ed: brands of the towels the handkerchiefs everything like that. I think just a biggest thing and this is something that like it’s kind of like a even if we have a client that comes to us and they stay with us for the initial three months and they’re like, okay, I got this under control. I can take it back over kind of things. They kind of leave with kind like a goody bag from a really awesome party or something is that structure because we restructure the account with with let’s see what Jeremy? 9% of the clients that I work with kind of The account itself because I have a little bit of OCD and if I’m looking at ads all day, it gets really bad. So I actually take the time for the initial portion of the engagement It’s a build out a brand new structure.

Just like you said Steve where it’s you know, most of the time these you based at group system where we have campaigns like we have a napkin campaign and then we have all the napkins advertise inside of that campaign, but there’s one ad group for each skew so this way we have all of our napkin keyword Search terms coming through one Campaign. But then we know exactly what Search terms are working for each individual skew so we can get very unique variations of those Search terms coming through for a particular product. That’s the biggest thing that I remember seeing because there was some overlap or things might have been advertised multiple places and then it kind of splits your impressions over time and makes it harder to see what’s actually working.

So it takes longer tags to gain valuable insights because everything is being split so hard so doing this one of the first big ones that I saw this also allows To see what’s actually advertising what’s not advertised. There’s not really like, you know, just the way to just look at a campaign and see that now we can see that just based on the disk use throughout the account. So that was the biggest thing that I saw. Jeremy, which is one else that really stuck out for you when you first look at the account?

Jeremy: No, I mean, I think that that that really was that’s usually a big thing that we have to come across and then from there. It’s just trying to understand what the clients goal or goals are so we can align with them but I think we found some cool things but as far as like coming in that structurally That was the only thing that I saw that could have probably improved.

Steve: So in terms of setting expectations for anyone who wants to use managed Services, I know that we kind of got off to a rocky start in the beginning and that was to be expected you guys warn me ahead of time that the spend and the conversions would be higher than when I was running my own campaigns. What was your process for transitioning things over? Yeah, and what’s the time frame that you would expect?

Jeremy: So that really is for us. We always like to use three months is like our marker for Is that time to try to figure out how to best transition what is already running first off get it over to ours and be able to use this new cleaner strategy to be able to keep highlighting the winds in your account and a little bit more about how we like to do that is we like to make sure that everything that’s been there everything that’s running. We want to just make decreases and try to cut back on things that are poorly performing for that campaign. So that really only things that are that are working super super well are there and honestly, you know, if we kept running those campaigns and over time we kept adding to only ours and only making decreases to everything that been in that account before.

And it just so happened that three months later. We have one campaign and auto targeting campaign that is still giving it phenomenal a costs and making good sales, even though we’ve transferred it. I almost would say let’s just keep running that until we don’t see that success. So we’re never missing opportunities. We’re just Can you to expand on them

Ed: right whatever just going to turn off the campaign because it’s not ours, like if we’re seeing that valuable traffic still coming from and after doing just decreases over time after just pulling back and transferring to our new campaigns at this the running real efficient and it has a great return. We may still keep it going for the time being but of course our goal is to always pull things over to our campaigns to make it just cleaner across the account

Steve: and how long did that process take? I don’t remember I don’t I don’t know data, but was it around three months?

Jeremy: we got most everything transitioned. After three months. There was a few campaigns after three months that were still running really well, so we kept them to we let them continue running and a lot of that still does come back to even you know, how Amazon collects data some of there’s a lot of things that are unknown with what they validate and how they find indexing for products and campaigns and how they’re running. So if something is running super well and it just so happens that Amazon has just collected the right stuff on that campaign in Auditory campaign to let it keep running. Well, we just wouldn’t want to cut that away until we see that that’s actually the case and it’s not performing well.

Steve: So looking at my account specifically where were the largest traffic gains that you ended up seeing from your implementation?

Jeremy: I think that we still were able to do a little bit more with product targeting and that was that was something that we didn’t have as much of for you. A lot of your sales came through brand a lot of people knew about what your brand was and that’s how people got to you. So immediately as we started going through and trying to figure out not only what keywords are we bidding on but what keywords are you already indexing? number one organically for we wanted to try to figure out what else could we offer one is of course, we could keep trying to push into some other areas like Seasons with weddings or you know, people were searching for things for holidays.

And we did do a little bit of that. But the one thing that I that we did we try to focus a little more on was how are we actually targeting other products on Amazon and honestly if that was something where we were still working on your account some of the new options they’ve even offered since then. Then I would probably keep pushing on those at this point too

Steve: so I just pulled up my post that I wrote on this and just some of the numbers that ended up happening. So I took these numbers after the three months settlement period once we were running primarily your ads and it looks like you boosted ad spend by about almost 6,000 like 5,800 bucks and the revenue increased by twenty six thousand which is roughly a 4 and 1/2 x return and can we talk about just kind of fees here, so These are they start at what like $1,000 a month.

Ed: Yes, we would do this, I actually like the way we do our pricing it’s based on tears of ad spend. So the initial tier is if you’re spinning between zero to five thousand dollars a month and ads spend, we start off at $9.99 so thousand dollars a month and then you go up based on your ads spend like the next year for instance is a 5001 to $10,000 a month and that’s 13.99 then it goes up accordingly like to the other tiers going on. So it gives you Room to Grow which is why I like it. We’re not constantly asking for a certain percentage necessarily. We’re just kind of helping you grow. If you want to if you don’t want to grow you can stay within that tier we can be really strict on the actual spend itself.

But it gives you room to kind of grow before you hit that next tier on a monthly basis so we can kind of work with you on that and we also have like in a contract someplace to do renewals as well. So if you renew you can get like a discount there as well. So we’re always looking to help out, you know the clients as well. We’re not just going to be how some other organizations are with their base spending.

Steve: I guess the key is it’s just like a flat rate, right? There’s no percentage of AD spend or anything like that?

Ed: Yes, just flat rate on a monthly basis.

Steve: Is that right?

Ed: Yeah.

Steve: Okay. Yeah. So for some of your other clients and I know my profit margins are really high so, you know, I could actually justify the spend but what would you recommend and I don’t know what your typical customers or how much you can increase their ad spend but I assume there’s some sort of correlation right in terms of whether this makes it worth it or not in terms of margins or skill.

Ed: Yeah. I mean, I’m really does just you know, based on what you’re currently spending and having first of all the willingness to grow but also knowing that were going to be in there to make your account more efficient at the same time people may come to us if you like all I do is I just spend money on Amazon. I don’t get any return, you know, you can also come to us to see if we can help you out with that. So make sure what you are. He is leading to a good return for you. And we do use we do still use a cost as a good basis, but also tacos as well so we can look at the overall sales coming through to so really just having understanding that we’re here to help you out to make it more efficient. Of course, we can’t guarantee like Hey, we’re going to have you done. So 5% a costs by the end of this month.

But having that availability of there and even like I have a new client that I’m starting with actually next week. He probably has a dollar margin on each product. And we’re just going to take a different approach with that. It’s like anybody with different types of margins. You can take a different approach which that the aim very low would like, you know, Ten Cent bids across the board or even five cent bids just to begin with.

Steve: I mean, how is that possible a dollar? Margin?

Ed: That’s the fees and everything. It’s a very competitive like Market as well. So I’m going to see how it performs but it is something where even just having passive advertising is still a good way to increase your velocity over time and the show Amazon that you deserve better placement organically so you can still have those cells coming through

Jeremy: and And it seems like I don’t know if this is going to be one of my client said but it seems like me the conversation that would have to happen that situation is advertising is there to help influence your overall sales, but what you have to figure out in the same time is how can you get more margin is it is a is that a supply issue? What it what do you have to work on there while I’m working on this make sure that that transparency is understood that those are very very small margins and we’ve got to make sure that we’re really Precise there at the same time just like we were talking about all the time.

We have to make sure that you that we’re validating the cost of our service and we’re still giving you a great return because Amazon likes to take every cent from you than it is we don’t want to just be trying to take everything from you. We want to try to find a way that actually works so we can keep a relationship going.

Ed: right

Steve: How’d you guys run the campaigns? Like how often are they monitored or they monitored by like a machine? I know it’s like how I would do it, but

Ed: I mean, so what we have 14 available every account has a dedicated account director, account manager, an account coordinator. So you come in and have a full team behind you. You have three people that are looking at your account, you know on a weekly basis. Normally the accounts are looked at four to five times each week based on the optimization schedule of the account coordinator. And of course the account managers also looking at it and the contractor is also looking at it. For instance, Like Chase Kucera one of our Stellar account coordinators who is a huge data geek which is why I like him so much.

He actually Ali has his like in a broken out where Mondays and Tuesdays he’s doing been adjustments then one day he’s doing keyword transfers and he’s doing budget checks and doing the negations and doing other things like that. So he breaks it out on a weekly basis. So you can Circle back to the same tasks at the same time next week. So it allows the data to repopulate within that Weekly period.

Steve: I see. Yeah, I mean one of my problems I know is that I didn’t really look at my account very often.

Ed: Yeah

Steve: and so I purposely went for low a costs so that I wouldn’t actually have to manage it that much. And when you’re going for traffic I think and when you’re pushing the envelope you kind of have to monitor a little bit more.

Ed: data coming in a short period of time see you at the optimize it a lot quicker because you’re just going to jump on it a lot faster before it does blow up and leads to wasted stand across the board.

Ed: And that’s like the that’s the main thing I try to tell people like outside of outside of Sellerlabs when I’m talking to a client if anyone’s asking like hey, I’m interested in trying to get into Amazon and starting to advertise or maybe they’ve already been they just want to get into advertising. My biggest thing is try to find a way to set up a system that gives a repetition of what you’re doing. You have to have that even if it’s just something simple as saying I want to spend an hour doing this once a week. If you as long as you can do that, you can check yourself and find a way to create a process that will keep happening. But if you don’t have time for that then that’s kind of why our that’s why we exist. We’re here to help people whenever they don’t have time for something like that.

Steve: And the most important question of all I have for you guys. Was I a pain in the ass or what? I mean in terms of the clients that

Ed: Can we go ahead, can we in this now do we have

Jeremy: Are we done? No no, honestly Steve, you really aren’t a bad client, we definitely dealt with a lot through the years, maybe it conditioned us to have thick skin, but at the end of the day, we’re always just trying to find the right answer and you had things that you were Looking for and our goal in that situation is to figure out what is it that you’re looking for. How do we align on it? How do we complete it? So it was easy you were great wo work with

Ed: Yeah you were great.

Steve: I know from my experience like Jeremy. I remember you want to meet weekly and I was like weekly what the heck I don’t have time to meet weekly and then you’re like, okay bi-weekly and then I was like, okay that seems like a pretty often also and I was just wondering if that was common with your clients.

Ed: Yeah. So all of our clients we do by weekly calls.

Steve: Okay

Ed: see we do by weekly calls, but we don’t disappear on that off week. Like we’re still there available by email. I’ll have clients who say hey got this problem. You have some time to talk and I’m like, yeah, like let’s just jump on a call. It’s easier to talk about this and having e-mails back and forth for hours. So by weekly calls are the Cadence that we have and that’s just worked because even if there’s not much to talk about is still time to connect and realign on everything and show them, you know, what’s been done today? Count you know what we did in the past two weeks we plan to do going forward. Here’s your metrics. Here’s how they look here’s the continuity and change over time that we’re seeing throughout them as well.

So it’s just a good way to keep that relationship strong too because based on relationship like if we aren’t talking to our clients, we’re not really keeping that alive, you know with them. We’re kind of just letting the ball be dropped. So that’s something else to really focus on it’s just like being there for the clients being a brand Advocate being there to help them out and being there to talk to them what they need something.

Jeremy: you know, I’ve been a little bit all over the place on that too you know, we always present like bi-weekly is a standard for us to just kind of say that that’s what we might do. But you know, I’ve had clients that want to talk every single week and they have a list of what they want and every single week for me to talk about or what they want to go over and I’ve had clients that want to talk every month and I’ve had clients that I send an email update every two weeks to them for the past, you know for months. It really is up to what Is the client feel like it’s adequate there and we’re just kind of there to make sure that we’re figuring that out for them, too.

Steve: What’s funny is I was just kind of looking through my email thread with you Jeremy and there was one email where I sent as like I don’t think anything really changed or could change that much in a week. So why don’t we put on this meeting? Oh man, but yeah, I think it’s great that you guys are so communicative like it’s not my style in general, but I can see like if you’re paying money and you’re not familiar with you guys, like on a personal level then you probably want to talk a little bit more.

So it’s great that you offer that by default. Should say I guess that much pretty much covers case tell you that I’ll link up the blog post that I wrote. If you guys want to see some actual numbers and months and months when they were actually running my account. But in terms of where people can get ahold of you they’re interested in trying your managed services and where can they find you and what services do you offer exactly?

Jeremy: Ed cut out a little bit. But yeah, I know that Ed has we have a link that we can get and I believe if you’re trying to pull that up right now too, we have a way to be able to get people back there. But as far as our services we offer, of course, we ad management if people are anyone’s interested in actually taking over the advertising but then we also offer the ability for stores if people are interested in this actually building out stores for them as well as China looking into like a plus content listings too.

Steve: in terms of charging for that. Is that on like a one-off or is that kind of included when you pay for the PPC managed services?

Jeremy: it’s all just a one-off, you know whenever We feel like that something that that could they could really benefit from we start having those conversations. We have had people reach out to us and just immediately interested in something like that.

Ed: Yeah

Jeremy: and in that situation, we’re definitely gonna do work with them and try to figure out one, you know, especially when it comes to listings. What can we give them because we don’t want to just sell listing optimizations and then get them into hey these look beautiful. There’s not anything we can do to help you want to be able to actually give value with anything we’re offering so we like to have those conversations as their own thing their own service that we’re going to offer as a whole for them.

Ed: Right

Steve: So Ed. I think you cut out when we’re talking about the link like

Ed: yeah link that we can use to get in touch with all of us.

Steve: Yeah. Yeah, I guess I imagine like if they’re interested they’re going to set up a call with you guys similar to how we got started.

Ed: You can just go to sellerlabs.com/ppc-steve. Steve, you got your Link man

Steve: I know I was about to say I don’t remember you guys tell me about that link before because I’ve never used it before so

Ed: we got it is so nice we got it just for you because we love you so much.

Steve: Oh, wow. Okay, you are piling on the flattery today Ed had just wondering in the back of my mind whether you guys want something but I

Ed: I’ll let you know what I’ve been looking for, you know, we can work something out.

Jeremy: I’ll be honest with you Ed won’t stop talking about these handkerchiefs that you have. He just really haha

Ed: You got me there, I was looking for bulk case just for myself.

Steve: So that’s how you guys got the a cost of you start buying all my products, I see now how it works. Hey but guys, I appreciate you coming on the call. And and I know I get a lot of questions on just using agencies in general. I know I’ve used you guys and I’ve been in touch with you guys for so many years and that’s why I trust you and I think that’s important when you guys, when in general if you’re thinking about going with an agency.

Ed: Yeah it is.

Steve: So, all right fellas until the next time I assume I will see you at the next seller summit, Ed? so and and Jeremy hopefully I will encounter you again at some point and be that pain in the ass once again.

Jeremy: I enjoyed seller Summit this year. I tuned into it as much as I could while I was still working. There’s some really awesome stuff there. So thank you for letting me join. It was great man!

Steve: Yeah, I mean someone’s got to be doing the work. Well, it is gallivanting and online conference. So. All right guys, well, thanks a lot and take care.

Ed: Awesome, Thank you.

Hope you enjoyed that episode and I hope it provided you with some guidelines on when you should go with an agency. And when it makes sense for your Amazon business. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode312.

And once again, I want to thank PostScript.io which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce with a few clicks of a button. You can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at PostScript.io/Steve. That’s Postscript.io/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo and try it for free. Once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

311: Nick Shackelford On How To Scale An Ecommerce Business With Ads

311: Nick Shackelford On How To Scale An Ecommerce Business With Ads

Today I’m happy to have Nick Shackelford on the show. Nick runs Structured Social which is a company that specializes in the growth of ecommerce brands. He is a master of paid media, has spent over 85 million on Facebook and pioneered well-known products like the fidget spinner.

In this episode, we’re going to discuss how he scales ecommerce brands with paid advertising.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Nick got started with advertising
  • How to spend millions of dollars on Facebook ads
  • The difference between a good media buyer and a bad one
  • How to make ads to sell boring mundane products

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.

Emerge Counsel

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies, they use to grow their businesses.Today I have my buddy Nick Shackelford on the show and Nick probably spends more on Facebook ads than most people that I know and in this episode we’re going to discuss how to use ads and influencers to quickly scale an e-commerce brand.

But before we begin I want to thank PostScript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward and I have chosen PostScript.io to be my text provider. Now why PostScript? it’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus and not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that it’s priceable too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to PostScript.io/Steve and try it for free. That’s postscript.io/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers, but once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? Well, that’s What Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce Brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact list. Send memorable emails automate key messages and more a lot more and that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce Brands like Chubbies Brooklyn and Livingproof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales enthusiastic word of mouth and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level Klaviyo can help you grow faster and it is free to get started. Visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to create a free account. That’s Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle. So you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m happy to have Nick Shackleford on the show. Now Nick is someone who was introduced to me by Ezra Firestone and I am super glad that he did Nick runs structured social which is a company that specializes in the growth of e-commerce Brands and he is a master of paid media. He spent over 85 million bucks on Facebook and he pioneered well-known products like the fidget spinner. He’s also known for helping one of his clients clear 10.7 million dollars in sales in just 35 days with online Ads and besides as agency Nick also runs an event called geek out LA which I had the pleasure of attending.

And it had some of the best content that had ever seen at an event. He’s also going to be a speaker at the seller Summit 2020 over in Fort Lauderdale on May 6, and I’m really looking forward to having him there. Anyway today we’re going to talk about scaling e-commerce brands with paid advertising and with that welcome to show Nick. How are you doing today Man?

Nick: Yeah. I’m doing well, it’s funny because I know sometimes you work from an office and at home. I’m obviously at my home right now. Nobody is allowed into LA and that’s a little bit of an overstatement. But I told my entire Team “guys, just do not come in” work from home. This is it just going to know on Italy they’re shutting everything down. So I’m very thankful that we’re obviously a little bit more ahead of the time. So things are all good on our end, but just working.

Steve: Yeah. Absolutely man. So hey Nick for people who don’t know who you are. Give us the quick background story. Tell us how you got started with Facebook ads, start from the beginning.

Nick: I’ll go I’ll go as far as back as relevant. So before I jump into paid media everybody that’s kind of like the court at the round is like the internet doesn’t discriminate and that’s I think that’s an absolute fact. So I was actually a professional soccer player and I realized if you’re in America and you play a professional sport the last sport you should play if you want to make any real money is a lacrosse, but right close behind it is going to be soccer, man. I realize it was definitely a Boyhood dream to do that. But as soon as Understood how expensive it is to live in Orange County / La I realized quickly. I needed to Pivot.

So in 2013-2015, I achieve my dream of playing professionally. And as soon as I realized what student loans were after I graduated from st. Louis. So I am an Orange County kid graduated from the Missouri st. Louis. And as soon as I jumped out of professional sports, I walked right into what I like to call a millennial consultancy. So I break it down. I did date myself. So I am a 90s kid. And through and through but what I realized was a lot of these individuals were Shifting the purchase power. I purchase power for us were how do we get and this was specifically for Pepsi. So as Pepsi was trying to grab all these new parents that are having young kids coming to their shops.

How will we able to communicate with them? And how can we promote at the time was there syrup because Pepsi they have the bottles and the syrup side. I was on the syrup side at a restaurants. How do we develop campaigns to get more Millennials into the doors? That’s where I spent my time and I’m a young kid sitting at the table with a lot of old veteran male marketers a couple of females there and it just for whatever reason as anything I said, they’re like, well that’s interesting. Let’s dive into that more and little by little we started doing our own. This is one of the organic Facebook side, but we are producing videos pictures incentivizing them to share that was probably at the time where Facebook really cared about organic reach, but that was my fairy first I knew it Facebook was and obviously I’m a MySpace kid, but Facebook, I got to enjoy it as a college kid and be a little bit as my career started.

Steve: Cool. And so how did that evolve into physical products?

Nick: Oh actually went right into the second opportunity where a woman named Rachel gave me that first nod at Pepsi that’s on the organic side. There wasn’t really any real play there unless I wanted to go corporate which they would have sent me to New York when my lady was like no. Sorry, baby. Do that you’re gone forever. So let me quickly me to Pivot into Performance Marketing. Unfortunately, or fortunately, however you look at it. I was little bit spoiled. So the very first brand I got to work on was Apple. So this is something that I love love talking about. The only KPI I ever had was how cheap we can get the views.

Steve: They didn’t care about conversion and return on ad spend or anything like that?

Nick: Nothing nothing. So you think about this is when Apple Tim Cook just announced a lot of the new push. Was moving away from traditional media into paid media and we’re talking launching the iPhone, the Iwatch, the iPad Pro we were running the same exact spots on TV with millions of dollars to spend across a pack Let’em , the UK North America South America. Look we were just dropping budgets. And this is how we did it. We would choose in back with a we have the Rachel frequency tool and you choose how many dollars would it take to make sure that we hit every single person in that country.

That was the budgets. So we, I learned very very quickly like oh my gosh what I think it broke a limiting belief of what money meant because I grew up modest like parents divorced fairly really early. My mom was a front office. My dad was an HVAC guy and I was like, oh I’m gonna be destined to be after he plays sports equipment going to be a college coach or a high school coach. And as soon as I saw these dollars in Facebook and learned how much money was being spent that was it for me. I knew there was Money to be found

Steve: that’s ridiculous. Are we talking like hundreds of millions of dollars here?

Nick: Easily, every single campaign to be launched a penny on the country. Now, you don’t need millions of millions of dollars to Target all of turkey, but for those larger markets like you’re definitely spending upwards of 10 to 50 million dollars.

Steve: Hahaha. Oh my God, that is so ridiculous. So so how did that stint at Apple lead to fidget Spinners?

Nick: Oh, okay, so there is no congruence. But the only main part was at the time I was building my relationship with their partner who’s fairly silent on a lot of the socials. But his name is Jake Schmidt, and he we don’t each other for about seven years now. He’s about five years younger than me. So I’m 29 is a little bit younger and he hit me was like, hey Nick, I’ve been trying to push this thing through influencers and I saw trendy because back in the day if you were on Instagram early and people are doing like these growth Bots are follow for follow like for like trying to grow big as they can. Jake just happened to be followed and liked by a brand that was selling 3D printed Bridget Spinners, and he was like, what is this?

And at the time there was a likes to grab was a bunch of these tools out there and he just kept following back and he ended up finding that you can buy a bunch of these fidget Spinners from China and we ourselves can sell them and they were 3D printing of the quote is kind of low and as soon as he found it Feels Alright, how do we fix this? So we did our very first influencer camping before we knew how that was kind of working out with a gentleman who did a wall sit and if you Look at the brand digitally on Instagram. It’s still alive and still definitely living and there’s a very first image of a man doing I would say he’s like an older team doing a wall sit as long as the fidget spinner spins and I couldn’t tell you why this worked but I think it was just the first time I was been it’s been done for that product and these kids went wild

Steve: and that led to like millions of dollars of sales right for your fidget spinner.

Nick: It would have.

Steve: Oh it would have. Okay.

Nick: What did we understand, understood two things, so Jake at the time goes ahead you run paid media. I was running Facebook already for Apple. So I knew the buttons and you were to click we’re getting $2 to $4 conversions on a 40, 35 dollar product.

Steve: That’s ridiculous. How? how? how? how?

Nick: We had two major angles in, we definitely dealt with the trouble when at the time but we are taking a the ADD and ADHD angle stop the fidgeting, right? So we showed a main video that’s definitely still up there of a kid tapping. We still the problem like that at its core in hindsight. We definitely weren’t smart enough to do this at the time, but we were showing the problem tapping our feet clicker pencils biting our nails and then we said like those solution was our fridges, right?

Steve: So you’re talking to parents at the time?

Nick: We thought we were talking to parents and that was probably one of our bigger issues of how we couldn’t scales because the kids that we were communicating or we were creating content for kids, but the kids had no money.

Steve: Hmm Okay.

Nick: So the sort of seeing it in engaging the liking and sharing but we had to convince mom and dad to make that purchase. So then we went a little bit Upstream of do you want a little bit of your free time back? How do you get the kids from stop bugging or fidget you put them put them to bed make them quiet grab our toy. Well the issue with that is and I don’t know how this kind of got viral but we ran into our first time we found out what Chinese New Year meant meaning nothing in nothing out and we continue to sell and that was the first time that we had in our experience. And again, I was a soccer player. This is not my path that Jake was obviously trying to start products has as this is but this was the first success one we ever launched.

It was very difficult to know how to respond and keep the consistency of tone that we know now there’s tools out the Wazoo to use but try DMing 13, 14, 15 year old people and then deal with the parents and they’re not having credit cards. It was it was wild

Steve: is that ultimately what made you shut that down or?

Nick: We will go too deep into why we ended up giving up a majority of the company to someone looking to help us as though we thought at the time and took the company into a direction which in hindsight was not the right direction. He wanted to create a connected fidget spinner device. Which I still currently have in my car, but just with that phrase alone. Do you think people needed a connected fidget spinner?

Steve: Are you implying like there’s an app and you can control it through the app or something like that? Is that?

Nick: absolutely

Steve: okay interesting.

Nick: So at the time we knew it was a trend right? fidget. It was it was the yo-yo I call it. That was a yo-yo of the time and that’s why I still love it because it’s a very relevant and I always like to make the joke that if it wasn’t for us Toys R Us would have went down much quicker

Steve: ha ha ha

Nick: because it wasn’t they were the number one order like them Target. Bed, Bath and Beyond and Best Buy were the ones who wants to buy it and so We did a good we had a great little run. I realized real quick two things. I rather scale and solve the problem then develop the product and that’s kind of where Jake and I’ve kind of found his Niche and kind of what we’re talking about today is how was I able to start a product making good, A little bit of my money and why don’t I just continue to go make products? Well, I’ll tell anybody until I’m blue in the face. If you have no idea what you want to do or be or grow up to do join an agency because you’re gonna learn two things really quick.

One, you’re going to learn how to work with people and to you’re going to learn the industry that you like the most.

Steve: Okay

Nick: And that’s it.

Steve: So you have no desire well, at least at the moment to start a physical products brand because that’s not your expertise or?

Nick: So, Correct from the start I have no desire to start a brand but I have a lot and lot of desire to partner with those that have a great product. So that and that’s kind of where we are today is I I’d rather not spend and my genius or my ability to scale build a company in areas that aren’t perfect for me. Meaning, if you come to the products and you have no brand identity of no proven sales. You have no converting page to be very difficult for me to implement what I know because minimum the Brand’s we work with are spending a hundred two hundred three hundred thousand dollars a month.

Steve: Okay. So Nick, I know you work with a lot of Brands today. And what I was hoping to do is maybe get your opinion on a strategy. Let’s say for a company that might make like mid six figures maybe low seven figures or do you work with those types of companies?

Nick: Absolutely.

Steve: All right.

Nick: Those are all of the brands that have two things that we like one, they’re probably small enough to implement a lot of the tactics that are more direct response and the not so super establishing their brand that they’re not willing to take more of a direct response direct-to-consumer play and they’re also going like there’s some things that are working. There’s some angle there are some product they definitely have viability.

Steve: Okay. So let’s just start. I know I know you worked with a bunch of Brands. So let’s start the so let’s say a company comes up to you and says, hey we need help on the media buying end. What do you begin? What questions do you ask? How do you get started?

Nick: Great question. I usually try to ask them. Okay, what are your margins were working. Why is that important to me? Because when every person comes into me, I think I actually wrote this email today. I asked them I didn’t ask them. What’s your advertising budget? I go how much are you willing to invest in marketing? That was only what you can frame this because right now it’s investment and learning and what direction you should take your problems. Why I believe that is because right now Facebook is still the only tool that can give you enough learning and understanding and control over the direction of your product.

But it still takes time to figure it out because there’s a lot of variables price point, the conversion rate and the quality of traffic. So those three very high level the buckets. You need to be pulling on a levers, the bucket you need to be feeling of the leveraging to be pulling.

Steve: So what would you say that the necessary margins would have to be and what would you want the average order value to be for example?

Nick: so thank you for being the second part up. So second part would be AOB so I need the margins to be no, no less than 25% I need my AOB to be at least 50 to $60.

Steve: So margins are you talking about net margins or gross?

Nick: Correct, Net because on average. Say, more brands, I’ll say oh say more Brands and I like to say is don’t invest up to 30% of their marketing spend. So I’ll remember that so A brand that is looking to grow needs to be investing at least 30 percent of their gross revenue into marketing to continue to grow it. So if we’re able to know that they have at least 25 to 30% Margin. It’s a wash and we can continue investing to me that if the product is good enough that repurchased rates going to come through.

Steve: All right, so their gross margins are like 66 percent. That means they’re still making a third they spend 1/3 and advertising it cost them a third and then they make it third so that sounds about right?

Nick: Yes, and then we can continue to invest because now we know that this product is a has a little bit of repurchase rate built into it, which is why I love baby products, Beauty products, consumables, pet specific products those products that already have a way of this is eventually going to run out. I just need to make sure that they enjoy this experience as much as possible. So they don’t have to pay to reacquire them.

Steve: So let me ask you this are there types of product that just won’t work like mundane commodity products are those generally not going to work?

Nick: well to this one one that I’m active investor in one that I love thoroughly. It’s called Miraclebrand.co one that you know of

Steve: yes, because I just saw the ads for and I thought they were excellent. So let’s talk about that one a little bit actually so describe what the product is.

Nick: Absolutely. It’s a miracle brand is a silver technology sheet and towel. Now you’re going like okay. Why is that important? Hm microbial. It’s a lot fresher for longer. You have to wash it as much I can eat as many USPS as possible. Right? Well, I started doing a little bit of research. I love this for two reasons. One, The team behind it are great Founders. Two, The Branding is beautiful and three, the creativity that you can have with this is unlimited right? Who needs to wash their clothes often kids are going to college. Maybe you’re a bachelor. Maybe you’re a single mother. Or maybe you’re too busy. Maybe your are a nanny.

There’s so many different angles you can take with this product, but we didn’t realize that that time is what’s the frequency in which someone’s buying this product multiple times. So now we have an issue of LTV and AOV and repeat purchase rate. Now our average cost that we’re selling a great bundle for about 170. Okay our average I think on any day is between $100 and $200 depending on how much you’re spending on ads and it’s tough because we know we’re not getting that repeat purchase rate as much as we need to. On average it’s six months to a year because you’re not refreshing towels.

Steve: Right. So let me ask you this. Then when you’re talking about your ad spend do you factor into account the lifetime value of the product when it comes to what your return on ad spend that you’re looking for?

Nick: We try to we try to now it’s not a perfect science because I think there’s too many tools and there’s not communicating across attribution levels, but we try to understand at least what the repurchase rate is within the first 60 days or 90. and all that all that allows us to do is understand how much more money we can spend or how much money we need to pull back from. For instance, There’s a brand that we work with called kokunot they sell hair serum. They sell face serum. And on average these women are going through it between 30 and 45 days. So guess what We’re putting a lot of our re marketing budget or not, putting our budget depending on whatever the strategy is for that month.

Well the budget could be put into Facebook or Instagram or Twitter or Pinterest. Around 30 to 40 days or we can just not choose to remarket. Just let Facebook be an acquisition Channel and let email do the nurturing so we don’t have to communicate at all of their. Now, I wouldn’t do that holy but I definitely would different types of discounts on remarking on pay channels versus remarketing on on email channels.

Steve: So why not run both them simultaneously the same offer?

Nick: you could but there’s definitely a different value that’s associated with I have to spend money to acquire a customer that might have already purchased from me.

Steve: Okay

Nick: On a discount well now I’m having to pay again to acquire that customer and pay and give up a little bit of margin. Is that repeat purchase for me?

Steve: Sure. Okay. Okay

Nick: So, you might not want to write you might not want to run an offer on paid traffic knowing that you already have that customer. You should just build a better flow or have a better communication, better way of segmenting communicating them

Steve: So back to the sheets example, I mean in the traditional sense, it’s kind of like a mundane product right? It’s sheets. So so how do you make that product interesting?

Nick: Okay. So how do we make the party concerned depending on the person that’s communicating about it. It’s sheets like there. It’s almost like toilet paper. Like how are you community what now to it was kind of a hot commodity

Steve: Yeah, it is right now

Nick: Sheets might even be a hot commodity these days. Who knows? But there’s a I know we’re dancing on a creative that we’re going to show at Seller Summit, but the type of luxury we’re trying to show what that product and the mundaneness of what it actually Is, is where the humor is right? So if we’re having someone because we’re talking about these sheets are very very high-end were charging people between 79 new hundred and $979. How or why is someone’s going to communicate why are someone’s gonna want to purchase this or we have to cleverly and articulate wash it less live better and be a little bit more Royal when you live in your sheets.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Okay, and so that obviously involves some sort of video creative. What I’m trying to get an idea is like there’s a lot of people who are listening to this podcast right now and they’re probably selling some mundane products. Some people are just selling on Amazon and they want to start selling on their own site, but they’re looking at their products and the like hey, these are just kind of products. You can find an office store for example, or you’re selling sheets. What is what are the what are the things that you ask the brand in order to formulate a really good ad campaign for them?

Nick: Interesting. So this kind of you kind of go down like the USP list. If you are that’s not super special scientific. Other than like does your brand have the ability to have a little bit of humor in it? Because it is the mundane. It’s really difficult to sell socks stances very well this why do they do very well this is because they partner with professionals or partner with active athletes Etc. But if you’re trying to sell glasses for instance, and there’s no major value proposition around it humor is the easiest way of go.

About you’re going to buy this. Anyways, you might as well buy it from us and we’re going to make you enjoy this a little bit on the way. I don’t have a specific strategy or way of setting that up because it really comes down to what the brand wants to want a wants to embody. Like it’s humor the right call for you. If not, it’s really difficult for me to say

Steve: I see that brand that you scaled to was it 17 million and 35 days wasn’t that like a sock company?

Nick: It was it was it was it was a dog socks

Steve: Oh it was a dog socks Okay.

Nick: So the main brand is called Pup Socks was they were sister brand called Face Socks in the main reason we scale. This was of a very very simple phrase “your pup on socks” that was literally the type of career that we ran and it was not clever. It was not cute but it was extremely direct

Steve: was this a video creative?

Nick: No, it was an image

Steve: It was an image.

Nick: We actually would joke about this. So if you if you search it’s on Buzz, it’s on Sumo if you just did 1 million at 4X It’ll pull up and we have the exact screenshot of the audience are red text with your pup on socks. It was a dog with an arrow pointing to sock

Steve: and that’s it

Nick: Okay, but the Simplicity of like that’s communicating exactly what it is that you are going to buy and guess where they’re going to land on that page to make that purchase. Why this worked so well, obviously it’s a gifting product for sure. But as soon as he landed on the page and the fact that it had to be a custom upload of an image that they already have a fond memory on or it’s an animal that pulls on the heartstrings like they’re going to make that purchase looking to convert through on average or conversion. It’s about 4 plus

Steve: Wow. Okay, I guess this yeah for an animal lover. I can see it working.

Nick: Oh my God, who sells socks for $32?

Steve: that’s ridiculous.

Nick: I don’t know why but it’s been able to have sold a lot of ridiculous things like that. That makes absolutely no sense. But I’ll go back to the question you brought about how do you be clever about the mundane?

Steve: Okay.

Nick: It’s not it’s not as easy as you think it is because it does take a little bit of Creative Juice to sit through and come up with how am I going to communicate the value of this paper or pen or pencil? And the only way you can really do is looking through a lot of Amazon reviews why people are using it. There’s a lot of people that are commenting on our ads at think they’re funny and they’re probably not but the fact that they brought up someone had to have that thought. There’s a lot of different ways of going about of gathering information of what you should do to communicate against

Steve: Can you give me an example of how an Amazon review gave you inspiration?

Nick: Yeah, absolutely. So with Miracle specifically the main question was you may great sheets, but where’s a comforter and the number one trending a, The number one trending product outside of our silver sheet. Also, the silver sheets was silk sheets and then silk sheets everything every product that was frequently bought with was pillowcases or a comforter. And so that just put us down this awkward path of going “shit guys, I think we need to sell comforter” because look at all of our ads were showing her sheets showing the comforter and people are asking where can I buy that comforter looks so comfy. We never sold that product before and we allowed that to shape the next product we developed which should go live on our Kickstarter the end of the month

Steve: which is a comforter and pillowcases?

Nick: which is just a straight comforter.

Steve: straight cover

Nick: that was because of manufacturing issues, but we would have went we would have went pillowcases as well

Steve: Actually. I was just thinking that because you mentioned before that people buy sheet set, but then Anything else those are pretty good upsells right? Comforters, pillowcases

Nick: It made a lot of sense to his plus that’s that’s another higher ticket product that people can see the value or the quality ins

Steve: and what about in terms of the creative. So with Miracle sheets and it’s really hard to show an ad on a podcast I guess but you guys want the humor route.

Nick: We did

Steve: And can you talk a little bit about how much that campaign costs to film how much generally you spend on just like the creatives before you even run a campaign?

Nick: Sure. Great question. So the team that we had helped us out was called Common Thread Collective great founder team that I was very very thankful to be a part of for the last year and a half or so and we knew they were able to create a Content but I wouldn’t say cheap it was a relatively cheap because a lot of the stuff is still pretty costly that campaign of you smell like sheet, which is if you can Envision me as an English grandmother Queen, that’s exactly what it was coming across as in this was a $15,000 shoot all in. Now, we did two, two cuts. You get to see the other one

Steve: I did. I think I’ve seen all of them now at this point.

Nick: Okay? So yes, hopefully you are in my remarketing circle. There is no discount code. So go ahead and stay on this way. The humor out was easy to come across because a I think they’re creative team is very remarkable and B the cost of getting new assets knowing me because I’m running the account. I’m actually in a day to day. It was really difficult because we had no spokesperson. We had no like Avatar or person that could definitely speak to what this product was and so by embodying both her and him at the time like we should definitely link to that.

Steve: Yeah, I’ll link to the ad underneath the podcast. Yeah.

Nick: Thank you so much because it’s really hard to get across but they were communicating a lot of the things that was questioned by our customers of why is this product so expensive and what is it going to do which if you watch the ad they just talk through the USPS, wash less, smell fresher and was the last one, anti microbial those three, but they do it in a way of going like the high classes was communicated by who the person was and then the humor of it pull people in if you look at the comments people are loving the ads and running clicking and buying which I hate.

Steve: So when you do a shoot like that you said it was 15 grand how many actual creatives do get or is it just that one video?

Nick: No, they do. So what they call it’s like little bit of a transactional Content real. So I usually do a longer 35 to a minute piece and then within that minute piece depending on the variables. This is really now that I’m in the business of like selling content. It really comes down to deliverable assets they can use top middle bottom of funnel. So that I think when we were when it was delivered because it was a little bit ago. They gave us 25 assets or maybe 15 assets the longer piece still images obviously cuz you’re going to gather that with a second shooter and then the different hooks that they communicating with this has to be cut into vertical and this has to be cut into square.

Because you don’t you don’t necessarily always shooting Square because sometimes the scene might not be permitting it but you’re trying to make sure that if I do have to cut it for platform which squares for feed or 9 by 16, you do want to have the subject in the communication of the whole entire ad with in that square set. So we just did a scope of content and we’re delivering for 29,000. We’re delivering 45 assets.

Steve: 45 okay. So can you talk about how you use those assets in the ads like what do you use for top of funnel middle funnel and bottom of the funnel?

Nick: correct on the as on the on the Miracle brand specifically?

Steve: Yeah. Sure. Let’s use that one. We’ve been talking about that brand.

Nick: Sure. So Miracle, we got the long-form piece of Grandma walking in and that was just we ran for two different things one on PPE which is put a page post engagement and we ran that against a conversion ad so we let that same exact post duplicated into same exact conversion post. Duplicated into a page post engagement so that we’re just acquiring people that like and comment on

Steve: so, I’m sorry. So do you always start out like that to get some social proof on the ad before you run it as a conversion ad?

Steve: If we in budget permits not all brands are able to allow us to spend on this but we knew what we had and it’s unbelievable viral ad and so the brand owner and me knowing that some my dollars involved. I knew this was the right path to take with it.

Steve: So, can you provide some guidelines? Like, how long did you run that engagement add before you convert it over?

Nick: The day I lost my conversion can be in the day. I lost my PB

Steve: really? Okay. What’s the rationale for that?

Nick: Well, I didn’t want to spend I didn’t want to spend on I didn’t want to spend on just acquiring people that might just be window Shoppers. I wanted to have the ability to have conversions from day one.

Steve: your PPE Ed also generates conversions. I would imagine, right?

Nick: right not as much as you think if you’re telling Facebook y’all want you to give me engagement. They’re going to give you engagement. They’re not going to yes. I hope that the my ad is good enough. The clicks and likes and comments are cheap enough, but oftentimes of all the money I’ve spent on this like I spent a shit ton of money on this platform and there’s definitely not a time nowadays where I’m running a PPE campaign to get conversions, especially for a product that costs over $100.

Steve: Okay

Nick: Right. Now this Strat this is a strategy. I would have taken the fidgets Spinners back in the day because it was a viral ad and we were able to get more reach so yes, they might not be converting with the amount of shares comments and abilities for us to follow up with those are sitting in purchases too

Steve: I see so this PPE Ad I imagine you only run it for a short period right or do you just keep it going?

Nick: Yeah, you run as long as you want. It’s just too bad that the budget is between five and ten bucks a day. It’s nominal.

Steve: Okay. All right. And is there some sort of guideline you’re trying to hit in terms of social proof?

Nick: I’m not no, there’s no specific on that. I’m trying to go for the more people. I know they can comment Engage The more opportunity that I could have my customer support team reach out. Potentially provide a promo code. So if we if we continue to see engagement stack on the ad, it’s only going to help two different things one relevancy score basement views it as a better piece of content. We might get cheaper delivery cheaper CPMS. But if you’re if you’re running yourself and you’re trying to look at hey, I would like to allocate some engagement budget if you will?

How do I measure this is working check your CPM to CTR. Like if you’re if it’s consistently not moving up or down or if it’s moving up maybe that dollars aren’t worth and just put it back in your conversion campaign. But if you are seeing that your delivery is getting little more little more cost-effective. Your PPE is definitely influencing the fact that you’re hitting better people and having higher engagement higher click those and longer watch times.

Steve: Can you provide some guidelines on what like a good click-through rate is?

Nick: no, but there is there is a video that we did talk about ADA attention interest desire and action if you’re looking at I think it’s your three second impression 3-second video views / Impressions. You want to have that at least 30% you want to have a 30% three-second view rate to Impressions.

Steve: Okay.

Nick: I have one video I just did is in Bangkok is called the Ada calculation, look that one up.

Steve: Okay. I’m just trying to get an idea of which metrics that you’re focusing on especially in the beginning of the campaign when you’re just starting it out for the first time.

Nick: Yeah, again, we’re looking at cart things. I only get paid if I make money so I don’t report on conversion I won’t report on there’s never been a client that asked me how many likes or Falls that I get from that man always be like, so did you make me money? You know, so we look at we look at our average cost per cart. So average cost per cart at prospecting and average cost per cart checkout. And the reason why now, there’s a little bit of variance in this some people run sliding carts or sliding shelf for a check out. So that might be a little bit easier to get you some people do a check out where it automatically pushes you into cart.

So that might assist or my change the value of a cart to you. Those are all correlations that you need to obviously understand. So if I were to give you any jumping off point when you just launched a new creative, first get a baseline on cold traffic going to go prospecting what your average cost per added cart is at profitability, right? If you need a 2X and your average cart is 13 bucks. Like you definitely need to know that that maps to a $26 or that’s like two times as cheap as your cost per purchase, right?

Steve: So in general, do you have some guidelines on what percentage of the add to cart people actually will actually buy the product? I know that varies but

Nick: man I don’t even know I don’t even want to put my name on a guesstimate right here. Okay, because it’s going to vary by industry.

Steve: Well, let me ask you this. Are you optimizing for add two carts in the beginning?

Nick: Never. We don’t optimize radicals because again just like the engagement piece will give you out of carts. And why is it I don’t know. I really don’t understand why but I used to be a really big tactic and strategy that people are using the like hey, you need a quote unquote season your pixel. Brother, I promise you that is not something that we ever need to worry about you go for conversion from day one

Steve: interesting. Yeah.

Nick: Because you your unless you’re only ship with unbelievable strategy on abandoned carts or a text message follow-up. It’s just not going to back out. We’ve run those tests optimized for conversion optimized it for carts. You’ll definitely get cheaper carts. But that gross does not back out.

Steve: All right, so you’re optimizing for conversions and then you’re getting some add to cart numbers here. How do you know what the correlation is from? Add two cards to purchases. How do you make that estimate that you just described earlier?

Nick: Absolutely. So I wish I could pull it up on my computer right now because I have this document. It’s literally a simple correlation document of the average amount of average amount of cost per landing page view. That’s there’s cost per click and then there’s one more step into like actual landing on a product page. now, this is all assuming that they’re dropping onto homepage. Not a product page, or maybe everyone just wanted to a product page, but on average you need to have your metrics of cost Braddock cart to your cost per initiate, check out your cost per purchase. You’re going to get obviously your carts your initiates in your purchase.

It’s needs to be as close as possible to a 25 percent increase from your cart value. To initiate into your purchase. So 25% should be the variance across the entire funnel and if it’s up and down a little bit you’re probably looking at a mixture of cold traffic and warm traffic, but you have to segment those two because they perform significantly different

Steve: interesting. So when you run your campaign, so what is the landing page look like?

Nick: Well typical home page. I have no pride. No preference around this a lot of the brands that we work with unless you’re selling a single product. It’s going to look like a normal home page

Steve: interesting. The reason why I ask is because a lot of people these days are running ads to a I guess a special landing page that just kind of showcases that product like a kind of like a long form sales page. and you know, maybe they might be collecting emails or whatnot on that also, but that one page is kind of like a little mini funnel where they buy there’s upsells that are to that product or whatnot.

Nick: I totally hear you. I think I think there’s you have multiple approaches if you’re a single SKU store. I think that’s smart to pull off. If you have one single hero product and not real not really buying intent for your secondary of support, supporting products that make sense as well. But if you’re if you’re looking to build at least DP remarketing or anything dynamic in terms of remarketing, driving straight to store and allowing them to shop more.

It’s still very very viable option you’re able to fill these buckets of audiences. We do have some brands that run just to a single product funnel. They don’t get the luxury of building or \ letting these people window shop.

Steve: Right

Nick: So but that is a strategy. Maybe we run top of funnel for single products and all the remarketing if they didn’t make a purchase or they fell off too soon. Put it back to your store.

Steve: I’m just curious for the sheet company. It’s that sounds like a single Product Company right the miracle brand?

Nick: correct So they have well they have sheets. They’re betting their pillow cases. They have a bundle So that’s its generally two, you have bedding, you have towels. Okay. So look at the landing page. It’s a dual product landing page, depending where you go from that. It’s going to be a single product.

Steve: Okay. So what is the what is the middle of the funnel look like what type of ads are you running there?

Nick: A lot of social proof. So we have a lot of UGC and we a lot of what we like to call. I don’t want to..

Steve: So UGC stands for user-generated content for those who love you who are listening.

Nick: So we have a lot of user generated content from the demographics that we really care about. So about single guy, a single mother, a mother with a lot of families and older I would say more like a nanny Aunt figure but they’re all communicating the same exact value proposition is that it’s just a different delivery.

Steve: Okay, so you just try to get so these are from purchases. I’m guessing that you’re asking for testimonials and whatnot. And you’re trying to get different demographics.

Nick: Absolutely. That’s I think as soon as we started implementing males talking about the product and adding little bit of humor like guys, you know, you’re not wash your sheets, you know, you don’t have to wash this at all. Like that’s it’s pretty straightforward. But it’s really what needs to be heard.

Steve: So in terms of audiences and we can talk specifically about this sheet company. It seems like sheets apply to everyone right? So, who are you targeting or how are you setting up your audience’s for this?

Nick: I’ll definitely tell you that we’ve moved significantly far away from doing very Niche or micro-targeting. We’re very Broad and everything what I mean by that is the only changes were doing to audiences are going to be the amount of the bids that were actually doing if we’re bidding for AOB or bidding for two AOB on cost cap campaigns. That’s a little bit more like the nerdy media buyer. But I’m definitely not sitting you’re choosing audiences that no one’s ever heard of are stacking audiences that are like 3 or 4 or 12 deep to get one specific audience.

Because Facebook has told us and we’ve seen this the more broad the allow you let the more you allow Facebook to choose who to send this to the better. Now, the changes is whether you’re going to go a look like audience versus just a broad audience broad interest audience. We still do interest testing consistently, but it’s not at not at a tremendous amount of budget. That’s just for to see what we can drum up a little bit of Interest

Steve: interesting. So I imagine for the she company you could probably run that wide open, right?

Nick: Really. We love the brands. We love the products that don’t have to be necessarily explained everybody and that’s applicable like it has a wide appeal wide market. Because we know by our branding, We Know by our price points We Know by the people in our content like we’re going to start segmenting them out. I don’t need an audience to do that for me.

Steve: So for your user generated content, you’re just retargeting back to the homepage or no?

Nick: No, it depends on depends on for this specific product. It would be home page because homepage acts as a collection because there’s only two paths that you can go but generally speaking if we’re running to a product that has for running to a brand that has multi SKUs. We’re dropping the back on the collection or product page depending how the site setup is. What I really hate doing is when I remarked it back to a product page and they don’t have the ability to do any frequently bought with or they’re just stuck on that one product.

Maybe they need to see it. Right that’s all stuff that needs to be tested. But I I just hate running some of that jumped onto a landing some of the jumped on my product page. I put them right back to the product page why you should put him to the cart or you should put it back to a collection because there’s probably other things that they’re looking for. For or maybe they need to Discount specifically just and there’s so many different thought work going through

Steve: So how do Dynamic product ads fall into play then because that kind of violates your premise, right? Because with DPA you’re sending people back to the product

Nick: Right DPA. So if we depending on how you want to structure that store, so we run a lot of our DPA pages of just people that’s Add to the Cart initiate check out and we’re dropping right back to cart. So they had to view product plus added to cart. Where do you drop them back to cart view product plus added cart initiate check out you’re going to put it back to carts. You can’t go to prostrate to check out.

Steve: I see. Okay. So you’re literally dropping them back to the shopping cart page.

Nick: Yeah, because the three going to add it there like now if you’re if you want it. And how segmented you really want to go and how much money you have to spend but that’s the real question because some people aren’t going to need to segment that deep of going I want just home page visitors segmented from collection page visitors section from product page visitors section from add to cart inclusive of initiate check out. Some people don’t have the budget to run through that so what they would end up doing similar what you’re talking about is, okay all people that added a cart that’s a sink. That’s a bucket like that’s a bucket of maybe viewers from Day 1 to 30 put those together.

But if they haven’t added it to cart, let’s just put it right back to the product page. It’s really up to the choice of the how much budget the brand has to spend.

Steve: Okay

Nick: But I do what I do like about product Dynamic product ads, which don’t get talked about often. Is there a brand right now that I’ve been working with called Get Caro, and they’re looking at pulling in like Dynamic creative off of your product page. That isn’t just like that that crappy product on white. So if you’re if you’re To do Dynamic product ads you’re able to pull in a lifestyle image. If you set up your product feed to do so on Facebook.

Steve: I’ve heard about people doing this. They have multiple creatives in their product feed and they can even use GIFs or GIFS, right? Yep. Is that something that you’ve been doing with your brands?

Nick: yeah, we’re running a lot of Lifestyle products. So we have speak speaking specifically on one Posh Peanut, is a baby brand and those the best performing creative is the DPA of Lifestyle images that image is just the one on their product page

Steve: interesting. Okay

Nick: because it think about it right like why would I want to run just a strict protocol white when I can still build that same audience and run a video an image a GIF my own care. So maybe I can create my own Carousel from the collection and run it back to the same audience. Now DP is obviously very effective because it ”dynamically do that for you, but you can still set that up by yourself.”

Steve: Can you run videos? Dynamically?

Nick: You can run. I think it’s a slight. I think they call it slide show. I don’t think it’s streaming video.

Steve, Ah Okay, because I know you can switch up the images and you can use GIFs or I don’t I always screw up it is GIF or GIFs. I don’t know, whatever. When do influencers come into play?

Nick: I think this is I believe influencers in three different type of three different main topics one if your brand that feels as though you’re so congruent with that influencers audience, but you aren’t in that influencers audience and it would be it would make a lot of sense for her to introduce you or him or her sorry him or her to introduce you to the audience. That’s when they come into play. If you have a new product that you want to launch and you don’t necessarily want to live on your site or you know.

You’re like I want I want to launch this with a with some of that proven the space or some of those real authority to speak about the quality of this product and that you yourself going from like I’m the brand look at me look at me and that credibility of that new product launch would that influencer my land a bit better? do that. And also if you just are struggling with getting a bunch of good pieces of content. We’re going to create it for you. In the funnel, if you want me to talk specifically in the funnel, they’re applicable top middle and bottom.

Steve: Okay

Nick: Because provide that social proof of going like hey and let’s be let’s be very specific on influencers. Like I’m not talking the Khloe Kardashian’s and the Kylie’s like I’m talking Cindy Lou from Utah cuz she’s a she’s got a bomb mommy blog and women listen to her and she’s got 50,000 followers.

Steve: So you mentioned that you use this top middle and bottom how do you kind of distinguish because it seems like a lot of people are going to be seeing the same ads then right?

Nick: Well, it kind of depends because if you’re going to get the if you’re going to get content from an influencer, what part of that tells you like? Oh, that’s a hundred percent top of funnel. You don’t know that like you just don’t know when you get that content back. You’re going to give him the brief. You’re going to be like I need you to talk about these main value propositions because this is what are women or men or loving about it or asking about it and you’re not going to get like a clear reason about okay that has to live top of funnel because that’s it’s not true. It’s an absolute and you can’t speak in absolutes and paid social

So something is going to work at minimum bottom of funnel. I’m definitely going to try that top of funnel to see if it convert on new traffic. Everything should be segmented anyways.

Steve: okay

Nick: But if you are wanting to think about this cleanly give them give them three things to talk about. For miracle sheets, We believed that the fact that someone didn’t have to wash it frequently was a really important value proposition. Okay, so we have the influencer speak about just that you didn’t have to wash it and then her life was easier and that that she didn’t have to worry about the smell and the second was, smell and but we didn’t let her go deep into on the first because she’s talking about not watching it. The next was it smelled better for longer. Now, Those are hooks that can A, reinforced why some would buy but it also could convince them initially while they would buy top of funnel. So see there’s two applications on both top and middle funnel

Steve: Okay, and you just have to experiment to see what works.

Nick: I really I know a lot of people when you jump on a podcast We jump on these things that you sees things in absolutes. It kills me because I’ve seen too much and I know for a fact that there’s nothing absolute especially pay social and especially right now, like there’s why are people buying things at their buying right now at a fear? out of boredom? They’re at home. They have more Wi-Fi. There’s so many questions.

Steve: So I remember you saying this at your event, you have to hit you try to hit all the different angles just to see what works all the different hooks right? When you’re when you’re generating your paid ads. Hey, Nick, so if I’m like a six-figure company or a low seven-figure company, like how much money would you feel that you would need to just kind of get gather data on this entire process excluding the creative.

Nick: Excluding the creative. I think if you gave me $15,000 to develop five grand across three clear angles. You can create content for and write specific ads tied to it. Now. I wouldn’t go as deep into making specific landing pages. But if the brand or we have the ability to do that, I think $15,000 will give you enough directional information that you could buy to then invest more or go in that direction.

Steve: Okay. That was kind of like my next question. How do you know whether it’s working or not? I mean

Nick: Yeah, so we have we have two things. So we have a correlation export that shows and this is like our Bible so brand comes into us. We do the same audit of like, okay. First of all, where they where they knee hurting the most in the funnel. Is it top, middle, bottom? Are they even spending that we do our best to not talk to Brands. They’re going like hey, we have this great idea. We want to launch it because we just know that that’s going to be investment that’s going to be at least 30,000 to invest in. They need a website. They need content. We have to test that content. We have to iterate that content just because the price point makes sense.

I digress but there if a Brands coming into me and they go like we already have a great product. We’re making sales on Amazon. We have some great feedback, but we don’t have any own audiences or paid or paid angles that were running. What do we do? Five grand a pop / angle build up top and middle and bottom of what I’m not saying of do full videos, but at least a congruent story with different versions of copy will be enough for you to go like, okay. Does this mother angle work? Does the bats or angle work or does it college angle work? And then from that we kind of develop more content around it.

Steve: Okay. Hey Nick. This is a good lead-in to where can people find you. And what do you do?

Nick: Well, jeez if you guys can see who’s on coming Seller Summit. This is

Steve: ha ha ha.

Nick: This is I am, we are making the trip out here from California to Florida. So we are braving the flight to do so, if not find me on Instagram. I am Nick Shackleford and I am trying to build up the Twitter a little bit but it’s still slows. But I love paid social. This is I wouldn’t do anything. It’s like if I was asked with something that’s more like Nick, when you got all the money in the world. What would you do? Same thing. I just probably would have a nicer computer.

Steve: Hey didn’t even mention Structured Social. Come on.

Nick: I know I know it’s knowing how great your audience is like there’s people are smart enough to find if they wanted so I’ll let you do that talking but if you are interested in what we do, we are at Structured Social just as is and we love what we do. So thank you very much brother.

Steve: Cook, Nick. Thanks. A lot of coming on the show man, really appreciate it.

Nick: Of course. See you soon.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode as I mentioned earlier. Nick was a speaker at my annual e-commerce conference called the Seller Summit and he knows his stuff when it comes to Media buys. Now, I know that I will be listening to this episode again to catch all the little details. For more information about this episode go to my wifequitherjob.com/episode311.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo

I also want to thank PostScript.io which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce with a few clicks of a button. You can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at PostScript.io/Steve. That’s Postscript.io/Steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

310: How To Make Money When You Have No Money With Steve Chou

310: How To Make Money When You Have No Money With Steve Chou

In this episode, I will teach you how to make money with no money in a sustainable way that can eventually lead to a profitable online business.

This tutorial will assume that you are starting from complete scratch with no audience, no connections and no prior business experience at all.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to make your first 1000 dollars without paying a dime
  • The best business model to make money.
  • What you have to do when you have no money to start a business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, one thing that I’ve noticed in the past several months is that many of my solo episodes have actually outperformed my interviews. So going forward, I’m going to try to do a few more solo episodes here and there. So today I’m going to talk about a common question I get asked, which is how to make money when you have no money. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode.

00:27
Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact lists, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce brands like Chubby’s, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following.

00:56
Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get going faster. And it is free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create your free account. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife. Now I also want to thank postscript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list.

01:26
And that is why I am focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing this year. Now, I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward. And I have chosen Postscript.io to be my text provider. Now, why Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:56
Not only that, but it is priced very well too, and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host.

02:25
Steve too.

02:29
Welcome to the MyWifeQuieterJob podcast. Today I’m going to talk about how to make money when you have no money. Now, whenever I get asked for advice on how to start an online business, inevitably the following questions arise. Steve, how can I make money fast? I need money now. Steve, how quickly can I expect to make real money with my business? And Steve, what is the best business model to make money right now? Now your definition of fast may be different, but the general consensus among my readers is that making money within one to three months is pretty darn quick.

02:58
So in any case, I recently sat down and gave these questions some thought. If I were to start all over again from scratch, without an audience, without any connections, without any businesses at all, how would I make $1,000 as quickly as possible? So here’s what I came up with. And here are the assumptions that I making for this tutorial. One, you have at least two hours a day on the weekdays to work on your business, and your weekends are generally free. Two, your goal is to make $1,000 as fast as possible.

03:28
And three, you own a computer and a webcam and four, you have access to the internet. Now, please note that what I’m teaching you today is not about making a thousand dollars doing random odd jobs. So for example, if you do a quick search on the internet for how to make money fast or I need money now, you’ll see a multitude of articles that preach how you can make a couple bucks here and there, delivering food for door dash, driving for Uber, donating your blood, et cetera, et cetera.

03:52
And in fact, there are these places like survey junkie where you can take a couple of surveys, make a couple of dollars immediately, but it will suck up your entire day. And heck, you can even become a sperm donor for cash. But the problem with these making money schemes is that they are not sustainable in the long run and you aren’t building anything of value and it is not a good use of your time. So instead, what I’m going to teach you is how to make a thousand dollars fast using a method that can be scaled into a real business that has the potential to replace your day job income.

04:22
So here’s how I proceed step by step. So step one is to write down what you are good at. Now, in order to get someone to pay you money, you have to be able to provide value in some shape or form. As a result, your first step is to figure out what you are good at. How can you provide a benefit that someone is actually willing to pay for? What can you teach someone that will improve their life? Now, most people get hung up on this step because they don’t believe that they are an expert in any given topic, but this is actually the completely wrong mindset.

04:52
As long as you know significantly more than the person you are teaching or providing value to, then your level of knowledge is probably sufficient. After all, you don’t need to be the foremost expert on any given topic. You just need to be expert enough. So for example, I don’t pretend to know everything about selling online and I’m sure that there are nine or 10 figure e-commerce business owners out there that know more than I do. But my strength is that I’m a good communicator. I can clearly and effectively convey e-commerce concepts to my students.

05:20
and teach them how to start an online business. Now, do I have all the answers? Absolutely not. But I possess more than enough knowledge to teach others how to quickly scale a business to seven figures and beyond. Now, for the purposes of this tutorial, I’m going to pretend that I don’t currently run an online business, so I won’t teach e-commerce, but I do have some other talents up my sleeve. So here are a few topics where I personally feel expert enough to provide value. For example, I can teach basic computer programming. I can teach a blogging class.

05:50
I can teach a fundamentals WordPress course. can teach basic web design. can teach Adobe Photoshop basics. I can teach volleyball fundamentals. I can teach an SAT prep class. I can teach people how to start a podcast. can teach a course on Street Fighter 2. Now looking at this list, am I the de facto expert in any of these topics? And do I have any credentials that justify teaching a course on any of these subjects? Hell no. But I can say that I know a lot more than the average person.

06:19
and can provide tremendous value on these topics for most people. So come up with a list of skills that you are good at and write them down no matter how random they are. So for example, one of my friends devours business books in his spare time. So we decided to summarize his favorite books into a cliff notes type publication that he now makes seven figures selling online. Another friend of mine who is a professional illustrator decided to teach a drawing class and now make six figures. Do not discount any talent or random skill that you possess.

06:49
and write down all of your talents, even if you don’t think people will pay for it. All right. So the next step is to find an audience for your skill. Now, for the purposes of this tutorial, I have chosen to teach others how to use Photoshop as an example of how I would personally make a thousand dollars as quickly as possible. Once you know the skill that you want to spread to the world, the next step is to figure out what aspect of their skill other people might potentially want to pay for. So you want to ask yourself,

07:16
If you were to teach your skill to a specific audience, what benefit would they get out of it? Now, if I to use Photoshop as my example, I wrote down the following ideas. You can learn how to use Photoshop to make high converting images for Amazon sellers. You can learn how to use Photoshop to create Pinterest worthy photos for bloggers. You can learn how to use Photoshop to reach any top influencer, and you can learn how to use Photoshop to create product infographics for e-commerce store owners. Now, once you’ve created a list of benefits,

07:44
think about who might be interested in learning from you. From experience, I also know that Amazon requires all main product photos to have a white background. In addition, Amazon sellers often pay one to $2 per photo to have their images processed by a professional. As a result, Amazon sellers would be a perfect group to market my skillset to. But where can you find Amazon sellers? Where do Amazon sellers hang out? A simple Facebook search reveals a multitude of Amazon groups that you can target.

08:13
So for example, these communities are likely to be interested in my photography content or my Photoshop content, I should say the MyWifeQuarterJob community, Amazon FBA Rockstars, FBA Today. What you want to do is you want to make a list of potential groups that you can market to with your knowledge. Step number three is to sign up for an email provider. So once you have a skill in mind and a group of people you want to target, you should sign up for an email marketing provider like ConvertKit, for example.

08:39
An email marketing provider allows you to gather contact information about your potential customers and easily send marketing messages to them. So if you are a tight budget, then sign up for MailChimp, which is free for up to 2000 contacts. But if you have a little bit more money to spend, then sign up for either Drip or ConvertKit, which are much better solutions. And once you’ve signed up, you want to create a quick and dirty landing page that is hosted by your email marketing provider. So here’s an example landing page that I created in Drip, which took me all of five minutes.

09:09
Now make note of this URL for this landing page because you’ll need it for the next steps. Now the next step is to create a video tutorial demonstrating an aspect of your skill. So after you’ve chosen a skill to market and you have an email marketing landing page set up, it’s time to record a video tutorial and your tutorial should showcase your skills, establish yourself as an authority and entice potential customers to sign up for your email list.

09:34
Now right now the simplest and cheapest way to share a video is by simply hosting it on YouTube or Facebook. Now using my Photoshop example, I would create a detailed tutorial video on how to place a product on a white background for Amazon sellers and upload it to YouTube. Now there are many ways to record your video tutorial. If you are on a tight budget, you can create videos for free using a service called Loom. Alternatively, Windows 10 actually has a built-in screencast software you can use as well.

10:01
or you can simply Google free screencast software and you’ll find a number of recording solutions. Now personally, I use a program called Camtasia to record all my screencast tutorial videos. But regardless of what video recording software you use, you want to make sure to mention in your video that people can receive additional free Photoshop tutorials by signing up for your email list and be sure to link to your email landing page in your YouTube or Facebook video description and display the link at the bottom of your video.

10:30
Now remember the primary goal of this step is to impress the heck out of the people watching and have them sign up for your free email list for additional info. Now the next step is to start posting your video in relevant Facebook groups. Now, once you have your video and landing page ready, the next step is to gather email subscribers. So armed with a list of relevant Facebook groups that we just researched, it’s time to post your tutorial to interested parties. Now, before you start randomly posting your video,

10:56
you must obey the following guidelines so that you don’t come across as overly promotional. So prior to posting your content to any Facebook group, it’s important to ingratiate yourself within the community first. So spend a couple of weeks leaving comments, answering questions, and adding value to this group without asking for anything in return. Then once you’ve established yourself as a helpful member of the community, you can then post your video tutorial to the group. So here is a sample of what I might write on a Facebook group.

11:26
Hey everyone, I really love this group and I want to give back to the community. If you’re tired of paying a company to put your products on a white background, I just put together this quick and dirty video that will teach you how to do this yourself for free. Check it out.

11:40
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that, but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and I could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless, unenforceable trademark.

12:08
Now that is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council. They have a package service called Total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy. Their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other IP protection, such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge Council first and get a free consult.

12:38
For more information, go to emerge council.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a a hundred dollar discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s merged council.com over at EMERGECOUNSEL.com. back to the show.

13:00
So hopefully people will watch your video and sign up for your email list. And then you want to post this video on all relevant Facebook groups and build your list. And you want to rinse and repeat this step as many times as it takes to build your following with different tutorials that you create. Now the next step is to create a course or a service that you can actually charge money for. And if you perform the last step enough times, you should have a decent sized email list. Now remember, it actually doesn’t take a lot of followers to make a thousand dollars.

13:27
And in fact, all you need are a handful of true fans who are willing to pay you money for your knowledge. It is also important to note that you should never be afraid of giving too much information away in these initial video tutorials. After all, the better your free material is, the more people will watch you want to learn from you. In any case, once you’ve built a small following, it’s time to create a flagship course that you can sell to your audience. So using my Photoshop example, I would probably charge around maybe $300 and your price point is going to depend on your audience.

13:57
for a full blown tutorial on how to optimize your images for e-commerce. This course would include live, step-by-step instruction and full email support. Now keep in mind that it’s early on so you don’t have to have the exact details of your curriculum worked out at this point. But if you’ve established yourself as an authority, people will pay just for the privilege of having direct access to you. Now designing a full blown course can be intimidating, but it’s important to note that you don’t need to have your course completely done before you launch.

14:27
In fact, you can develop your course on the fly based on customer input. And this is exactly how I launched my create a profitable online store course back in 2011. I literally sold my class with zero content prepared ahead of time. Now, in case you’re looking for an online store course platform, I actually highly recommend the platform teachable to host your course. They have a hundred percent free plan that you can sign up for, which is great for starting out. Now also keep in mind that if you do not wish to create a course at this time,

14:55
You can actually simply offer your services as a freelancer as well. Now the final step is to give a webinar and launch your class or service to your email list. Now at this point, you should have all the pieces in place. You should have an email list of people interested in your material. You should have the framework for your flagship course set up on teachable or a service that you can sell. You should have a small library of tutorials in your tool belt, either on YouTube or on Facebook. And here is where it’s time to start making money.

15:23
The best way to sell your online course or your service is by giving a live webinar. Now, if giving a live presentation sounds intimidating to you, keep in mind that a live webinar is just a fancy term for a tutorial with an offer, just like the YouTube videos that you’ve been making. Now, just like all the other videos that you’ve been providing up to this point to gather emails, you’re simply just creating another tutorial with an offer to buy your course or your service at the end. So here’s how you should structure your live presentation.

15:52
start with an introduction of yourself and your experience and spend no more than one to three minutes on this. Then you want to provide a detailed step-by-step tutorial and teach like crazy. Do not hold anything back. And the better your tutorial, the more likely that you will generate sales. Then you want to present a discounted offer of your course to the attendees. That is time sensitive. You want to create a sense of urgency to entice people to sign up right now. And then finally, you want to provide some testimonials of your work.

16:22
grab screenshots of comments on the Facebook groups that you posted on and use them as social proof. All right, it’s actually that simple. If you want to see a sample webinar in action, you can sign up for one of mine the next time I give one. And what’s cool is that setting up a webinar does not require any money. And in fact, I currently run monthly webinars using free software online and my setup is basically YouTube Live. Now here’s some average conversion statistics to expect with your webinar based on the information that I compiled with my colleagues.

16:51
Now the average attendance rate for your webinar is about a third of your signups and the average conversion rate of your live attendees is between five to 15%, depending on your offer and your presentation skills. So let’s do a little bit of math, shall we? To make a thousand dollars, you would need about four sales if you charge $300 per course. And if you assume a 10 % conversion rate, that basically means you need about 120 people on your email list, which isn’t a whole lot if you think about it.

17:17
And now here’s actually a real life case study of a student in my class who followed these exact directions and did pretty well with it. And if you’ve read all the steps above, you’re probably thinking to yourself, man, this is a ton of work. However, not only will the strategy make you a thousand dollars in one to three months, but there’s actually a high likelihood that it will lead to a sustainable business that can make you six figures or more. Now, one of the students in my Create a Profitable Online Store course, Ari Chung, followed this exact strategy outlined in this video.

17:46
and made $4,300 with an email list of only 80 people. He had no website. He had no audience before he began. And today he runs a six figure business teaching others how to publish their own picture books. None of this is rocket science. Everyone has a skill that they can teach someone else and you do not need to be an expert to add value. That’s actually the most important concept of this video. You do not need to be expert. You just need to be expert enough.

18:12
So take some time to compile your knowledge into a cohesive structure and start building a following right now and start gathering emails.

18:24
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now a common misconception is that you need money to make money. And I can say that none of my businesses that I’ve ever started required more than $1,000. Now if you don’t have money, you have to make up for it in hustle. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 310. And once again, I want to thank postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next

18:52
big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. also want to thank Clavia, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K L A V I Y O.

19:18
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening. Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.

19:46
My wife quitter job dot com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

309: How My Student Joel Cherrico Makes 6 Figures Selling Pottery Online

309: How My Student Joel Cherrico Makes 6 Figures Selling Pottery Online

Today I’m really happy to have Joel Cherrico on the show. Not only was Joel a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course but he might have been student number 1.

Joel is a potter and he hand creates amazing ceramics of which I have several pieces in my living room. As you know, selling art is probably one of the most difficult products to sell online because you have to create a following in order to command premium pricing.

In this episode, we delve deeply into his story to discover how he turned his art into a thriving business.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Joel got started making pottery
  • How Joel can charge $500 per mug that he sells online
  • How to become famous
  • How to build a following of super fans

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies, they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have a very special guest on the show Joel Cherrico. Now Joel is one of the first students that ever join my create a profitable online store course and after many years of consistent work, he has created a solid six figure business selling his own hand thrown Pottery over at CherricoPottery.com. Here’s how he did it.

But before we begin I want to thank PostScript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward and I have chosen PostScript.io to be my text provider. Now why PostScript? it’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus and not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that it’s priceable too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to PostScript.io/Steve and try it for free. That’s postscript.io/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers, but once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? Well, that’s What Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce Brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact list. Send memorable emails automate key messages and more a lot more and that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce Brands like Chubbies Brooklyn and Livingproof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales enthusiastic word of mouth and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level Klaviyo can help you grow faster and it is free to get started. Visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to create a free account. That’s Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle. So you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast today, I’m really happy to have Joel Cherrico on the show. Now Not only was Joel a student in my create a profitable online store course, but I believe that he was actually student number one or two way back in 2011. In fact, he signed up for the $99 package. The course is a cost 1,700 bucks and that $99 package didn’t include videos or live office hours. There was a it was a no support tier basically but it didn’t last long and so I ended up Upgrading him soon after to the full package.

Anyway, Joel is a Potter and he makes his own amazing Pottery of which I have actually several pieces in my own living room. And as you all know selling art is probably one of the most difficult products to sell online because you have to create a following people buy your products because of you and over the years Joel has created an amazing audience and has done very well. So today we are going to delve deeply into this story and find out exactly how he did it and with that welcome to show Joel. How you doing, man?

Joel: I’m doing great. You know, thanks. Thanks for bringing me on Steve because we go way back. So I really appreciate all your enthusiasm over the years and I think I actually paid, I was going to pay a little more for that course, but your wife talked you into a discount so you’ll have to thank her for me.

Steve: Yeah, when I launched it was only I think was $99 to the cheapest one and it was $299 for the most expensive one.

Joel: Yeah, I think I’m ready to do some pottery or something for you.

Steve: I think so. I think that’s what it was because at the time you had no money at all if I recall.

Joel: yeah. Oh, yeah for a few years. I was I was really bootstrapped. I was I was basically just living as a not quite a starving artist because I traded a lot of pottery for food, but it was it was tough for a couple of years while I really refined my craft and more importantly when it comes to the internet figuring out proper how to be a proper business person online with art. That’s a that’s a unique challenge so it took a few years, but it’s going pretty well now.

Stwvw: So how did you get started with pottery and what made you decide to start like an online business selling it?

Joel: well When I was 18 for whatever reason I got to college and I was pre-med and I had all these big dreams of becoming a doctor but there’s one problem. I was getting terrible grades in my biology, chemistry. I was getting D’s and F’s and I just hated it too. It’s really struggling and I had taken some pottery in high school. I made about a hundred pieces of pottery and I won an award from for my high school graduating class for pottery. So I knew I was pretty good at it. But I was like, haha how am I going to make a living doing this but for whatever reason I decided that I was going to switch to Art.

So I studied art for four years and right away. I decided I wanted to figure out how to make a living as a Potter. I knew some people did this and it there was you know, people were College professors some people sold Pottery. So I spent four years in college treating that like a pottery apprenticeship really intense working as much as I could. Just trying to get out of all my classes and be on the pottery wheel to refine the craft. With my senior year I knew I had to make a living somehow. So I took some business classes and noticed really quickly the unlimited potential of the internet and reaching people globally and trying to figure out how to pack and ship something fragile took another few years, but it’s been about 15 years of trying to do Pottery full-time.

About 10 years as an actual LLC business and it’s finally started to take off a few years ago some major things happened. And now it’s a prospering business with some employees and we’re looking to expand into a lot of different Avenues.

Steve: That’s awesome. And I have to thank your dad for introducing us. How the heck did he find me actually was it random?

Joel: It was it was probably Google searching. He’s probably just worried about his artist son.

Steve: Yeah

Joel: You know, I give him a business plan. That was I don’t know 90 pages long and rambling about all these ways to make money and he probably was just trying. He’s probably just trying to do the same himself and I’m pretty sure he found you Google searching somehow.

Steve: Yeah, I mean you got cool parents to to be so supportive of your business, you know, I got to hand it to them, hand it to your parents.

Joel: Yeah. My mom was always big in the music people always ask me if my parents did pottery and none they never did. I mean, my mom was a nurse but loved supporting trying to get us into into the Arts and Music and I want a lot of awards and trumpet early on which people Really know about but I had a lot of skill and it’s strange that that transferred into a different art form completely and my dad was he worked for IBM is whole life. So for them to be supportive in something like Pottery, I think they knew that because I’d had so many successes and awards that it was something real.

It wasn’t it wasn’t something that I was just wanted to do only because I was passionate about it. There was a real purpose there and that finally started to it took a few years there were some rough years. But it’s been prosperous long term.

Steve: So how did you know that you could actually make a business out of this where there are other with there a bunch of Potters that you kind of looked up to that we’re making a full-time living doing this?

Joel: you know, it’s rare it’s rare, but I pieced together some of the best parts that I saw from not, First It was Potters but later it was other entrepreneurs when I started actually reading business books right around the time that I took your course and the year or two after that, so It was it was one Potter who I saw she had some mugs on her website and they were eighty two dollars each and I remember thinking man a coffee mug for $82 that seems like I knew I could make a lot of coffee mugs. Like I can hand craft a lot of these things and I just I wanted to bridge that gap of finding out how someone her name is Ayumi Horry and she’s still

Steve: That sounds familiar. I remember looking at her website, yeah

Joel: I probably was just obsessed with her back then and I’ve reached out to her a little bit and she’s a she’s a professional in our field but I saw those her pot sell immediately when she would send a simple email to her mailing list a couple years later after I’ve read a lot of business books. I tried to I was inspired by Tim Ferriss his real world MBA and tried to give myself enough knowledge that it would be like if I had gone to business grad school. So he says something in one of his books that great marketing works the first time and that’s really what I saw in Ayumi’s work it was.

Not just I mean it’s marketing you could call it that but if something more it was a way it was a key to something that could be a livelihood.

Steve: So how did you get your name out there? Because I know that you sell out every time now to and I’m actually on your email list. Yeah, thank you for initial strategy for just building awareness. I guess for what you do?

Joel: Well, I tried a lot of different things and honestly, I sold mostly locally for the first few years and I needed that time to to see how people reacted to the work in person. Most importantly I would throw pots in front of people. I demonstrate my craft. So when Facebook live was created when Periscope was created and even YouTube you can live stream that wasn’t around in 2010. So these when these Technologies happened I had the skills to translate that on the internet. I I now have a film studio. It’s a space we devote only to basically me performing Pottery throwing demonstrations on video.

Combine that with the fact that it’s live and that now we have all these Tools mailing lists giveaway software. All these ways to reach people are our email list is tens of thousands of people now, so the tools on the internet. Just yesterday, there were a few thousand people in my studio that could never happen in person, but thanks to a simple video. There can be a hundred people in my studio at a single time and that really does translate into a lot more people wanting to buy your art.

Steve: So walk us through the process here. So up until those Technologies you were just kind of doing local throwing and maybe Live Throwing and getting some business that way but once these live Technologies came out, can you walk me through how you got started there?

Joel: Yeah, it’s pretty simple. I just opened it. I bought a smartphone and I downloaded Periscope and I put it I put it on a tripod and I just clicked live and I literally just I started one fan at a time. We all start with 0 followers. When the mailing list started. I think when I was taking your course, it was three or four hundred people and I literally just I started slowly and steadily and I explored every online tool available every option one of the Biggest influences on my on the tools I use is an author named Ryan Holiday. Are you familiar with Ryan

Steve: Yeah, of course. Of course. Yeah.

Joel: So I’ve read all his books. I’ve met him a couple times. He actually owns few pieces of my Arts. So he’s got one on his kitchen table which kind of blew my mind because it’s a kind of a big piece and though the first book he wrote it start. It’s it’s it’s an easy read as short. It’s quick and it’s all about getting started short and quick and start with a mailing list of 300 people who who you know, and I’ve learned that the best way to promote your work is often a give it away for free. So through giveaways through a free email newsletter when you’re making a type of especially coffee mug, most of what I do is coffee mugs. That’s just beautiful and people really connect with it.

I mean, that’s how I’ve connected with people like Ryan and Tim Ferriss. He owns a couple pieces. It’s not because they bought my work it’s because I mailed it off to them for free. There’s Is a huge piece of Mind in Neil deGrasse Tyson’s office right now because

Steve: That’s awesome.

Joel: I mailed stuff off to him for free and that developed into a business relationship.

Steve: I know you got mentioned on the Tim Ferriss podcast was that after you gave him one of them?

Joel: So I basically, Yeah. I asked if I could send him some things the cosmic mug was inspired by his Muse concept combining that with the he has a concept called The Muse in the 4-Hour workweek his first book. That’s that’s what bird the cosmic mug, so he He has the one of the very first ones that popped up and I’ve been in in contact with his assistants numerous assistance over the years and we’ve never decided on any kind of collaboration really but it’s you know, he just interviewed Neil deGrasse Tyson like a month ago. So it’s amazing that you start to see these connections and it’s really just putting pieces of the puzzle together.

Steve: Where would you say was like the inflection point like you’re grinding you’re grinding you’re building up your scriber list one subscribe to a time. What was the Tipping Point?

Joel: You know, it’s funny you say that because in 2015, I was I read that book two or three times by Malcolm Gladwell Tipping Point. I was obsessed with it and I can think of a few a few times when that lime light comes on you and then and then it goes away. So one major one was when I decided to turn the cosmic mug into a Kickstarter because that was the best tool at the time. For for putting it out into the world. So in one month this one type of coffee mug raised I we had $25,000 goal and it raised $34,000 and we shipped them to 16 different countries. So that was a nice success and validated the idea. It wasn’t massive but it was it was enough to say okay. There’s really something here and then a couple months later.

Steve: How did you market the Kickstarter because you have to kind of see it yourself with your own audience

Joel: Totally. Totally it was a building it. I spent about a year researching taking that Muse concept from the 4-Hour workweek and researching Kickstarter projects. I took another course actually. It’s by his name is Klay Abear and he studied with Seth

Steve: I know Klay abear. Yeah

Joel: That’s awesome.

Steve: Yeah, we’re going to Mastermind together. I love that guy, yeah.

Joel: Yeah. Well, so I’ll so after I studied with you. I basically studied with Klay specific to Kickstarter and that investment paid off obviously. So so the the kickstarter was a yeah, I it was a slow building I was Klay was big on build your list. So I was building the list by giving away free Cosmic mugs and letting people sign up for free when they wanted the chant when they wanted one to buy. So the kickstarter was a chance for them to get one at a discounts as their high-end mugs are kind of expensive and

Steve: How did you and more to just continue to give him away because shipping is kind of expensive too right?

Joel: Oh, yeah. These are clay, fragile pieces of pottery. If you drop it, it’s going to break. So I was still at farmer’s markets. I was still at art shows grinding it out. That I was still selling a little bit of pottery online and educating my customers on why you know how to how to make it affordable for shipping and why it needs to be a certain price for shipping. I was still figuring that out and I just I just did it. I saw it all is investing in the business. I just that’s the best you can spend $100 on a Facebook ad or you could give away a couple mugs. And I think the value of giving away your art your art what you make if it’s good is always your best marketing.

Steve: So, you had that Kickstarter which was successful and that I imagine built your list even further and then when did The Guinness Book of World Records? When did that fall into place?

Joel: About three months after that? So, I took that the Kickstarter money. I basically… I use that money to figure out the next step. It wasn’t enough to really build a Pottery Studio, you know that 34 thousand dollars sounds like a lot of money in a single month, but I had to create pack and ship a thousand pieces of pottery.

Steve: That’s crazy.

Joel: Yeah costs over 20 grand and I think I pay yourself. So, I was still scraping by, but I decided you know what, I like to. I was single I was just living in a little apartment. I was like, you know what I’m going to keep… I’m going to keep exploring what I want to explore so I had been practicing for the Guinness World Records title for its “Most Pots Thrown in One Hour by an Individual” Throwing pottery means twisting Pottery on a wheel and so I decided I was going to practice and I spent about a year practicing but after the Kickstarter I spent… I took a whole month and I was like I was training for a marathon five or six hours a day because I was doing on my kick wheel. There’s another record now, it’s someone else has it but they did it on an electric wheel.

Steve: That’s cheating.

Joel: Yeah, so I was I was kicking the wheel to do it and the previous record holder did a hundred and fifty on an electric wheel and so I hired a couple students to film the whole thing, and I did it on public space and I got it on my first try I made a hundred and fifty-nine. So, I beat it in an hour and you can find that on YouTube. It’s pretty cool to watch.

Steve: You probably have to be in shape to do that to right? For an hour like physically in shape?

Joel: It was excruciating. Yeah. I was just dripping sweat and is one pot every 24 seconds for an hour straight. I had no idea if I could do it so that that was the first kind of made that was a Tipping Point. You could say it was a nice piece of publicity Guinness World Records actually came to the town where I’m at in interviewed me after that, so it had a long effect of nice publicity.

Steve: So did it generate any sales as a result of that or?

Joel: I mean, it’s still generating.

Steve: Oh really okay. Okay

Joel: It’s hard to calculate it’s not something that it that’s trackable like a Facebook ad. But but it’s I mean the fact that we’re talking about it right now means it was a milestone that was really important for showing me what’s possible. Well with zero budget.

Steve: Okay. Okay. And so you got in the Guinness Book of World Records that sent you some some traffic, I guess in some sales was that enough to sustain a living at that point?

Joel: still wasn’t, no. No. I was still showing locally. I was probably up to maybe 30 or 40 percent of of my Pottery entering the world through the internet people, you know, people were still kind of The tools may not have been ready or I may not have been ready. But basically once I started to do video and embrace video, especially live streaming video, Facebook live, Periscope when Guinness World Records came, we did a Facebook live video. And so I spent an hour with Guinness World Records with them at they had the microphone and I was throwing Pottery talking about the record and 300,000 people watched that

Steve: Oh three hundred thousand. Wow

Joel: Yeah more than that and then I Videos on my own and a couple of them were watched by over a million people.

Steve: Wow. Okay. This is like Facebook live or what is this?

Joel: It was all Facebook live, Periscope didn’t have nearly as high of a reach for whatever reason my fans want to hang out on Facebook.

Steve: And so I’m sorry you had a million people live?

Joel: Numerous times. I’ve had a couple million when I’ve livestream on what I do is I’d live stream on other pages on Facebook that this kind of hippie Pages once called expanded Consciousness and two million people watched me in an evening throw pottery and then I would just do it on my own my CherricoPottery page and 200,000 would watch.

Steve: Wow!

Joel: I think that was something when it was new there’s we were obsessed with the new because now I do I do a scheduled video schedule about 10 every single month and they’re watched by an average of five to ten thousand people each so it goes up and down.

Steve: No, but I mean that’s still a lot. So when you do it on someone else’s page, Imagine you have to ask for permission and everything, right?

Joel: Yeah. I connected with those pages the same way. I connected with Neil deGrasse Tyson and Tim Ferriss initially. I just messaged them or email them or said hey, would you like a free piece of pottery or with throwing this Pottery serve your fans? I think, you know people seem to like it maybe they would like to see it and they would just say sure and I would live stream for a couple hours. I would try to be professional. I ended up building a professional live streaming Studio, which is pretty simple it’s just a pottery wheel with a curtain in the background, space technology.

Steve: Right. Right. So when you get all those people like a couple million people watching you live. I imagine you just your sales go Bonkers, right?

Joel: So the biggest difference between all of your fans who are listening and what I do is most businesses have a scalable product in quantity. I knew from day one that my hands can only make so many pots and sure I can hire a bunch of potters and I still might but that’s not why people want to support the art. That’s not why they’re part of this journey and following my story. It’s because they want to connect with an artist and they want to connect with something that I’ve crafted. So what I did was I made more intricate art. I made more valuable art.

I made one offs that were more rare and then a grouping of a hundred that are simpler. So I’ll have a $50 mug and I would have a $500 mug and that’s how it works to this day.

Steve: I see and so do you make any of the less expensive mugs anymore or

Joel: oh, yeah, but they they don’t stay in stock. So that the problem is they sell out especially with it’s a mug with a handle because I make plates, bowls, all kinds of things but there’s something magical about a mug and I can’t keep them in stock for 50 or 60 or $70. So are five hundred dollar ones. I’ve got a lot of those in stock right now and then Two to three hundred dollar ones fewer of those and anything below $100 tends to sell too quickly for me to keep it in stock. And that’s been sustainable for now. I want to offer lower-priced things, but I’ve got a few challenges to figure out before we’re able to do that.

Steve: Yeah, but if your hand making everything I can imagine that price point being worth it.

Joel: It’s not responsible for an artist to have really low prices and struggle to make a living.

Steve: Yeah

Joel: I did that man. I spent five years doing that after college. So I tried and I loved it while I was doing it that time is over and at some point if you’re going to make a living as an artist, you need to raise the quality of your work and then raise your prices and take the criticism that’s going to come with.

Steve: Does that mean that every single one of your pieces is completely unique every time you make it?

Joel: Yep. Yep. There’s it’s impossible for them to be identical which is part of the magic of clay.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: So when you want to do one of those lives, I would imagine even the more expensive pieces sell out right when you have that many people on?

Joel: So so that was happening back when you write when Guinness World Records happened and I was getting millions and millions of views. That’s what was happening. So what I did was I it was gut wrenching at first, but I raised all my prices and then I raised him again and then I raised him again. So the $25 mug went to 45 and I added a layer of glaze Is then I went to 85 then it went to a hundred and twenty-five for a coffee mug and I added multiple layers of glaze with brighter colors and I tried to communicate that intricacy. So the ones that are $500 if they take ten times as long to make than a $50 mug. That’s why they’re worth the price.

Steve: I see did people Flinch when that happen when you started raising prices?

Joel: People will still Flinch, two things happens people got really upset and flinched and the mug sold out.

Steve: Yeah, so would you say that those aren’t your Target customers in the first place? Then? I mean your true fans are the ones that are willing to pay the price for Quality.

Joel: Yeah, I wrote an article for the American craft Council called the search for 1,000 true fans and it was inspired by this article by Kevin Kelly. It was a one of the founders of Wired Magazine. Have you heard of this article before?

Steve: I haven’t read the article, but I mean a thousand true fans. That’s a well-known. Yeah.

Joel: Yeah, and so the idea is if you can sell a product for $100 and I know these coffee mugs $100 per mug this was this was largely inspired by me my own selfish. How do I how can I do this? How can I make a living? So I’m kind of forgetting your question. I’m not hoping I rambling here.

Steve: No, no, no. It’s just basically when you raise your prices people flinched and then I started talking about. Hey, those weren’t your true customers or your true fans.

Joel: Okay, that’s yeah. Yeah, yeah, so they I want to I need to give them a chance to be because some people are on fixed income. It’s when people watch these Facebook live videos, I get the I get feedback that it feels like what Mr. Rogers got on public television. It feels like what Bob Ross and The Joy of Painting these Public Television TV shows that’s our social media now people say your videos are theraputic. I have PTSD in this has helped me through so many dark times, you know, I poured my heart and soul into these things for two hours straight.

I’m throwing Pottery. So if they can’t afford a mug for more than $30, I’m trying I need to meet them where they’re at because that’s the bulk of the people to so I try to understand try to see that the frustration is largely coming from they want to be a true fan and the vast majority of people can’t afford that which is why which is why I added a lot more ways to you know, we have a subscription model now for five dollars and nine dollars a month and I’m also adding some lower end products

Steve: interesting. What do you what do you get for that subscription?

Joel: So there’s there’s a I think just over 400 people now on patreon who are supporting us at $5 a month, nine dollars a month, and $24 a month.

Steve: Do you put out bonus content for these folks?

Joel: it started that way and it’s evolved into basically a pottery Option so at $24 a month, they get a moon mug that’s worth $500. And I also send them a cosmic mug and a cup and an educational brochure pack and they do get bonus content. So

Steve: so that sounds like a great deal.

Joel: Yeah, so that’s that’s what subscription models are tough. Right? So yeah, that’s it needed to be. So you know.

Steve: so you’re limited obviously by the number of pieces that you can make in any given month and so these subscription Has that you’re talking about wouldn’t it be and I guess maybe money isn’t the primary motivation for everything but wouldn’t it be more economical or useful for your time to just produce the higher end mugs and maybe a smaller quantity of the loan ones. It seems like you are at $25 a month and you’re giving away a $500 mug. It seems like a huge bargain. Right?

Joel: Well, yeah, it takes them a year to get that so they have to stay committed. So there’s a lot of trust on them to every month

Steve: I see.

Joel: Until they get that mug stay subscribed.

Steve: Got it.

Joel: But also, you know one of the best feelings in the world is when you raise prices on your art and someone believes you and they buy it. One of the worst feelings of world in the world is when you raise prices and you hear crickets and nobody buys it and they’re supportive and so it’s not like it always works. I have I am I mean I have hundreds of thousands of dollars of retail value Potter three-foot jars. I have hundreds of pieces in storage, platters, wall platters jars that don’t sell so it’s important to meet your fans where they are and it’s also why like I said, I’m building a business relationship with Neil deGrasse Tyson because he lives in New York City.

He has his own TV show in National Geographic and New York City’s the art capital of the world. So right now, I’m he gave me some homework to find a gallery to come see the art that he has so we are exploring that high-end that high-end, Ultra high-end Ceramics, and but I’m also planning to travel to China to explore having some products made their.

Steve: let’s talk about that. How would that work? If people are buying these pots because of you then how would this whole Outsourcing to China? It just seems like it would be a huge negative.

Joel: Totally. Yeah. I really I wanted I want to come on this podcast to get your opinion on that Steve because that was the credit. That was the overwhelming feedback. I got when I had some pieces designed and launched them to our fans it started off really negative, but Is a reason that porcelain Ceramics are called Fine China, the Chinese have been doing it for two thousand years and the specific type of pottery I make this black Pottery that’s inspired by outer space. The cosmic mugs. That is a Chinese glaze from about a thousand years ago the Song Dynasty.

So it might not be the best idea to have everything every product you’re doing made in China but something if I were to have these made in Italy made in Germany, The quality would be lower and that it’s the Chinese have they know porcelain. They’re, I think over 700 porcelain factories in China and I’m doing it because I believe that the quality will be highest and that we can figure out how to keep the price low the quality high and have deep respect for Humanity and the environment.

Steve: So for these ones that you are getting from China, do you put your own personal spin on it somehow?

Joel: Well, I’m acting as a designer. So I’m learning I’ve been doing this for less than a year. Next week 400 mugs are coming, so we’ve ordered multiple batches and they’ve all sold out at about 36 dollars each

Steve: Nice.

Joel: Every one. So I’m slowly scaling up. And yeah, it’s a glaze that it’s a shape based on my mug, but it feels it feels remarkably different. You said earlier that you know, everyone is unique because my hand touches it. These ones are all the same the shape is all identical because they’re made with molds. They’re made with porcelain poured into molds their factory made but it’s funny because who works in factories.

I mean, it’s still people is still hundreds of people who are who are handling these pots and there are little smudges. The glaze is remarkably unique. So we developed a glaze that is so complicated that every one of the Chinese mugs is also an individual unique mug because of the glaze not the shape. Does that make sense?

Steve: Yeah, yeah, absolutely. You know, I guess the model that you’re taking is a model that a whole bunch of I guess clothing makers and that sort of thing have taken also, right. They have their own original pieces that they sell for a lot and then they also have you know, mass-produced pieces that they sell at a much cheaper price. I guess the only thing to get over like it would be different is if you had like a team of apprentices who studied under you and we’re producing these pots that I feel like that would be a little bit more meaningful from a customer standpoint. But if what you’re doing is working then that is a way to scale your business.

Joel: Yeah, we were hiring in a month or two. We plan to hire our second full-time employee. My wife and I are the only two full-time employees now, but we could use some help and we’re considering whether it’s going to be an apprenticeship model or something more like, there’s this great book called The e-myth Revisited and Talk about oddly enough. They talk about McDonald’s in that book and it was a it was hard for me to read it first. But I’ve since read at a few different times and it’s like well, yeah, why is why is McDonald’s been around for 50 years and why can any high school kid figure that out.

So we might hire a prentices we might hire just some local workers and some friends high school kids. Yeah, we’re navigating that but I see what you’re saying in terms of the meaningful purchase. I believe I could probably make make I make about three to four thousand pots a year. I can probably push that up to five or six thousand with a little bit of help.

Steve: Yeah, definitely and your wife sounds really understanding as well. So she doesn’t she works full-time in your Pottery business?

Joel: Yeah. She has a graduate degree as a Montessori school teacher and she had she was just finishing that up when we started dating, but she originally studied art we both spent four years of our college education studying art. That’s what we’re passionate about. So when business started to take off and we finally passed that six-figure Mark and then almost doubled our goal and businesses continue to grow. I just I knew I needed to hire so we try to spend every day doing what we want to do making art. A lot of what we do is still the tedious handcraft that we’re plan to hire some help for but her craft is actually making paper by hands not Pottery by trade. So we’ve sold a lot of her paper products now to our fans.

Steve: Interesting. Wow, that’s cool. Joel like I get a lot of people who are artists and they come to me whether and asked me like how do they start an eCommerce store and do essentially what you’ve done. What would be your best advice to these folks?

Joel: Well the art always comes first.

Steve: Okay

Joel: You always have to make the art first and Aesthetics and why you’re making your art and the objects you’re making that’s always most important, but if you can’t figure out the financial and the economics of it then it’s like fuel for a rocket ship. Okay. This isn’t just the this isn’t just the nihilistic pursuit of Rocket Fuel. Okay, but you’re not going to get off the launch pad without it. Like what we want to do is explore, you launch a rocket to go explore because you want to explore what’s out what’s in the far beyond that’s what business is. That’s what a venture is when you’re starting a business.

But Rocket Fuel is essential and money is rocket fuel. And most artists we you know, we all we all assumed that people want to in like they know like what we make but you need to make something people want you to start with a humble mindset that nobody cares, you saw when I was struggling to sell $25 mugs and they would just sit there is no nobody cares. You need to start with a humble mindset and it’s your responsibility to educate and attract people to your story of why what you’re making matters. And if people aren’t attracted to it, then maybe you need to make something else.

Steve: You know, it’s funny. Joel is when you before we actually spoke, I remember looking at your mugs and I was like, okay great. These are nice mugs. I hadn’t seen one. I only saw it on your website, but it was after we had our first Skype chat and just talking to you like your products instantly became like thousands of times more attractive and for you to you know, I what I was thinking you were going to say was put yourself out there and start creating videos. And like get built a following get people attracted to your personality. And then anything that you’ll make will eventually sell. Do you feel that way?

Joel: I feel like that’s a trap. I feel like social media and Trends push us to think that’s most important. But in reality the only type of success and Prestige and money that come are the type that are slow and built over long long periods of time. So I understand that Fame and putting yourself out there that is really important, but that just that was something that not only came natural to me. I actually have a big problem with ego. I tend to just put myself out way too much when I when and when I decided to you know what I’m just gonna let the art speak. I’m going to shut my mouth. I’m going to focus on the Arts.

I suppress my ego as much as I could. I still talk, I love to talk so I still end up talking about it, but the objects themselves became truly remarkable the physical act of making them turned into a Guinness World Record

Steve: Hmm, that is so Interesting

Joel: I think that yes. Isn’t too much. Yeah, too many of us start with I’m afraid to put myself out there when the real problem is. I’m afraid to make something people want.

Steve: Interesting, were there any times when you are tempted to kind of sell out and just because you needed the money and you knew you could make more money by doing things a certain way that you wouldn’t necessarily be your style. Does that make sense?

Joel: Yeah, but I it does but it doesn’t. And what you mean by sell out, like what can you define that you mean by sell out? It’s so it’s tough for me because I this is a question I’ve gotten often from people like you people who are

Steve: I’m not an artist. So yeah

Joel: no no, but your I consider you one of my mentors Steve you were you seen so much my early career and my Pottery Professor. He’s kind of my Mr. Miyagi told me to whack taught me to wax on wax off. I use his pottery wheel. He asked me that once too and I’m not sure if there’s a clear answer to it because when you’re a business person your job is to I mean, 95% of my art enters the world through sales on the Internet. It’s shipped directly to people’s doorsteps, So when we having a low month and I need to lower prices on a $500 Moon mug and sell it for 200 at you know, Black Friday price sales, I do it.

And I’ve always noticed that people are happy to get the discount they understand that sales happen in short periods of times and I’ve just tried to take that take the free-market jungle for what it is that the business is going to tell you what it needs customers are going to tell you what they need and you have to meet them when they where they are if they can’t afford a 200 dollar coffee mug, then sometimes you’re going to have to lower your prices. You can raise your prices and you have to lower your prices sometimes and try to be honest and respectful throughout the entire process.

Steve: I guess I wasn’t talking in terms of pricing. So let’s say your audience wanted a certain type of mug, but that’s not the type of mug that reflects your style. Would you go ahead and make that mug if you need the money, you understand what I’m saying like the customers dictate might not necessarily be your art style.

Joel: Yeah, I see what you’re saying. So everybody wants a mug with their name on it. That’s I get asked that every single video, you know thousands of times so fortunately, I think I’ve creative enough variety Mountain mugs, Moon mugs this Nuka glaze. I have a iron Brown and a cobalt blue and there’s three different styles of moon mugs and a Neptune mug and a spiral Cosmic mug and a lunar I could go on and on so because so I when I asked I answered that question to them with variety, there’s such a variety of a body of work a catalog that I make that I say no to I can say no to a hundred percent of the commission request that come in because I’ve created a more profitable catalog that people like more than some tacky mug with their name carved in the side that they want to pay $20 for.

Steve: Okay.

Joel: Does that make sense?

Steve: Yeah, it does. Yeah. So you mentioned focusing on your art and making the art stand out as a reason to buy it. But even if your artist Superior, it’s not no one’s going to buy it unless they know it’s around right? So it seems like you also need to always put yourself out there in addition to, you know perfecting your art form, right?

Joel: Oh definitely.

Steve: So for someone just starting out. Would you say that building that audience first is what will make the whole art selling experience a lot easier or would you perfect the art and then build the audience?

Joel: Well, I guess I just like to share as much as I can about what I did and what I did was perfect the art first.

Steve: Okay.

Joel: So it was through high school that I made about a hundred pots and then through college I spent four years and I don’t want to say I didn’t sell anything. Because I sold about $5,000 worth of pottery during college at the bus stop. So I was learning how to make things people want and I was putting myself out there performing Pottery demonstrations. I’m so I was doing both but I think if you if you focus too much on creating contents and putting yourself out there. You end up just like everyone else as opposed to with where’s your magic?

What’s special about you and if it is the art if you can make art that’s truly remarkable that I did that to me that feels more powerful in my gut and I feel like if you’re just doing things for clicks for likes for metrics before you perfect something that’s worthy of those clicks and like some metrics then I just didn’t do that. Like I’m not Gary Vee, you know

Steve: Yeah of course.

Joel: I can only I can only talk so much before I have to let the art speak for me

Steve: Right. Okay, cool, Joel. We’ve been chatting for quite a while and I wanted everyone out there listening to get a chance to see your works. So where can people find you, where can they buy your pottery?

Joel: Yeah. Thank you. So, my name is Joel Cherrico and cherricopottery.com. Cherrico is C H E R R I C O —- and if you Google that all kinds of stuff will show up. I make the moon mugs in the cosmic mugs that will probably show up in Google and on Facebook. The best way to watch is really on Facebook because I really like I let you into my studio and we just hang out while I throw Pottery. But yeah, we do we do everything we can to spread the word. We have the mailing list where we give away free Pottery every single month the cosmic mug, cosmicmugs.com is what our bestseller is. It’s what people seem to gravitate towards most. Just so we built a whole website just devoted to that.

Steve: What was the rationale for that?

Joel: You know, it’s funny all these people that I’ve connected with. I’m actually a client of Ryan Holiday and all that means is we had a phone call after I read so many of his books and wrote a blog post about how his work inspired me and we talked for an hour about how to make this profitable because I was really struggling it was post Kickstarter. So there was supposed to Guinness World Records we had evidence that there was something real but I was struggling with sales, online sales and he said why don’t you build Cosmicmugs.com and figure out what does it cost to sell a cosmic mug with a Facebook ad is it $5.00? Is it $10?

Like wouldn’t that just like accomplish all these things you want to do anyway, if you just built a real business instead of chased Fame and New York City and all these things like that stuff can come later. But why don’t you just build a real business in the meantime, so it was a It was hundreds of hours of work through our websites, hiring student workers to help Consulting with some of the best in the world and trial and error lots and lots of trial and error of how to properly serve people with a coffee mug shipping it to their doorstep that they can purchase from anywhere on the planet.

Steve: Why not create a dedicated landing page on Cherrico Pottery?

Joel: So I did a landing page before the kickstarter to collect email addresses, but Right now we’re more focused on sustainable monthly Revenue. So cosmic mugs are available every day. And there are some email signup tools.

Steve: Oh I see. Cool

Joel: We use Bigcommerce still so if people aren’t ready to buy $100 coffee mug, we say go sign up for e-mail newsletter list and you might get a chance you can we give them away every month. So we’ll announce a giveaway and then we can email market. So we send we can email Market to people every month we and if a certain style like a $50 mug is sold out we can just email them and let them know that the less expensive ones are available. So we use Sumo email signup tools and all three of our websites. They all kind of look like one website, but there are three different websites two Big Commerce websites, one WordPress website where two out of the three people can actually purchase through Bigcommerce. And then one is a Blog all of them have email signups. So I didn’t see the need for a landing page now that we have the email signups.

Steve: Oh, I meant instead of starting Cosmic Pottery or Cosmicmugs.com and just use CherricoPottery.

Joel: Yeah. Yeah. It was a hassle to build a second and website, right? That was I’m still trying to understand that strategy myself, but The Branding has raised sales.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, I can imagine if you want higher rank for Cosmic mugs, which is your thing. That would probably be the best way to have like a focus marketing effort if that’s your best seller. Yeah.

Joel: So I know you drove home early on the importance of backlinks the importance of showing up in Google and I still don’t completely understand that but what I do understand is that when you focus whether it’s on marketing or on products or on building traffic that focus is extremely powerful and the cosmic mug is about focusing all of this story into one coffee mug.

Steve: Cool.

Joel: And that’s worked.

Steve: Where can people find you on patreon. And what do you offer on patreon?

Joel: Yeah, everything whether it’s Instagram, patreon all that is CherricoPottery. Patreon, we give you the live video schedule so many People ask when they see me making pottery. They’re like, oh I want to learn to do that. So they asked you to teach classes. Do you let us visit all these things. So I created an educational brochure pack. It’s a bunch of different Flyers essentially, but I catered each one to something specific to the pottery process. So if they join it’s five dollars a month is our lowest tier on patreon and we mail it out right away. So we send it out with a piece of Siena’s paper art. Actually. It’s a lot easier to ship paper than Pottery. Right?

Steve: That’s cool. Yeah

Joel: So, patreon, Chericco Pottery and then at nine dollars a month we give them a discounted deal on the cosmic mug and higher than that’s the moon mug and yeah it’s been growing every month it’s relatively new I think it’s a coming up on the two-year Mark

Steve: Cool awesome, awesome I just wanted to give the audience every possible way to follow you and support you.

Joel: Yeah I appreciate that man you’ve been a big help and I’m really happy that we could connect again it’s been a while.

Steve: It has been a while and I’m really happy that you’re doing so well and it just makes me really just makes me really happy, really.

Joel: Cheers man, well you’ll have to experience the new art so be sure to send me your address when this is done I’d like to mail a

Steve: No, I’ll buy one dude yeah I’ll buy one.

Joel: You can you promise me you’ll buy one but right now we’ll just pretend you want to give away so I like to mail you the first one

Steve: ha ha

Joel: You can give away to your fans or something or you could buy a second one at some point but I appreciate you, your believer early on and you know that’s what an artist needs when they’re starting out.

Steve: Cool, well I appreciate it Joel and thanks a lot for coming on the show.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, for everyone out there who does not believe that artists can thrive in e-commerce. Joel is living proof that it’s possible. He charges over $500 a piece for his works of art. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode309.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo and try it for free. Once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo

I also want to thank PostScript.io which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce with a few clicks of a button. You can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at PostScript.io/Steve. That’s Postscript.io/Steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

308: Moody Nashawaty On How To Make Facebook Ad Creatives That Convert

308: How To Create Facebook Ad Creatives That Convert With Moody Nashawaty

Today I’m happy to have Moody Nashawaty on the show. Moody is someone who helped me with my Facebook ads for my ecommerce store a while back.

He is the chief strategy officer for MuteSix.com which is a firm that specializes in customer acquisition. They do Facebook ads, Google ads, email marketing, you name it. And they recently sold their company for a large sum of money.

Moody is an advertising master and today he’s going to teach us how to create ads that convert for physical products.

What You’ll Learn

  • The components of a high converting creative
  • Moody’s process for effective ads
  • How to sell boring products with Facebook ads
  • The types of ad creatives that work

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies, they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my friend Moody Nashawaty on the show and Moody is the chief strategy officer for MuteSix.com one of the top online advertising agencies in the world. And in this episode we’re going to dig deep into how to create compelling ads for selling physical products online.

But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout-out to Klaviyo who is a sponsor of the show now, it’s safe to say that most of us have been I’m doing a lot more online shopping lately. If you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers. But once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That’s what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce Brands and they give you the tools to build your contact list. Send memorable emails automate key messages and more, way way more. And that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce Brands like Chubbies, Brooklyn and living proof use Klaviyo to build a following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales enthusiastic word of mouth and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level Klaviyo can help you get growing faster and it’s free to get started. So visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to create your free account. That’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle. So you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m happy to have Moody Nashawaty on the show. Now Moody is actually someone who helped me with my Facebook ads for my e-commerce store a while back. He is the chief strategy officer for MuteSix.com, which is a firm that specializes in customer acquisition. They do Facebook ads, Google ads, email marketing you name it and they recently sold their company for a large sum of money. Now, I recently met Moody for the first time in person in my buddy Nick Shackleford’s live event down in LA. And what’s funny is that I didn’t know the guy was famous until random people at Nick’s events certain randomly shaking hands with the guy and patting him on the back

Anyway, Moody is a master of AD creatives. So today we are going to talk about how to create ads that convert for selling physical products online. And with that, welcome to show Moody. How you doing today, man?

Moody: Hey Steve, glad to be on the show.

Steve: Honor to have such a famous person in the ad space on the show.

Moody: I didn’t I didn’t know I was famous either until I was walking around that event and people like hey, I know you are and I’m like what so I don’t know. Maybe this is my like launch party and it

Steve: Maybe it is maybe it is. You’re gonna you’re gonna be much more famous after this podcast. Let me tell you so. So give us the quick background story. Tell us how you got started with just Facebook ads in general and how did you hook up with Steve at MuteSix.

Moody: Yeah. It’s so funny. You know, it’s Steve. I actually met him in a Facebook group. He was looking for media buyers about four years ago in the big Facebook media buyers group the ad buys group run by Tim Bird and I just replied to his post and then we chatted. We’re both in LA and we got lunch, but my experience with Facebook ads got started a lot earlier than that. I started running ads on Facebook in probably 2011-2012 doing a lot of really large light campaigns for the big Brands. This is before you had any sort of like link ads. And in the first type of Link add you actually had was in the right hand rail, do remember that?

Steve: Yeah, of course. Yeah.

Moody: Yeah. So we’re doing light campaigns for you know, big big Brands like Walmart and Tropicana and all sorts of things and we’re you know, we’re spending millions of dollars generating likes for an agency called Shift which then turned got bought out by brand networks. And so, you know, it started all right there for me, you know, and it quickly turned into like okay like this Okay, and this is interesting and you know selling likes is a fun thing, but you know, I quickly wanted to learn how do you actually make businesses scale using Facebook ads and specifically the ability to target so efficiently and in the platform.

So I found Steve actually I spent a little bit more time at a more of a PR Agency and then I found Steve in 2015 or so and then you know, it was it was You know building MuteSix since that.

Steve: All right, Yeah, so cool. So you met up with mutesix and you you helped Steve basically grow that company to where it is today, right?

Moody: Yeah. So I joined in as number 9 today. We’re about 210 people. What we wanted to do is we just wanted to help businesses scale. So we’ve got about I think three almost 300 Shopify stores that we help and consult and we’re an agency right? So we’re helping these brands. Mostly with paid media a lot of its Facebook do other things we do Google, YouTube little bit of Amazon got a whole email team and then we’ve got a whole creative armed designed just to build creative that convert for our different a department. So.

Steve: You guys specialize in physical products, right?

Moody: Yeah.

Steve: Okay

Moody: Hundred percent e-commerce.

Steve: So let me ask you this. I’m sure you get a lot of people applying for your agency do tend to turn away people who have just kind of Boring mundane products or do you just kind of make it work?

Moody: Yeah, you know if it’s e-commerce, you know, there’s there’s a couple of things that we look for. We’re not turning around turning away everybody where you know, we look for potential, you know, there’s a enough AOV if there’s you know something that’s you know, there’s some sort of charm or spark to the to the product then you know, we want to do it, we don’t like Commodities like something that you just tend to buy on Amazon tends to not work specially if it’s like a lower price point.

Steve: Okay.

Moody: But if it’s you know It’s a well branded product or it has the potential to be or if it’s a highly demonstratable product. Those are things that you know, you can get in front of people, you know, ads some salesmanship in a creative and actually make work.

Steve: So what is AOV size, what is AOV need to be typically to make things work?

Moody: For so if it’s gotten AOV of at least 30, 40 bucks

Steve: Okay

Moody: You know, that’s the bare minimum and then if it’s like, you know, if it’s something that has like maybe a lower AOV but has an LTV. So lifetime value of actually being a lot larger than that’s not a that’s not a big Point. That’s that’s something that we look at too. Because I mean if you can really whoever wins in this game is the person who can spend the most money to acquire user, right? So if the LTV is, you know through the roof or forever lasting then that person can spend, you know, business can spend as much money as they want to acquire a customer.

Steve: Right, and then in terms of margins, are there any guidelines that you have also as well?

Moody: Yeah, I mean it depends, you know, if you’re doing, you’ve got a $40 product or margin should be around 10 to 12 to 15 bucks max. But otherwise, you should be pricing your you know, you should really be pricing higher.

Steve: Okay

Moody: So we do work on pricing too like there’s some there’s times where we get brands that come in the door and we’re like hey like your pricing too high or pricing too low or no, how can we how can we work out the product economics to be more feasible for what we’re trying to do here.

Steve: Okay. So Moody, what I was hoping to do today is kind of get a framework from you and kind of like your process for coming up with creatives that convert for a typical physical product. I mean we can use one of the examples that you’ve already used in the past, but I was just hoping you could walk us through the process. So first off, where do you begin when it comes to the creative which arguably is the most important part of the ad, right?

Moody: Right. I mean it’s so even Facebook’s come out and said that in the algorithm the thing that matters the most is the creative and it’s about 60% of the essentially the efficiency of where you’re going to get your CPA down and actually get performance. So for us, you know, we like to so when it comes to creative the biggest factor in all of this starts with the hook and you know, I mean look at the end of the day And we measure the hook in the how effective It Is by basically taking three second View and dividing it by impression and that’s basically our hook through rate or you can call thumb stop rate.

And that’s basically going to tell you how many people are stopping on your ad as soon as they get to it in the news feed. And what that does is if you’ve got a hook a basically a thumbs stop rate of thirty percent or higher then that’s effectively good and you’re getting people to actually consume your content for at least three seconds.

Steve: So you mentioned three seconds. So that implies it’s a video creative. Do you recommend starting with video creatives or do images work as well?

Moody: Yeah, I guess images and video, you know, we have been, videos’ just something that I think every brand absolutely needs to have anyone running ads needs to have video. You can get a we can get very far with static. You can’t get this type of scale you can get with video just because basically you’re bringing the salesmanship into the news feed right? You’re actually Allowing people to absorbency without having to jump onto your site right there in a familiar territory of the Native platform, whether that’s Facebook Instagram or any of these other social platforms.

So video is a place where people can really get to understand who you guys are as a brand without having to you know, dive deeper into your brand and into unfamiliar territory, which is your website and whatever that works out, right?

Steve: So just to kind of clarify what you just said about the thumb stop rate. So you’re looking at the number of Impressions and then you’re looking for the number of 3-second video views and you divide the two and you’re trying to get 30%?

Moody: Exactly.

Steve: Okay. And so that’s your guideline for a good high quality creative?

Moody: Hook is number one and then you know, if we were to back up again and just talk like fundamentals, you’ve gotta start with understanding, you know, what are the unique selling propositions of your of your brand and you know, we’d spend a lot of the time actually doing research and looking at competitors and looking at we’ve got we basically have a framework of what ads what convert what they look like. We got a bunch of templates and frameworks, things we apply to each brand that comes to the door that tend to work. But you know, if I were going to start this from scratch, I’d back up I’d say, okay, like what is my brand, you know and we can maybe come up with an example, you know, their gun is one of our brands that

Steve: What would you say is like the most mundane product you’ve ever had to write creative for like there again is kind of unique right?

Moody: It’s it wasn’t always unique. I mean, I think we got it to this point, but but I think that’s fair. Let’s see. I mean we could I mean Thinoptics is an interesting one.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, let’s go with that one

Moody: only because you brought it up earlier.

Steve: Yeah

Moody: That’s on the top of my mind.

Steve: But like do you have you ever sold like sheets or hats or articles of clothing?

Moody: Yeah, we’ve done so we do a lot. We do a lot of so there’s two categories right? There’s it’s either like a Lifestyle brand of some sort or Brand of commodity or its demonstratable products kind of like Thinoptics, Awaord or.

Steve: Let’s do a brandable commodity actually

Moody: Yeah, so like we do apparel, shoes, you know, you know shirts, hoodies, jackets, whatever you name it swimwear, we get we have a lot of those and so like if we were going to do like a like a brand-new commodity, let’s say like an apparel brand, you know, once specifically that comes to mind is butter cloth and they were on Shark Tank recently. They have these really cool dress shirts where they’re made out of long fiber cotton, which is like similar cotton you might see in like Egyptian sheets and you know, so with them it’s interesting because if you guys look at the if you look at you, look at some of the ads were running now a lot of it has to do with their you know in this is a little bit unfair because they’re on Shark Tank, but it’s actually a lot of their actual video from Shark Tank.

You know now we have Robert Herjavec in the mix, but it didn’t start out that way they came to us. They had zero dollars, name fact wanted a partner that could be much more than just Marketing agency. They wanted a website built, you know, they wanted full, you know, basically full hands on everything digital and the Daniel Tran is like The Mastermind behind butter cloth the actual piece of clothing. I mean, he’s got a history of actually making the goods right like he used to work for Mattel making Barbie dresses who worked for affliction making shirts and jackets. He was the expert at making amazing. That’s a get shirt. It’s now because this is what he wanted to do. And he took that and he’s like I know nothing about digital.

I know nothing about Shopify or any at, you know, running e-commerce site and he came to us literally with a prototype and put it on our table and said this is what I have. What can you guys do and we’re like, okay like how much does it cost? Well cost x amount to make shirt we’re selling it for a hundred and ten probably getting four times five times on margins there. And then essentially, what’s we looked at it and you’re like, okay, like how do we sell this online? How do we sell this with Facebook ads? It’s a really nice dress shirt. It’s got a couple really good qualities.

First of all, it’s a hundred percent cotton and really good cotton. It’s demonstratable to this sense that it’s like stretchy has a really nice space, breathable, you know, if you looked at the some of the shirts, they’ve got really nice designs on them. The collars are certain design and essentially like, you know, we didn’t we didn’t know where to Start other than to kind of lean into the USPs. It’s like okay like it people what do people want on a dress shirts. They want it to fit right a hundred percent. They want it to look good. So like that. Those are two things that use absolutely have to have they don’t want it to wrinkle. They want it to feel and feel like it’s high quality, you know in our case here like the softness comfortability ability the ability for it to be active.

The fact that it doesn’t necessarily like stretch out over time. I’m if you wear it a few times, right, you know, potentially you’d also want to be able to wash it without having to take it to the dry cleaner cleaning. So you want a little bit of durability and these are all factors that we honed in on when it came to selling the shirt. Now, We got a little bit lucky Metta World Peace walked into. Like this is just random, but he just comes into our door 2017. It was like right before Black Friday like a week before Black Friday and He’s got a brand called the panda’s friend, which is just sell shirts with pandas on them and he’s really cool dude. And actually, you know, off-topic we spent like an hour like going through and teaching him Google analytics one day because he’s absolutely wants to learn everything.

Like I don’t know if you know like if you if you haven’t spent a little time looking at what Metta World Peace is doing now, it’s actually fascinating building apps. He’s doing all these things and charity. It’s

Steve: I had no idea. Okay.

Moody: It’s amazing. We can spend an hour talking just about that. We won’t, he walk through a door a week before Black Friday and he’s like hey, I’ve got this brand with you guys work when you guys do it that like I can’t do anything. It’s literally a week before Black Friday. You came to me a month ago. Like I can’t ramp up you this fast, but I do have this brand butter cloth with they just launched a few weeks ago. And you know, you just have to put the shirt on cause it’s amazing. So I literally threw a shirt at him and never met him once before in my life and I was like dude try this on and he’s looking at me like what are you doing? Okay, he takes off his shirt. He puts the butter cloth shirt on I grab my phone I recorded and like what do you think? He’s like, wow, it’s amazing. It’s breathable. It’s comfortable it fits I can stretch in it.

Look at like it’s all of it all of these things and I took the video and I sent it off to the butter cloth team and they just fell in love. They’ve been like his fans for a long time. You know, there really is some

Steve: But that doesn’t sound fair Moody. I mean you’re getting a celebrity

Moody: I know so

Steve: I mean you have another example so we can take that example, but so you all the value props you just mentioned. What was the hook the value proposition is just the hook right?

Moody: Right. So here’s here’s what we figured out with men’s shirts. Is that a lot of there’s a lot of men out there who actually get their clothes or their shopping is done by the ladies in their life. So their girlfriends, their wives, you know, something we lean on in our advertising from butter cloth is we are, you know, probably 30 40 percent female its women who are buying for their men, but the hooks for butter cloth are so it’s one is I think in the terms of priority of like what matters for this brand fit and look is really important. So getting just, you know, going out and getting really good lifestyle shots of butter cloth, even like really Crisp and Studio shots. You’ll see just carousels in this is static, right?

This isn’t even that much video but static images of really good looking people wearing shirts the good fit so, you know people can start and you know, one of the key things about, you know selling shirts to men is they know they never want to see their faces are the only they don’t want to see the faces of the models. They just want to see the shirts. So your data cut off heads office. Yeah. I didn’t know if you knew that but

Steve: I did not how did you figure that out? Just testing?

Moody: it’s a it’s a key learning you’ll start to see it now that you know it if you look at almost every single male e-commerce brand that sells apparel. There’s no you’ll never see faces of models. If you do it’s usually like lifestyle stuff or just people looking away but it’s never like they’re up the camera as much especially in the like when you’re on product pages and you’re on you know, when you’re when you’re looking through actual actual like product shots of images.

Steve: Mmm-hmm. if it’s not true for women’s clothing though.

Moody: No, I think it’s mixed. It’s a mixed bag with women.

Steve: Okay, sorry. Okay, so the hook. Is just the fit.

Moody: So starting with fit that combination of things it’s definitely fit and look like people have to like what they’re buying like obviously but then what we did is we tested a lot of video of like people stretching and like moving in Mobility. So you get to see a lot of that sort of Hook was like, hey, it’s the most comfortable shirt ever like never met a shirt like this that kind of thing and we were just showing people moving. You know actually, you know this kind of zooming in on the stretch happening and then we call out a lot of the details like, you know, the really cool and detailed collars and you know, even like the risk collars that that kind of thing.

So you get a lot of quick movement there. We also you know kind of approach it from a Persona types of like now we have a lot of ads running to people who travel like. Hey, like what if you could travel In this shirt, it’s so comfortable. It’s like the ones that you need while you travel, you know, we do a lot of promotional like so like Valentine’s Day was really big for us just the gift that you know, your husband will never forget that kind of thing. Now, we’ve got a lot of like again footage of I guess a couple celebrities that we rotate into the mix. But yeah, that’s kind of

Steve: So when you’re targeting then are you just targeting females then with these ads?

Moody: With that, let’s specifically the gifting. Yes.

Steve: Okay.

Moody: Yeah tends to be specifically for that but not for everything else for everything else. It’s mixed. It’s probably 50/50.

Steve: So when you’re deciding on the audience for these, what do you have any guidelines there? So it depends where you are, right? There’s like different phases that you might go through as a brand and you’re targeting like if you’re just getting started you’re trying to find who your buyer is and trying to you know, you just test a lot of different audiences that make sense to your brand. I mean you try to get a little bit more Niche with your and narrow with your range of people you might Target, you know, bucket sizes of one to two million as you get into scale, you know, Facebook the Facebook algorithm is smarter than And we can never be when it comes to audience testing.

So we’re we actually move into more broad territory. If we’ve got the data for look-alikes. We use all of it, you know, we can spend there’s 20 different ways. You can use look-alikes effectively, you know, and then and then yes, we move a little bit more broad a little more open specially with more viral like videos like longer form 30 seconds or so, like there’s like, you know a hook and then education behind it. Then we’re going we’re trying to make something that can get a lot of shares attention. It’s things like that. You know, it’s interesting you actually when you create viral videos like videos that scale that are more appealing to just the general public. I mean back in the day when we first get started we call them Business Insider videos, just like, you know stories on the text on screen or generally around the product.

There is some there’s two things interesting that happened one is you get a lower CPM because you’re getting a lot of comments engagements, shares that kind of thing and then the second thing that happens is all of the traffic of like people tagging their partner people tagging their friends or shares and things like that all of the all the purchases that happen because of that don’t actually get tracked as paid media. They’re actually coming in as organic because you know, like when I share it to you and you click on it, you actually don’t see an ad you see a viral video that I tag you and that’s basically digital word of mouth. That’s happening between me and you, right?

Steve: Okay, yeah

Moody: And if you go and you convert off that that actually looks like Facebook organic. It doesn’t it doesn’t actually show up in your ads manager.

Steve: I see. So when you look at your stats, you got to look at the ads as well as the organic when you’re taking on this new account for return on ad spend?

Moody: right

Steve: Okay, so it sounds like you guys always go the viral video route?

Moody: It’s definitely something like it when it comes to making something like really blow up quickly. That’s the best route to do it. You know, another example is tap shoes. Are you familiar with tap shoes at all?

Steve: I’m not actually

Moody: Tap shoes make these amazing durable boots. They retail for about 250 bucks, you know, and they swear they’re worth five or six hundred and you know, because they’re basically Factory did indeed a see they can cut out the middleman and bring the price down to 250. They’re amazingly durable. They’re waterproof. They look incredible and you’ll see in the creative elements. It’s less about I mean they do talk about features and you know water resistant so they like splash water on there and Jumping in puddles that kind of thing but really people buy the boots because they just look so clean and beautiful and amazing. And so you’ll see a lot of their ads are focused around that where the boots are the center of the frame and you’ve got people walking you’ve got like different ways pants could fall on the boot.

I think a lot of people, you know struggle with like how do you style your pants with a with potential boots if you’re like in which what kind of pants do you wear with boots? You wear it in you wear it out that kind of thing they do they make it look effortless that any anything you wearing with that specific boot. It just looks so clean and so good and the other thing is they focus on people walking showing movement like and you just it’s interesting. It’s like you’re looking at this boot and you’re like, well, I just like have to have it. They really tap into that. I have to have this feeling that everyone has within them.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

So going back to your thumb stopping so you have one of these videos that you’re sending out to top a funnel and you’re looking for this thumb. Stop rate of 30% given that you meet that requirement. What would you expect to be a good return on ad spend on a top of funnel ad with one of these videos?

Moody: So it really depends on margins for these for these higher price point products like but of course there’s a insurance for a hundred and twenty bucks right on top is selling boots for 250. You know, you you can get away with a higher role as target like 4/5 x because you know, there’s a lot more, you know, you don’t have to you don’t have to there’s a lot more marketing enough to spend as much to get there the like lower targets like, you know, I think It depends like I think it’s a lot of the times like the way but Our Brands think about it especially brands are going for growth and going, you know going to become as big as possible as fast as possible.

They’re willing to spend as much to break even on the first sale knowing that potentially, you know, they can win customers especially if I mean most of the Brand’s we work with have an LTV of sorts or, you know have customers coming back. So they’re just trying to win customers and so they’re looking What their role as targets like basically break even and a lot of a lot of our brands are the back could be two and a half that could be 3x and so they can just they can funnel this Bond acquire as much customers as possible when on the second and third purchase and basically, you know show themselves as a as a highly fast-growing successful brand

Steve: In the case of that shirt. It sounded like they only had a single product though, right? So I would imagine the lifetime value of that. Would be less than the shoe company which probably sells a bunch of accessories. I would imagine right?

Moody: Well, so the thing about when you find a new win the male Market because heart men are fickle like we choose what we like and then we never we never switch off what we like women are a lot easier in the sense that they’d choose, the they’ll go and they’ll experiment and we’ll try different brands. Men and in the case, if you if you win over I’ve got people who bought an 18 shirts like they’ve come back. At 18 times.

Steve: Wow, okay.

Moody: You know the brand has been around for two and a half years and there’s people like literally there’s hundreds of people who bought three four five times or more. It’s so like, you know, the trick is once you have you know, once you get once you basically need to roll out, especially with apparel you need to be rolling out new Styles, you know, and as much as you can as possible, right so like like right now like, it’s March 5th. We’re going to be rolling into spring collections here in the next couple weeks and you’ll see that with most apparel Brands like this they’re going into spring. I mean, it’s not exactly cold or warm outside yet. But you know people start buying for spring here.

You know about second or third weekend of March April, you know, April May June are going to be big and then it slows down and tell you about somewhere in August and September of people are like, oh it’s going to get cold soon and so like they would usually would have bought everything they bought in for the season.

Steve: Can I get an idea of how much it costs to produce a video that you were just describing earlier?

Moody: So it’s interesting like the tap shoes ones. It’s just one cameraman and you know, a lot of different varieties of boots it all in one shot on a model with different pads. So like it doesn’t require a lot if you you know, if you really study like a lot of how these videos look, I mean if anyone can go to tap shoes, right like Taft and look at the ads that the running in their ads library and you’ll see like a lot of good examples of these but essentially like it doesn’t require so you got you gotta get a cameraman could you know, I think you know, the freelance camera person in LA is pretty abundant like you can find them anywhere.

Although also, you know, there’s creators literally in every City now that are popping up learning me. Skills that’s thanks to the Internet. So, you know it you could get a cameraman for 150 200 bucks 300 bucks. You could also barter with like three product or whatever it good you have is and then, you know getting a model to to be part of this you’re looking at a hundred fifty to two hundred dollars and then an edit it’s from an editing perspective. It’s another to it could be about $200. I mean, these are like, you know, you can get these for lower but two or there hundred bucks, you can make a range of videos I’d say.

The thing is like you might want to try different hooks different text on screen. So you might want different iterations of that specific creative that you shot and so you could probably do a shoot day for three four hundred bucks with the cameraman and a model and then you can do a do a bunch of assets with an editor for a few days and that can be anywhere between three and five hundred bucks so you can maybe like at the least get a bunch of video assets like maybe four or five videos to run for a you know, maybe a thousand bucks.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, that doesn’t sound bad at all.

Moody: Yeah, that’s and that’s the Baseline like you can get you can get even lower. If you go do it yourself with an iPhone. Like there’s a lot of videos. We spend a lot of time actually doing a lot of UGC content user-generated content or we just run around the office, especially the brands like new and you know, you know, we just gotta do a lot of testing before we really can invest Will do will actually go shoot UGC content or will send product out to bunch of influencers or our friends and family and will literally shoot the content we think is right to convert and we’ll turn those into ads and so you can get it down even more.

I’ve got like a lot of our campaign managers like just for fun create their own ads for Brands sometimes and you know, that’s you know, that’s just them spending an hour shooting an ad maybe then drinking like a tea or supplement or you know, I don’t know. It’s like a lot of the times it’s use case right? It’s like how are you using the product if it’s apparel if it’s a little bit trickier. But if it’s like, you know things like we’ve got a lot of kitchen appliances or makeup or you know, skincare or supplements, you know, it’s like it’s literally just the action of like taking the product or using it or doing it tutorial that kind of thing that could turn into a successful ad.

So yeah, I mean like you can really bring it down if you just get crafty yourself. The principles are the same right? It’s like people need to see it being used. They needed. They need to see the value. Like it doesn’t matter necessarily how the how big the it creative investment is if the principles are right.

Steve: So once you have these creatives, let’s say you have like a set of three or four videos that you’ve edited and ready to go. How do you typically set up your initial ad campaigns top of funnel starting from nothing?

Moody: So top of funnel starting starting from nothing. I just would Savage I figure out who this this audience like who the audience is that’s going to look if you’re starting actually from nothing. You can create a list of audiences that makes sense for your brand. So like you know, who’s your competitor set? See if you can you can find you know those Brands but then maybe based off of a bunch of like demographic data or just a really solid strong guests of who your buyer might be I’d start that way with just interests. And then if once you start to like once you start to run track like basically in when I go a little bit more into the fundamentals. It’s all a conversion campaigns for purchases.

Almost all right out the gate. If you’ve got a higher price point product, then you can consider doing something like add the carts just to gauge intent, but what you’re tracking is like what are the odds that are you know, my best like, you know link through CTRs that I can spend money towards but then as you’re getting that deeper Insight, like what’s my cost for add the cart it what’s my cost per initiate check out like am I getting actual purchases from this, you know, you want to kind of track all of that and see which one’s giving you the clear Direction and then start to focus and spend your money there.

And so what you’re going to test is going to test audiences you’re going to test a bunch of creative and copy angles. And as soon as you start to get like insights on to what’s actually working keep diving deeper into those things once you have enough traffic to the website and you get enough people who are you know, actually, you know engaging with your brand in some way you want to turn those into look like so you’ll have like, you know at the very minimum you have like local eggs off of people of website visitors because those people showed intent and then, you know, add to carts once you get up to like 500 or a thousand add to carts. You can make a look like after that.

Steve: What are some guidelines in terms of number of conversions? Whether you decide to go purchases versus add to cart. Why would you go add to cart instead of purchases? The only reason is you would have more add to carts, right?

Moody: It depends how much budget you have and how much you’re willing to spend to learn without getting a return. You know, if you do add to carts in the beginning you’re at least generating and testing especially if it’s a brand-new at account. You’re not going to have the data that the Facebook algorithm and your own account is it’s not going to have the data to go out and find purchases out of date one, so you to like give it like a easier goal, whether that’s literally traffic or engagement or you know a little bit deeper in the funnel where you go to like add to carts, you know, Facebook and start to learn and find that Target easier because you can create, you know, you can create a lot more ad to carts before you can create purchase, especially if you’re starting at a really low budget.

Steve: So do you have a guideline of how many conversions That you would need to kind of train Facebook.

Moody: So I would say you would need you probably need about a hundred conversions of like add to carts and you might see a couple purchases here and there but once you’re up to like Fifty to a hundred purchases, then you’re like switching to purchases.

Steve: Okay. All right, and in terms of the number of creators that you test in any given ad set do kind of limit that or do you just kind of throw everything that you have created in there?

Moody: So in the ad set, you know, you’re not I wouldn’t run more than ten or twelve creatives. I would try yeah, like because you know at least in the ad set level and then I would try to make decisions quickly. I would try to if things are right like so so like you might see like high CTR and it followed through with like low add to carts and actual some purchases. Like that’s that’s the best-case scenario. Sometimes you get a high CTR, but no follower through. So I would just make decisions and then go back and see like if like I’m getting good CTRs and no follow through a public killing that ad.

If it’s not like completely if it’s not like out of the box like just killing it like just doing really well and then I might go back and check and see if they actually, you know with attribution got anything, you know, because a lot of sales don’t actually happen until you know, it takes two to three days depending on your price point for somebody to purchase. That product so it’s all the so something else to consider is just you know, how much how much learnings are happening in attribution and you might be making decisions too quickly.

Steve: So how quick do you wait? How long do you wait before you start shutting things down? That’s not working? couple days?

Moody: Yeah, it’s really more of a spend Factor. Like if I’m spending if I’ve spent three times my like totally AOV like let’s say so let’s say my total AOV is a hundred bucks. If I spent three four five hundred bucks, and I’m not getting I’m not getting any purchases out of that. I could clearly spent too much right, you know if I’m spent if I’ve spent 200 bucks and I’ve gotten add to Cart cost. That’s let’s say, you know, I don’t know. Five times lower than the AOV so like let’s say 20 bucks. Let’s say my add to cart is 20 bucks and I’ve spent 300 bucks and got a few purchases coming in. I’m probably in a good place where I might break even pretty soon and that that math is simply my AOV is a hundred my CPA can be 50.

Let’s say like, you know out the gate and so we optimized it down. So I’m looking to make you know for Says out of 200 dollars in ad spend, you know, and but I’m getting you know my add to cart rate. Let’s say is in the you know, 15 to 20 range. And I know those probably will hit depending on how smooth my funnel is like, you know, it depends how you know, how good are you at connect at converting people from add to carts to purchases. So, you know, you kind of just backing out the equation.

Steve: Sure, right. I mean, there’s a lot of variables involved obviously. So what is your take on like just all the different places that you can run ads now, there’s like 12 different places now, right? Instagram right hand side, Newsfeed, messenger, Marketplace do just try them all or?

Moody: yeah. So power 5 is you know, and is something that Facebook rolled out and we’re very much aligned with power 5, which is like open audiences, you know, open placements, right? Like those are you know, CBO like these are things that I agree with and we don’t think we’re not place them in agnostic unless it comes to stories but even stories like you can you can craft custom and in the ad unit. So but we run across the board and let Facebook figure out because what the Facebook doesn’t tell you is it doesn’t tell you the journey it took to get somebody to convert so it might be, you know served on IG mobile serves on Facebook right hand rail then served on you know.

On mobile desktop mobile for Facebook and then the conversion happened. Well, the only thing that’s going to get the credit is that last touch

Steve: right

Moody: So like you don’t actually get the full picture and by giving Facebook full rains to know the vote like actually optimize against the full picture is best practice.

Steve: I see, And so in terms of creative, do you have different creatives depending on where it’s being shown like give us some. Yeah. Okay

Moody: Yeah, for the most part stories, stories like they’re you know, they’re just It’s a different type of creative and the news feed that’s where you really want and stories are like half of the inventory nowadays. So like you want specifically you want stories. You won’t story creative for the stories placement.

Steve: In general. Do you separate all the mediums into separate ad sets when you’re targeting or did? Do you know what I mean? like one ad said, yes right hand one ad set just for Newsfeed?

Moody: No, we combine everything. And then in the down at the ad level we be plugin custom creative to stories.

Steve: Okay, and so stories is pretty much the only custom created that you use?

Moody: right.

Steve: So, when do you decide that an ad that you’re running you can actually scale that and then what is your procedure for scaling that ad?

Moody: So if you know, sometimes it takes a bit of time look at best case scenario you throw the ad in and you start just seeing a lot of traffic to your site start seeing a lot of conversions happening, especially if you’re running only to if you’re only running Facebook ads and you never had traffic before and now you have a bunch of traffic, I wouldn’t trust the platform too much as much I should just trust you know, what you’re seeing on your back end and Shopify and then if things look good if you’re like breaking even or better I’d start to you know, just double that budget or increased by like 25 to 50% depending.

Like if you started small, you’re like look, I think there’s a different type of spend or this different types of performance at different spend levels. If you’re openly targeting or targeting pretty Broad and you’re spending $100 a day from being up to $200 or $300 day shouldn’t be too much of a difference. You know, I think there’s like different tiers like going from a hundred to a thousand dollars a day is like one tier going from A thousand and three thousand dollars a day is its own tier and then spending like 5,000 or 10,000 dollars a day its own effort in and you know has its own set of challenges as well.

If you’re you know, if you’re spending 50 or $100 a day or so or something like that. You’re not going to get too much of a drop in performance. If you move up to a couple hundred dollars more a day. So like I’m quick with budgets I look I don’t have time to like we know clients and Everyday, like they’re hiring us to find performance.

Steve: Yeah

Moody: So like I’m I gotta find I got to make it win quick and you know, I don’t you know, I think like, you know, so I see solid performance especially if I’m spent seeing like profitable performance then I’m quick to increased budgets quickly.

Steve: And how big is this audience like, so if you have to spend like a thousand dollars a day, like how big should that audience be to kind of avoid burnout? Like when you determine that an audience is kind of burnt out?

Moody: Essentially, it’s like when I start seeing like a 25% drop in performance consistently I start to consider. I don’t think I actually don’t think audiences burnout as much as creative burns out like this is literally the problem.

Steve: Hmm

Moody: You know what I mean? Like your look alikes if they’re off like Dynamic data like purchase that whatever like those won’t change as much as you’re actually that that audience will be fruitful. I mean, you know, there’s two million people in that audience and this is what Facebook is determined the best audience to hit based off of that purchase set and you know, unless you’ve got 2 million people purchasing, you know, they don’t that audience really isn’t worn out

Steve: Right, Okay.

Moody: You can poke holes in that but essentially like, you know, I think creative fatigues a lot quicker than your audience is due and creative is more like I think if you’re seeing if you’re seeing a drop in performance consistently over two, three, four days even as you lower budgets because you maybe you’re watching that I would start to consider that to be a fatiguing creative. You could also look at audience insights and you can actually see how many people have seen your creative once, you know, you can look at, actually, sorry, campaigning outside insights, but you can see like when people are actually dropping off to your creative.

And it once you’re seeing like 25 or 30% I wouldn’t kill that creative. I’d lower down significantly until it wasn’t performing and then I would move it to make a remarketing campaign because it was clearly a hero. So like in remarketing I would want to have like basically a rotational all the hero creatives because if I’m running new topic on the creatives chances are there’s still people haven’t seen those new ones or those old ones and so like in a seven-day remarketing I might have like three or four Heroes along with bottom puddle messaging to convert that user.

Steve: How often do you typically rotate your career? Herbs, and that’s a broad question. I mean you look at performance obviously, but what do you see that you’re rotating it? What frequency rotating them at?

Moody: Yes, I’m trying to find so like it’s you know, you want to have your scaling like create the creative that’s working out and then you know, there’s a life cycle, you know for like it there again lifestyle cycle on creative is actually fairly short. Like we can’t like something will work for three weeks and then it’ll die down. So like we can constantly have to be bringing in new creative like every week so we have like a rigorous like testing schedule of created that we’re bringing into the newsfeed.

Also, you know, we’ve got like editors that are just constantly chopping up new creative as we get it giving it to our team our ads team. And so what we’re launching things like literally twice a week trying to find our next winners because we know they’re only going to last about three weeks before we have to start to scale them down. And that’s I mean, that’s a higher scale

Steve: Yeah. I mean you guys are spending five to ten thousand dollars a day, right?

Moody: Somewhere right there. I can’t really talk numbers.

Steve: Yeah, sure. Sorry, but you don’t have to. The higher your spend the more often. You have to rotate your ads out essentially? Is that accurate?

Moody: Yeah, The higher? Yeah a hundred percent and I would say like you’re the right creatives could work for a long time. Like they if it’s actually a lower spends like the right creatives could work for two, three months and you know not have to be something that would be like complete like you don’t have to be You could introduce creatives every couple of weeks at like lower spends. We’ve literally had creatives that you know, they’re right and they have the viral factor and they hope people in and they sell people on the product.

They literally blasted like a year and a half in some cases like you just get unicorn creatives occasionally, which is like, right? Yep. That one’s go running. You know.

Steve: So I guess the key Point here is you don’t look at frequency, or what not you just basically determine this based on performance. And so if you’re seeing something two to three days underperformed by 25% then it’s time to potentially rotate that out.

Moody: Right.

Steve: And you were use all your creatives like your hero ones and your retargeting ads in the bottom of the funnel. And that’s that.

Moody: Yeah. We also have some bottom of the funnel specific messaging but that you got to really figure out what people’s objections are what are their fears or doubts about you as a company like what you got to build ad specifically to fit those that and maybe even like, you know, usually little bit of a promotion to get people off the fence, but those are really important in bottom of the funnel everyone wants to spend a lot of time on what’s appealing about the brand a lot of people don’t really talk about like, you know deep down, you know, what are the big objections that are people keeping people keeping people away from really pulling the trigger. Those are really really important.

Steve: So given those examples that you gave like what were some of the objections that you kind of addressed in your bottom of funnel?

Moody: So it could be could be quality/price, you know, you can do that easily with testimonials. Testimonials actually work top of funnel as well could be you know, just driving some sort of promotion like hey, you know come back at 10% off try it. Also have a really strong satisfaction guarantee or return policy. So like, you know, hey, like try this risk-free get 10% off today or you know, you know, we’ve got a hundred percent satisfaction guarantee like product or service it whatever.

Steve: Hmm Yeah.

Moody: Hundred percent satisfaction guarantee.

Steve: Yeah

Moody: And so like just having those ads is there as like just a reminder like that you got that the brand is putting his best foot forward. It wants to turn into light the customer and just you know, it’s that helps and you’ll get those are profitable ads that are usually have that usually work very well and remarketing. Now we have going for like all of our brands.

Steve: Okay. Hey Moody. We’ve been chatting for quite a while and I want to be respectful of your time. Where can people find you guys if they need your services.

Moody: So yeah, moody@MuteSix.com or just our website and also hiring I really am looking forward Champions who want to come in all levels whether they’re on the creative side and want to learn advertising or if their campaign managers and want to run Media, or if they you know, what they specifically work in, you know, it doesn’t necessarily have to be Facebook. We’ve got a Programmatic team that we just started really excited about you know, we’ve got an Amazon team looking for more Champions on our Amazon team if you know Amazon really really well whether that’s organic or paid. I’d love to talk to you. Yeah, they’re like to

Steve: Do you have a URL for that or or you just want them to email you directly?

Moody: You can email me directly. You can see available careers on our website under I think MuteSix.com/careers, but in the definitely in the hamburger menu, but yeah, that’s the best way you can also if your brand you want to work with us. You can find go to our Site, or you can email me directly.

Steve: And I do just want to say that these guys really know their stuff when it comes to advertising and creative. So, you know, even if you feel like you’re good at this stuff, you will learn a lot if you if you contact Moody and work there. I’m sure like if I wasn’t running all my stuff I go work for you guys. Heck you’re famous, dude, so. Haha Alright so Moody, thanks a lot for your time. I really appreciate it man.

Moody: Thanks so much. It’s been a pleasure.

Steve: All right. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Moody is one of my go-to guys when it comes to making creatives for Facebook ads and for more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode308.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to klaviyo.com/mywife and try it for free. Once again, that’s klaviyo.com/mywife

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

307: How To Make Life Changing Wealth And Have A Great Family Life With Steve Chou

307: How To Make Life Changing Wealth And Have A Great Family Life With Steve Chou

In this episode, I share a collection of principles that I live by on how to make life changing money without sacrificing your family life.

After all, your capacity to build wealth depends on your mindset, habits and your ability to balance family, health and work.

Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • The collection of principles I live by on how to build life changing wealth without killing yourself
  • How to build an asset that adds value to the world
  • Common mistakes entrepreneurs make

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today, I don’t have a guest on the podcast, but in this episode, I’m going to share a collection of principles that I live by on how to make life-changing money without sacrificing your family. After all, a component of your ability to make money online depends on your mindset, habits, and your ability to balance family and your work life. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode.

00:29
Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, this means that you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? Well, that’s what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands, and it gives you the tools to build your contact list, send more memorable emails, automate key messages, and more, a lot more. And that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklyn, Living Proof,

00:58
all use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Now strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster. And it is free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create a free account. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now on to the show.

01:23
Welcome to the My Wife, Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

01:40
Welcome to the My Wife Could-A-Job podcast. As I mentioned in the intro, I’m going to be sharing some of my philosophies on making life-changing wealth. Now, when it comes to business and life, my primary goal is to be the best dad that I can be. Now, making money and getting rich are secondary objectives, and most people don’t believe that you can actually have both. But if you approach building wealth with the proper mindset, then you can make lots of money and have the lifestyle that you want at the same time. Now, I want to preface this video by saying that I’m not filthy rich. I can’t afford to buy a private jet.

02:10
nor will you ever see me on an episode of MTV cribs, but I do run multiple seven figure businesses that are very profitable. And I spent a lot of time with my family, almost too much. As a result, the principles in this video may not apply if you’re trying to make a billion dollars like Jeff Bezos, Bill Gates, or Mark Zuckerberg. But if you aspire to make a couple of million dollars per year where family is your priority, then continue on watching. lesson number one, you cannot get rich unless you build money generating assets.

02:38
Now, not all money is created equal. When you work a day job, you are paid based on your time. And because there only 24 hours in a day, your earning potential is forever capped by the amount of time you can work. As a result, your day job will never make you life-changing money. Instead of spending all of your time working for somebody else, you need to build a collection of money-generating assets. Now, an asset is something that you own that makes money while you sleep.

03:04
It is an army that you command human or machine that builds wealth 24 hours per day without your intervention. Now there are many ways to create income generating properties that are well covered in my post on how to become a millionaire. But here are some assets that I personally built up in the last 20 years. So the first asset is real estate. Now my house continues to appreciate year after year. I also run an e-commerce store over at bumblebeelinens.com, which generates seven figures per year, both my blog and my podcast over at mywifequitterjob.com.

03:32
These two properties collectively generate seven figures per year. And also I run an annual e-commerce conference over at seller summit, which is a conference that generates six figures in revenue per year. Now I also have a portfolio of stocks and mutual funds and the return rate varies, but generally goes up into the right. And finally, my YouTube channel, which I recently started, and please click here below to subscribe. Now, bottom line income generating assets, buy you freedom. After all, if you are spending all of your time working, then you aren’t spending time with your loved ones.

04:02
Alright, lesson number two, build an asset that adds value to the world. Now out of all the assets that I own, my online businesses make me the most money. And in general, the more value your asset can provide, the more money you will make. As a result, whenever I invest my time in creating a brand new asset, I always make sure that it provides tangible value to the end customer. Now this principle may seem like common sense, but every single day I get emails from readers asking me about AliExpress dropshipping or eBay dropshipping.

04:31
and other get rich quick e-commerce business models. And in fact, the internet is filled with schemes that promise a quick buck at the expense of selling junk or ripping somebody off. Now, if something sounds too good to be true, then it probably is. So before you invest your time into starting a business, you first must ask yourself whether you are providing value or whether you are making money at the expense of someone else. Now, if you provide value, your asset will stand the test of time. And my wife and I, we’ve been running our e-commerce store for over 13 years now.

04:59
and I’ve been running mywifequitterjob.com for 11 years. Do not get sucked into get rich quick money schemes because they will eventually fall apart. Focus on building value and the money will come. Lesson number three, keep employment to a minimum. Now, whenever I meet new entrepreneurs at a conference, usually the second or third question I get asked is how many people I have on my team. Now, for some strange reason, people tend to use headcount as a measuring stick for business success.

05:25
So I always get a little sheepish when I say that I only have one VA on my staff over at mywifecoderjob.com. And the truth is, is that I’m extremely cautious when it comes to hiring employees. In fact, I believe that every single business should have the minimum amount of human labor possible and that you should only hire when you’ve completely exhausted all other avenues. Now, in my opinion, human labor is the highest maintenance method to grow a business. You got to deal with personalities. You have to manage employee morale. You have to have leadership skills.

05:53
And if you aren’t a good leader, then guess what? Your employees won’t work as hard or they will simply leave. So instead I focus on my computers to grow my business. And if I can write a piece of code to replace a human, I will do it. Computers don’t complain. They work 24 seven and they never get tired. Hell, my wife, Quitterjob.com is a seven figure business largely because of software and I only need one employee to keep it running. Now, can I scale to $10 million on just one employee? Probably not.

06:21
but my primary goal is to be the best dad ever. Will $10 million make me a better father? Probably not. Lesson number four, your business provides more security than your day job. Now over the years, I’ve had countless arguments with readers about whether running a business is more stable than your day job. And aside from the fact that your job will never make you life changing money, I actually sincerely believe that it is less secure as well. Now the level of your job security will vary depending on what you do for a living, but here’s my take based on experience.

06:50
Back when I hired engineers for my tech company, actually created job wrecks for very specific roles. So for example, the last hire I made was for a junior microprocessor designer with a very specific set of hardware design skills. Now the engineer I ultimately hired was great at what he did and he eventually left the company for another position. But was his departure catastrophic to the company? Not really. I simply replaced him with another engineer of a similar caliber. Now what’s my point here?

07:18
When you are hired for a specific role at a company, you are essentially replaceable. Every aspect of a job can be taught. And especially in the case of engineers, you will eventually be competing with someone younger than you who knows more than you. Now on the flip side, can I ever be replaced at my own e-commerce store or my blog? Not as long as I’m the boss. Lesson number five, you have to create your own luck. Now when it comes to success in business and life, luck always plays a factor.

07:45
But have you ever noticed that certain people are luckier than others on a consistent basis? Now, when good things happen, seemingly by chance over and over and over again, it is no longer luck. It is skill. Now a reader once asked me whether I could replicate my success if I started all over again from scratch. And the answer is absolutely. If I lost everything and had to start with nothing, I am very confident that I can rebuild everything within five to 10 years. Now, when it comes to getting lucky, it is like playing the lottery and the more you hustle,

08:14
the more lottery tickets that you get. So for example, without my podcast and my blog, I would never have randomly met the sponsors that support me every single day. If I didn’t attend conferences, I would never have met my business partner. Now, when you put yourself out there, whether it be with a blog, podcast, or a YouTube channel, you are building a unique brand that naturally attracts other people. And because I’ve covered e-commerce strategy for over a decade now, I’m actually now well known in this field. So guess what? Whenever someone needs help in this department,

08:43
they naturally gravitate towards me. Now, it is a pure luck that potential students are able to find me. Absolutely. But I’ve drastically increased my chances of being discoverable online. Lesson number six, you must learn how to sell. Now in order to build wealth, you have to learn how to sell. And prior to my internet life, I was an engineering director who stared at a computer screen all day. I was great at building stuff, but horrible at selling. And in fact, I still remember the first live presentation that I gave to sell my course. It was terrible.

09:12
Even though I ended up selling 35 seats, I literally trembled when it came to present my offer. Now, if you’re terrible at sales like I used to be, the good news is that sales and marketing is actually a skill that you can learn over time. Most people think that you have to be sleazy and pushy to get someone to buy, but the reality is that sales and marketing is about communication and authenticity more than anything else. Just tell the Ike it how it is and your product will sell itself as long as you are providing value to your customers. And regardless of how uncomfortable you feel,

09:41
you will get much farther in life by devoting a portion of your studies towards human psychology and learning how to market yourself. Lesson number seven, building wealth always takes time. Now, most people believe that getting rich either happens quickly or doesn’t happen at all, but almost every single entrepreneur I know built up their wealth gradually over time. And if you look at my businesses, my assets didn’t start making money right away. My blog didn’t start making significant money until after year three, and my podcast took a few years as well.

10:10
Now building wealth is almost never caused by a sudden windfall of money and most assets build up little by little over time and collectively they add up to a significant sum. Now, if you use my YouTube channel as an example here, I literally started my channel about a month ago and right now my video views are very low, but I plan on producing one video per week for this channel forever. Why? Because I know that in a year or two, my YouTube channel will generate leads and eventually become a significant factor in my business. Just you wait and check back on this channel in a year.

10:40
Thanks to the internet, there’s so many ways to make money. Just pick one and stick with it. Lesson number eight, live below your means even if you have a lot of money. Now, even though my wife and I wouldn’t mind buying a larger house or remodeling our kitchen, we’ve purposely chosen to live below our means. Now we could certainly afford to buy a new car, a new house, or go on more extravagant vacations, but having more money in the bank means more freedom. Right now, I don’t have to worry about money at all. And I sincerely believe that people who live below their means enjoy a peace of mind

11:10
that people who spend extravagantly can’t comprehend. Many people I know immediately upgrade their lifestyle as soon as they start making significant money, but it also keeps them wanting more and more. And when you upgrade your lifestyle, your expectations increase and you establish a new normal. Now this new normal is much more expensive to maintain and you aren’t necessarily happier as a result. So for example, I could buy a much larger house that costs twice as much, but will it make me twice as happy?

11:37
Is a much larger house going to make me a much better father? Probably not. Now, once you make some money, you should still live like your old humble self. So you never have to worry about money ever again. Basically, you want to get to the point where you can say that you’re done, you’re retired and that you’re going to work on the things that you want to work on and spend time with the people who you want to spend time with. Lesson number nine, be stingy with your business expenses. Now living below your means also applies to business as well.

12:04
Now my buddy Joe Valley recently gave a presentation to my students in my class on how to value and sell your business. And one key takeaway that I left with is that every dollar you save with your business results in three to four more dollars in your bank account. Now here’s why. When it comes time to sell your business, most e-commerce businesses sell at a three to four X multiple of your earnings. As a result, every extra dollar earned is three to four extra dollars more that you can sell your business for.

12:30
So those of you who followed me for a long time know that I always tried to code my own apps instead of paying recurring monthly fees. And if there’s an application that I can actually code up in a week or less, and it saves me $50 a month, I will actually take the time and write it myself. Now, obviously, if you’re trying to scale your business really fast, it actually makes sense to just pay the money rather than figure things out yourself. But it all depends on your goals and your expected increase in sales as a result of using the new tool. So overall, my philosophy is to fiercely cut recurring costs as much as I can

13:00
and haggle with my vendors for everything. If you do not ask, you will not receive and keeping costs down always leads to more freedom and peace of mind for your business. Now lesson number 10 is to play the long game. Now, when it comes to building wealth in business and relationships, it always pays to play the long game. And in general, I will not start any business that I don’t plan on running forever, nor will I ever heavily invest in any relationship that I don’t plan on maintaining for the long haul. Now, why is that?

13:27
because I believe that the principle of compound interest applies to everything in life. Now, if you aren’t familiar with compound interest, it is the principle by which money grows in your investment account. So for example, if you start with a thousand dollars and it grows at 10 % per year, by year 30, you’ll have 17 X the money because their earnings pile up over time. Compound interest always starts out slow, but grows exponentially over time. Now blogging is the perfect business model to illustrate this principle. When I first started my wife, quitterjob.com, it made no money in year one.

13:58
Year two, it started making enough to pay the mortgage, but by year three, it made enough to replace my day job income. And today in year 10 plus, it actually makes seven figures. Now when it comes to relationships, building trust takes time. And in order to be successful, you have to work with other people. Now figuring out who you can depend on requires a tremendous amount of time. And today the relationships that I’ve built up in the past decade make up a huge part of my business revenue. Without my business partners, I would never be where I am today.

14:26
Now, whatever you decide to build, make sure that it is something that you plan on maintaining for the long haul.

14:33
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that, but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and I could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless, unenforceable trademark.

15:01
Now that is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council. They have a package service called Total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy. Their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other IP protection, such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge Council first and get a free consult.

15:31
For more information, go to emerge council.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a hundred dollar discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s merged council.com over at EMERGECOUNSEL.com. Now back to the show.

15:53
Now we left off on lesson 10 and lesson 11 is choose your business partners wisely. Now up until 2016, I refused to partner up with anyone because I was scared. After all, I kept hearing horror stories from friends on how their business partnerships were a complete disaster. Some friends had their partners outright steal from them. Some friends complained that their partners weren’t holding up their end of the bargain. And others complained that their partners kept making boneheaded decisions. Now there’s so many ways for partnerships to go wrong.

16:21
So I’ve been extra careful in choosing who I work with. And in general, I look for four main character traits. My partner has to have a good head on his or her shoulders. I need to trust that he or she will make the best possible decision in any given situation based on the available information. My partner has to have integrity. I need to know that he or she will not intentionally do anything illegal or try to rip me off. My partner also has to be motivated to put in the work. Now having a smart partner is a given.

16:48
but sometimes smart people may not be motivated to put in the work. So the effort level must be equal. My partner also has to be driven by logic, not emotion. Now, in my experience, the people with the least emotions tend to have the best judgment. Heat of the moment decisions tend to be non-optimal. Now, if you can find a partner that possesses these traits, then not only will it add value to your business, but it will make running it more fun as well. Lesson number 12, always be learning. Now, even though I teach a class on how to start a store and a class on how to start a blog,

17:18
I full on admit that I don’t know everything. Both blogging and e-commerce changes so quickly and you have to adapt to these changes in order to survive. After all, just because your business is doing well today does not mean that it will last forever. As a result, I’m always on the lookout for new strategies and constantly learning new things. And in fact, I believe that every entrepreneur should read books, blogs, and tutorials every single day. However, the most important aspect of the learning process is to maintain an open mind and never consider yourself to be an expert.

17:48
Now, despite the fact that I’ve been running my online store courses for almost a decade, I continuously pick up new things from the students in my class all the time. The other aspect of learning worth mentioning is that you have to get your hands dirty. Now reading a book or watching a tutorial is one thing, but taking action and doing is infinitely better. So if you’ve been stuck in the analysis paralysis phase for too long, then just get started with what you’ve got. Lesson number 13, outsource repetitive tasks. Now, even though I try to keep my team as lean as possible,

18:18
I always outsource as many repetitive tasks as possible. Cause here’s why. Once a task becomes repetitive, it means that you are no longer learning. And when you are no longer learning, that task becomes a waste of your time. Now, obviously your first choice should be to outsource repetitive tasks to a machine by writing code. But if you have to outsource, outsource the work to another human. Lesson number 14, learn how to code. Now, most of you out there are not trained programmers, but if you’re running an online business,

18:46
you should at least be able to read and modify minor parts of your website code. Now I can’t tell you how many entrepreneurs rely on their web developer every single time they need even the smallest tweaks made to their website. And this sucks. Not only do you have to patiently wait for them to do the work, but you soon become dependent on them for every little thing. Now developer costs can quickly add up. So why not invest some of your time towards learning how to code? The best form of leverage for any business is software. And when you know how to code,

19:14
you can command an army of machines who will work tirelessly for you. And even if you’re tech averse, it pays to understand how programming languages work. Now you don’t have to be a coding expert, but being fluent is often good enough. Think about it this way. It is highly likely that sometime in the future, machines will render human labor obsolete. So would you rather be replaced by a robot or be the one who designs the robots? Lesson number 15, pick a business with high barriers to entry.

19:41
Now most new entrepreneurs tend to gravitate towards business models that are easy to start with, with little financial risk. And this is the main reason why dropshipping is so popular. But doing something just because it is easy is absolutely the wrong way to think about your business. After all, if your business is easy to start, then you’ll always have more competition. So instead of looking for easy ways to start a business, try to think about aspects of your business that are painful to replicate. Now for our e-commerce store, we do personalization for our products because it is a major pain in the butt.

20:11
running embroidery machines 24 seven is difficult because there is a steep learning curve and the machines break all the time. If someone wants to copy our business, it will be much more difficult to replicate our personalized offerings without significant investment. Similarly, when it comes to content creation, it is much harder to create video than it is to write a blog post or produce a podcast. As a result, producing video will give your business a leg up over the competition. So go with what’s hard and your life will eventually be easier. Lesson number 16.

20:41
do not be too stingy with your business. Now, when it comes to building a money making asset, you can’t be overly cheap. Keeping your business lean is one thing, but refusing to invest in essential tools is another matter entirely. Now I’ve had students and readers refuse to pay 40 bucks for a research tool that would save them hundreds of hours of time. I’ve had new store owners refuse to invest in a good shopping cart like Shopify or big commerce in favor of cheaper inferior platforms like Wix. Now in order to run an effective business,

21:09
Making forward progress is your top priority and you have to properly value your time. And when you’re first getting started, I recommend that you assign yourself an hourly rate. So for example, if you work a day job, then take your hourly pay and multiply it by two. If the tool that you are too cheap to buy will save you more money than what your time is worth, then buy the tool. The same principle applies to outsourcing repetitive tasks with your business. By assigning a dollar value to your time, it allows you to justify your business spend and avoid the frugality trap. Lesson number 17.

21:38
take criticism with an open mind. Now, back in the day, I refused to ask for help because I was afraid of what people might say. And whenever I did receive negative feedback, I would immediately get defensive and lock myself in the nearest room. But over the years, I’ve learned to channel the energy of negative comments directly towards improving my business. So if you’re not currently part of a mastermind group, then I highly recommend that you either join or form one of your own. Because without getting feedback from unbiased parties, you could be overlooking glaring weaknesses in your business,

22:08
that are impossible to spot on your own. Now I’ve been meeting with my e-commerce mastermind once per month for nearly six years now. And this group was directly responsible for improving my conversion rate by 46%. Now, even though the feedback I often get from my mastermind is blunt and painful to hear, applying their suggestions always gets good results. Lesson number 18, no one can copy your personality. Now I’m often asked by other entrepreneurs why I have my face and name plastered all over my blog.

22:36
After all, using my name and face makes eventually selling my business problematic. But in the face of competition that increases year after year, my best form of differentiation is my personality. After all, no one can copy me. No one can copy my skills or my sense of humor. And by establishing a strong personal brand, I’m effectively future-proofing my business. So if you can gather the courage to put yourself out there and show off your personality to the world, then good things will happen. Talk about your failures. Talk about your triumphs.

23:05
There are always people out there who want to hear your story. Lesson number 19, prioritize your tasks based on impact, not urgency. Now this principle often gets me into trouble with my wife because I sometimes have to prioritize other tasks over what my wife wants me to do. And here’s just a sample conversation. Steve, I need this product graphic fixed immediately. It’s wrong on our site and we’ll lose out on a ton of sales. Well, dear, how many product photos are broken? Just one. How many units of this product sells per day?

23:33
None yet, but it’s a brand new product. Would it be okay if I do this next week? I’ve got some other things on my plate that are higher priority. Would it be okay if you slept on the couch tonight? So that’s just an exaggeration of one of our conversations, but every decision that you make with your time can have long-term effects. And if you spend all of your time putting out fires and tending to mini emergencies, then your business will never make progress. Now I’m not telling you to stop putting out fires or to not listen to your spouse, but you should consider that fixing what is urgent isn’t necessarily the right thing to do.

24:02
Sometimes it is okay to leave things broken if there are bigger, more impactful tasks at hand. Lesson number 20, you will succeed eventually. And this is perhaps the most important principle of all. If you start a business and stick with it forever, you will eventually succeed. Now in this day and age, everyone is fickle as hell. And the reason nine out of 10 businesses fail is because people simply give up. Everyone wants results immediately, but almost no one has the patience. Getting rich quick is a myth. You have to put in the time.

24:31
you have to put in the hours. You have to build up your skillset and be great at what you do. You have to make your business a part of your routine and keep doing it every single day. And as soon as you start keeping track or setting expectations, you’ll get impatient and give up. There are so many businesses out there that are successful simply because they weathered the storm. And when the going gets tough, the weak drop out, but the strong survive. So if you can make your business a part of your permanent lifestyle, then you will eventually outlast everyone else.

25:02
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now please send me an email over at steve at mywifequitterjob.com if you enjoy these solo episodes and please share your own philosophies as I’d love to hear them. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 307. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to klaviyo.com slash mywife.

25:32
Once again, that’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com slash My Wife. Now we talked about how I use all these tools in my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

25:52
where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

306: How My Student Angela Li Makes 6 Figures Selling Jewelry Without Advertising

306: How My Student Angela Makes 6 Figures Selling Jewelry Without Advertising

Today I’m happy to have Angela Li on the show. Angela is a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course and she runs a 6 figure business selling jewelry over at AzuraJewelry.com.

Jewelry is one of the hardest products to sell online because the internet is flooded with jewelry makers of all kinds. But Angela has managed to create a great jewelry brand. She doesn’t sell on Amazon, and all of her sales are from her own website and Etsy.

In today’s episode Angela shares her story and reveals how she generates sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • Angela’s motivations for starting her jewelry business
  • How she made her first sale
  • Angela’s advertising and promotion strategy
  • How to leverage Instagram to promote your brand

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have an extra special guest on the show who happens to be a student in my create a profitable online store course now Angela Li runs Azurajewelry.com and she makes six figures with her store selling jewelry, which is one of the most difficult types of products to sell online. Not only that but she’s done it without any paid advertising and today she’s going to share her strategies and story.

But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout-out to Klaviyo helps brands build relationships across any distance delivering email marketing moments. Your customers will appreciate, remember and share in good times and bad. And since it is all driven by real-time e-commerce data, you can make sure every interaction feels more personal. Now when you have a 360 degree view of the customer the growth possibilities are endless. So visit klaviyo.com/mywife and try for free. That’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show welcome.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m really happy to have Angela Lee on the show. Now, Angela is a student in my create a profitable online store course and she runs a six-figure business selling jewelry over at azurajewelry.com. Now, jewelry is actually one of the hardest products to sell online because the Internet is flooded with jewelry makers of all kinds and it’s actually quite easy to get lost in the noise. But Angela has managed to create a great jewelry brand over at azurajewelry.com.

She doesn’t sell on Amazon and all of her sales are from her own site and Etsy as well. Anyway, I decided to bring her on the show to tell her story and reveal how she has managed to generate all of her sales and Angela, Welcome to show. How are you doing today?

Angela: I’m doing great Steve. Thanks for having me.

Steve: So Angela, please tell the audience about your store what you sell and how you got started.

Angela: Sure. So I am the founder of azura jewelry. Azura jewelry was established in New York in 2017 with a mission to inspire and connect. It’s a high-quality fashion jewelry line that targets to bridge the price and quality gap between fine jewelry that you know, use gold and diamonds costing over 500 plus and fashion jewelry that you seem very strong, quality matters that don’t just, that lasts long.

So we only use authentic and natural gemstone, is the heart of our business. We work exclusively with ethically sourced and eco free source, sterling silver plated by 14 karat gold and our prices are also very acceptable. There’s somewhere between 80 to 150. So it’s all started, It’s all started my I guess my love for jewelry really started when I was in college. My mom gives to me a pair of earrings. Right before my first job interview, but my story starts much earlier. I was born in China to a family that was politically persecuted by Chinese communist government for over a decade.

So they have experienced the first hand of Terror of cultural revolution. And for those who are listening to the podcast, but don’t know what cultural revolution is. It is a notorious movement that paralyzed Chinese economy to a significant degree. The stated goal was to preserve Chinese communism by purging remnants of capitalist and intellectuals from the society and includes like Mass killing torture interrogation and as a result, so two million people were killed in that movement. So my grandpa was the financial minister of old China, he is nationalist not communist.

My grandma was the daughter of Chinese ambassador to Japan. They also the relatives of Shanghai Shaq who is the first President of Taiwan and also the chairman of nationalist so inevitably our family became one of the biggest Target and they took our house has clearly our bank account and my grandpa was in prison

Steve: my goodness.

Angela: grandma Yes, it was pretty bad my grandma. She was this gorgeous gorgeous lady. They shaved her long hair in front of like tens of thousands people in a public demonstration and she was paralyzed right after that and soon pass away. So my parents were interrogated. They tortured they were tortured and sent to one of the Parade’s the land in China all the way into 1991. Our family case was rare draft and that was rather wrong moment. And the only did I think that was when I was seven years old. I can only I was only able to go to school so growing up in that environment. I was really just always ask to just put my head down don’t voice any opinion try to blend in and I was growing up very timid and insecure.

So when I was in college, I always really wanted to find a job, you know in a prestigious firm so that I can support myself, my family financially. But I really do struggle to find my footing in such a competitive work right before my first interview my mom gave to me this, you know pair of earrings. It was a white topaz gemstone in the center enclosed by 6 stones, looks like a blooming flower and then put them on I instantly feel so special. I was like, wow, I never thought such a small piece of jewelry can really, you know, make me sit taller and the walk out the door within your confidence. So that was the moment really ignited my passion for jewelry.

Steve: That is an amazing story. So how did you guys ultimately make it into the US?

Angela: So, I moved to the US In 2011. I indeed find a job in a global top 500 company after I graduate from college and in 2011. I really just you know, the freedom of speech is getting worse and worse in China. I really just want to get out of there. So 2011, I came to the US pursue my MBA degree at Georgetown University. And then after that I actually started my career on Wall Street during private, private banking.

Steve: Oh my goodness. Okay, which is a very male-dominated industry. Yeah.

Angela: Yes, very male dominated industry, two years into the industry. I realized okay, that’s not for me. I was, I feel like I’m dying a slow death there. So I was contemplating on the way out. That’s the reason in 2017. I started Azura Jewelry on the side

Steve: Okay.

Angela: But it took me another year and a half to really make up our mind and commit to the business full time. So I quit my job at the end of 2018.

Steve: Wow, congratulations, you know,

Angela: Thank you.

Steve: so when it comes to jewelry though, it’s actually very competitive as I mentioned in the intro. How did you go about validating your jewelry and how did you know that it was actually going to sell?

Angela: So that was actually one of the biggest mistake I made I didn’t validate my niche before that.

Steve: Okay.

Angela: So, had I pick your classes earlier before I launched my business? I probably won’t sell jewelry.

Steve: Really? Okay

Angela: yes.

Steve: but but then you wouldn’t have the successful business. So I mean, I’m not always correct. I just know it’s just very difficult. So

Angela: I think you are absolutely correct. I actually had a year all stagnation. I feel like I was trying to do everything but nothing works so that it was the reason I join your course. And I think at that time I had already listened to a podcast for about six months and my business wasn’t moving forward. I was like, okay, I really need to find a mentor to shed some light and I remember so clearly in the first class the first office, a student asked you about selling jewelry on Amazon. You said you don’t recommend it because it’s hard to categorize. Hard to rank is hard to differentiate yourself.

And it’s also very difficult to articulate, you know, what kind of benefit and functionality, you know, the value that you can bring to the customer. You said if you want sell jewelry you have to really start emotions and stories. So that was actually my aha moment. I said aha because when I create Azura Jewelry, it was really just another to brand. There is no different from my competitors. But after you said that I decided to go through the classes and follow each step you taught in the class.

I started to you know, put my story and my face behind my brand that wasn’t a very comfortable thing to do, but I was like I just, in order to make this work and since I quit my job. I just have to follow them and then that also prompted the unique value proposition that is possible. That’s yeah we have Five different value propositions why customers should purchase from us that how we are different from our competitors. We also you know, the product titles.

We put some spiritual meanings in the product descriptions we talk about the gemstones, you know, the meanings, the healing properties, the powers where the design where how we are inspired by the design to create that piece of jewelry. That is only only by then that my business start taking off.

Steve: Interesting just a few things to just kind of get out of the way. Are you a technical person? Did you have any problems with the website or getting up and running? What was the most difficult part?

Angela: It wasn’t really difficult for me because I majored in chemistry when I was in college. So I’m sort of tech, but my brain functions in a very logical way so but yeah, but I work I put my website on shopify before I it’s really not difficult at all. It’d probably take me about five to six hours to put up the website. It’s definitely less than a day. Yeah, probably more than half day.

Steve: Okay

Angela: that’s already because I already had all the pictures you know, product description, shop policies ready.

Steve: Sure. How did you make your first sale? So you mentioned you didn’t validate your Niche before you got started. So and then you have this website and you have your value props and you have your story but how did you actually generate some traffic to actually get that first sale?

Angela: My first to sale from is generated from Instagram to a customer in Denver. Okay. So clearly yeah, of course I did I didn’t really make any sales. Marketing to all through my family or friends. I just don’t think it’s sustainable or meaningful in any way and pass. I don’t think they will give me all this and transparency back. So from the very beginning my audience actually a cold traffic and we have put a lot of efforts on Instagram.

Steve: So can we talk about your Instagram strategy? So let’s say you had your brand new account brand-new no pictures. What are some of the things that you’re doing with Instagram that had working for your?

Angela: So when I started actually put like about two pages of content in a day.

Steve: Okay

Angela: Yeah. I just don’t want you know some customer land on my pages. The only two pictures say it’s a brand new account, right? Yeah, so I had two pages so they can scroll up and down at least the say some content back then that was 2017. So I first 10K followers actually generated by doing the follow unfollow strategy. My competitors to come this strategy. I don’t recommend at this moment. I just don’t think it works now because Instagram I’ll wear them is getting so much smarter. They can really detect abnormal behavior. And that will literally turn your you know account into a zombie account that you just don’t have any organic reach but back then it works pretty fine for me.

Steve: Did you use software to do that?

Angela: No, I just did it like manually myself.

Steve: Oh manually. Okay. Follow, unfollow wow okay.

Angela: Yeah. Yeah, I just do it manually even though I don’t think software would work. Why? just because I really focused particularly on some sort of, you know competitor’s followers. So it was very targeted. I don’t know how yeah, if any software will do the work.

Steve: Yeah back in the day. You could say I want to follow the followers of somebody and then the Here we go in and do follows and then if no one followed back you would just stop following that person. This is an older strategy back in the day actually around two years ago come to think of it.

Angela: Oh, okay, so I didn’t I didn’t know that. Okay, but I think 10K was like a good threshold to make a brand look legit. Sure after 10K all of our followers, right now we are at 72k followers. So yeah right now It’s all organic, after 10K it’s organic.

Steve: Well, let’s talk about from going from 10K to 72k. What are some things that you do to maintain this Instagram account and actually grow it?

Angela: Before instagram comes down to create high quality and share-worthy content Instagram really favors visually appealing images. So the more people, you know, the more people share your content the more eyeballs you get onto your profile and as a result the more traffic you will be able to direct your website when I’m creating content. I just not just creating for my audience right? I’m creating for my audiences’ audiences’ audiences as well.

So in the each industry is very different. So it’s important to find out what kind of content is share-worthy in in your Niche. What I did is to analyze my competitors viral posts see if a majority of my competitors post a getting a thousand to two thousand likes 30 comments and one of the posters got like over a thousand likes and over a hundred comments. That is a variable.

Steve: Oh, what posts? Sorry.

Angela: a viral

Steve: Viral. Okay. Got it.

Angela: Yeah, viral post. So I would have just assess the pattern of all those viral posts and find out what kind of image they’re using what kind of hashtags and captions they put out there and I would use that as my guidance to create my own content. And once the Instagram has collected enough data on my count. I just using Instagram inside to discover the post that you know, my audience engaged the most aware of and use them as a compass for my future posts.

Steve: What would you say is your most viral post to date? And what does that post look like if you kind of know off the top of head?

Angela: Yes, I absolutely know that the one of the viral post I had is actually made to the Instagram explore tab where I had over 15,000 likes.

Steve: Wow!

Angela: and to that post the general raid us about to over 2,000 followers. That was last month that I now is probably even more so that post is a collection of amethyst ring in a like a lavender setting which is our trend color, so that is called..

Steve: really. So what was special about that one over some of the other ones that didn’t go viral.

Angela: We actually had a lot of posts made to explore tabs nowadays. That’s why I like our Instagram account Grows by probably a hundred followers a day on average. It’s I think it’s really depends on the design of the Ring of the jewelry if people would like it or not and it’s also it sounds weird but it’s also about like this how pretty that picture looks like in general what we find out is you know, Multiple pieces of jewelry works a lot better than just a single piece of jewelry in a picture.

Light background with a pop of gemstone color works a lot better and the bird’s eye view works a lot better. So it’s like a combination of a lot of different factors.

Steve: So you’re saying here that that image or that Instagram post went viral because the image and not necessarily the copy?

Angela: Yes. I don’t think it’s necessarily a copy. I the hashtag step plays also very important role.

Steve: Okay

Angela: In our Instagram strategy.

Steve: So what is your hashtag strategy?

Angela: So actually from the beginning of 2018 right in Instagram roll out this function of having people to be able to follow hashtags and at the beginning I was just like a lot of people I don’t know how effective hashtags are. So I use a lot of big hashtags like #jewelry #goldrings literally just you know, throwing everything at once hoping something sticks.

Last year, I had my intern to do a very comprehensive research on hashtag. We basically find out the most relevant hashtags to my Niche to my followers and to my product that’s basically based on the search volumes also based on you know, like what our competitors are using. So by doing that we actually put a lot of the product in front of people who aren’t even following us.

Steve: So in terms of the hashtags, how do you know that a hashtag that you’re going for might be too competitive and you don’t even have a chance of cracking the front page?

Angela: So what do you use the hashtag actually shows how many posts there how many people follow. So what we did we actually choose the some like medium-sized hashtags like #jewelry. That’s just way too competitive.

Steve: Right

Angela: So we should sound like media sizes and we also it’s more like doing a research of the keywords as well. Like people who usually would Google something in the certain keywords that they would use that as hashtags as well. So that’s how we figure it out.

Steve: What is considered a medium-sized hashtag?

Angela: I would say somewhere from 500k to 700k

Steve: 500. Wow. Okay, and that’s because it does this change depending on how strong your Instagram account is. So back in the day when you had just 10,000 subscribers, I would imagine going for those even 500k hashtags would be too difficult, right?

Angela: Yeah. Yes, I definitely yes. I agree, had something to do with your followers on your Instagram.

Steve: So do you have like some sort of formula or equation that you use to determine what hashtags? To go for it because Azura account grows. Obviously, you can go for harder hashtags, right?

Angela: Yes. At the very beginning we used a lot of these hashtags like hey #amethystrings #bluetopazring those much smaller. Now, we’re targeting bigger hashtags like #GemstonesJewelry.

Steve: I see

Angela: that’s much bigger. Yeah. It’s also broader in some way. But we still use the ish hashtags just because we wanted to rank for a certain categories.

Steve: Okay. So I mean you get 30 hashtags, right? And so what is your mix look like?

Angela: It’s actually every post is different because we wanted to have the hashtag, you know, most irrelevant to that post. We basically have what kind of gem stones we use hashtags, whatever the amethyst blue topaz or whatever and we have the general hashtags. Like hey instead of jewelry, #jewelryoftheday #ringoftheday something like that.

Steve: Okay. Can we can we talk about just like the jewelry design process. So you mentioned before like on Instagram the image is everything and your images are very great. But on the same side, like it’s a designs that people are attracted to right? So is this where your dude you have a background in jewelry design or?

Angela: No, I don’t have a background in Jewelry design. I do have one in that is our design. The other half is actually with private label our factories design.

Steve: Okay

Angela: so they are supposed to give away the auction that we launched we use a lot of factory designs as well. But jewelry design is really not as difficult as most people would think

Steve: okay

Angela: Our designs are really simple for everyday wear rather than something you know you saved for You saved on for some day. So it’s more like, you know, self-expression and Imagination what great is our Jeweler has pretty strong design team who can just translate what I drawn down on a piece of paper In to say Ad what we call is computer aided design.

Steve: Sure.

Angela: Yes, three National. Yeah and then go from there and sometimes it does take like two to three modifications to get what I really have envisioned in my head.

Steve: Okay

Angela: Yeah, but it’s not that difficult.

Steve: So in terms of growing your Instagram account, have you done any collabs giveaways or anything promotions or is it just been just straight organic posting images and content?

Angela: so we do influencer marketing but not into the extent that we have been through like two different strategies. The first strategy is when we have about probably 10K followers. We have reached a lot of influences of similar size and offer them two to three pieces of Jewelry in exchange for shout out. But that was a but that was a nightmare.

Steve: Oh it was? Okay what happened?

Angela: I think 50% of them just walked away with a free piece of jewelry and without posting anything but you know repeated follow up. the thing is like being an influencer has a really low barrier to entry on Instagram, right?

Steve: Yes.

Angela: So anybody could call them as influencer, but it’s a very competitive industry like a being a really good one takes a lot of time and effort. So when we originally out to those like Nano influencers, they probably did probably not even serious about what they do at that moment.

Steve: Yeah. I know. Yeah

Angela: Yeah, that’s why they just walked away with the jewelry they just disappear

Steve: But for the ones that did do the shout out. Did it actually make a difference?

Angela: No, no, it didn’t. I don’t I, at least from my side. I didn’t see a big difference. But last year we had developed this new program. It’s an influencer ambassador and the rap affiliate program. So ambassadors are those where the over 50k for rest of those who have a probably about 20K 250k followers. I just find out those influence or who has passed, you know, trying to keep followers thresholds. They are more serious about what they do.

So they’re more likely to stick to it and we create specific coupon code for each Ambassador and ranft to share with their audiences and they both make a percentage off the sale generated through that coupon code

Steve: I see.

Angela: Yeah. Ambassador’s percentage is higher than raft. The main difference is really Ambassador getting three pieces of jewelry on a quarterly basis and a raft gets free jewelry of just for once and if there is no conversion, we just take the wrap off the program. I see what a lot better

Steve: so they get jewelry no matter what so they can promote it and then they also get a cut of the sale.

Angela: Yes, we do realize that repeated post works better. If they just post once they just don’t generate that much conversion. But if they post, you know once a week three times a month that works much better. So we decided to just offer them jewelry on a quarterly basis.

Steve: If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Weigler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: Interesting. So I mean it’s essentially an affiliate program, but how does the jewelry get do just give him jewelry whenever a new line comes out or how does the giving away jewelry work?

Angela: So we so they have a coupon codes and we basically have our social media managers and all the email to all the ambassadors say, hey, they can use their coupon code which is a hundred percent off our website. So they can use that coupon code to take two to three pieces of jewelry from our website. That’s how it works.

Steve: Okay, and then it’s are they limited by the just two or three pieces? Right?

Angela: Yes. Usually, yeah. Usually it’s three pieces

Steve: is that Ongoing thing or is it just like a one-time thing?

Angela: It’s ongoing thing every quarter in the first week of that quarter with sent out the email I see how that’s hey you can, you can pick up your jewelry now and then I just go on that blind to place an order.

Steve: So at least once a quarter they’re posting or do they post more often than that?

Angela: They actually post them all off and on that some ambassadors don’t post as often. They probably post only when they receive the Jewelry probably once or twice and their conversion definitely their conversion really suffer lower than those who constantly posting

Steve: sure

Angela: but this is also like a process of figuring out who really which, you know, which Ambassador really works.

Steve: Let me ask you a question here. So you’re doing all this through Instagram, right? So these people are posting on Instagram. Have you tried this strategy with bloggers as well people with websites that can actually link to your store?

Angela: Yes, we do at the beginning way to work to with a lot of bloggers who can we mainly do that because we wanted a backlink from them. Rather than having them to promoting our jewelry and in exchange. We also create a blog to them. So we give them the backlink as well.

Steve: I see it has that worked as well or has the Instagram just been a lot more successful for you?

Angela: To generate sales, Definitely Instagram, but yeah the backlinks stuff definitely help with the SEO a lot more.

Steve: Okay. How did you get to be featured on the magazines that have been listed on your site?

Angela: Oh, I just keep bugging the editor ha ha ha. So I follow a lot of accessory editors on the major had on their social media and I just engage with them like by commenting on their stories and called and then usually after like a month of like engaging them and I would send the brand introduction email to them to introduce who we are and what we sell and after several weeks. I follow up with a package of like a collection of certain pieces.

You know that fit into the theme of what’s going on during that period and a week later. I just asked hey, do you have a question? Can I send some samples to you this and that and when they are having birthday, I’m sending some gifts to their birthday and yeah, that’s how it works.

Steve: Right? So this is like a long-term strategy here. So how long does it typically take before you do your ask in terms of just engaging with them.

Angela: For some of them It’s actually really fast. It’s all it take like one to two to ask but some other editors actually takes a lot longer. We still have editors. We probably pitch them pitch to them like six seven times 8 times. They have never responded to us.

Steve: How did you get their emails?

Angela: I got their emails is from like I know what the magazines that they work for and they just have certain logic of how they have their emails. It’s usually their last name first name @wmagazine.com or it would be just the first letter of your last name and then their first name dot you know

Steve: right

Angela: well something like that. Yeah, so I just

Steve: So what would your average initial email sounds like?

Angela: Especially sounds like hey, this is Angela. I’m the founder of Azura jewelry. And then I have a you know introduction of what Azura jewelry is and tell them what is our unique value proposition. And hey, we would love to be kept in mind for future stories. Please. Let me know like if you wanted to review our samples, something like that. That’s the first of all reach, you know.

Steve: Do cold send them jewelry or do you actually talk to them first and ask them if they want the jewelry, you mentioned sending them on birthdays and that sort of thing which assumes you have an address for them.

Angela: Yes, because sometimes when they respond I would get a dress in their signatur

Steve: I see.

Angela: And he’s on the yeah. So sometimes people they post on this Instagram that they are having, you know birthday. I would just send some flowers over. Just to feel that long-term relationship.

Steve: What is your hit rate? I’m just kind of curious when you’re doing this cold Outreach.

Angela: It’s actually works pretty well. I think 60 a 70 percent also.

Steve: Wow, that’s amazing.

Angela: Yeah. Well the respond to me especially because we engage with them first rather than to send out an email. We have been commenting following them on their Instagram. Sometimes I read the email because if they have an article coming out. I wouldn’t post it. I would write them an email saying hey, I really like this article, you know, keep up the good work this and that so they really appreciate that.

Steve: So you pay attention to when they post and you’re among the first commenter, so they actually notice you

Angela: Yes, I definitely common first on their post

Steve: Is this everything that you do or do you Outsource this?

Angela: I do it myself.

Steve: You do it yourself. Okay

Angela: this is because I don’t think, I have a social media manager who basically respond to all the comments on my Instagram page and all the you know, Instagram inquiries, but I don’t think they are trained to reach the editors at this moment.

Steve: Sure. Yeah, that makes sense.

Angela: So either that yeah, I just do that myself.

Steve: What tools are you using for Instagram to just kind of manage the whole thing?

Angela: Nothing. I actually I don’t use any specific tool

Steve: really Interesting, Just okay.

Angela: Yeah I have I have someone to manage my Instagram account at this moment. I basically just go into the account and you know building relationship with editors other than that there is no special tools

Steve: No tools. Okay. Just the Instagram app.

Angela: Yeah

Steve: so I know since you gave an office hour, which I did a website critique for you during office hours that you take all of your images with your iPhone. Right? Is that still true?

Angela: Yeah. Yes. I do. So those white background pictures that you saw on my website. They actually taken by a professional photographers, but all those Lifestyles that you say on my website and also on my Instagram I took them by on my iphone.

Steve: Okay, so there’s a disk. So all the product photos are professionally taken?

Angela: Yeah, all the white background.

Steve: Okay, and then but all your Instagram photos and everything. Those are taking with your iPhone, right?

Angela: Yes. So yes for the product pictures. We have only one or two white background picture and the rest are like on the models on lifestyle pictures. Those are all so I picked them.

Steve: Wow. All right, so that my the reason why I’m asking this is you know for Instagram, obviously you have to have your photos on your phone and I guess it’s logical then that since you’re not Any helper apps all your images are taken on your phone.

Angela: yeah.

Steve: Okay. Do you run them through any apps after the fact I mean the photos look amazing are using Lightroom?

Angela: Yes. No, that’s too technical. For me

Steve: okay. So..

Angela: yeah, that’s too technical so I basically just used like a filter. The thing is about jewelry pictures, right? It can be very difficult. It can be very simple when I say it’s easy. It’s because you know, I need is a table setting some pro, a hand and background, in the ear, is different from like clothing brands. They actually have to have different models makeup, you know background. So I really don’t need all that.

The difficult part is the gemstones actually reflect light differently. So if you don’t do it right you lose that authenticity of the color and texture.

Steve: Mmm. Okay

Angela: I take everything on my yeah, so I only take pictures with night light sometimes between to 11:30 to 1:30. So every month I spent probably an hour and 30 minutes to take about 30 pictures for that month.

Steve: I see

Angela: I just use a filter to add in my picture probably take about 10 seconds. I do that when I’m in line for my coffee in strabucks

Steve: So it’s all done on your phone.

Angela: Yes, he’s all done in my iPhone.

Steve: What about order fulfillment? Are you fulfilling all of your own orders?

Angela: So I do both I use fulfillment center and I also fulfill some orders myself if they are popular designs and we’re moving in volume if fulfilled by a fulfillment center in New Jersey, they charge us probably like 180 per order with the for like multi-channel with that additional $0.20 per units within the same order. Yeah.

Steve: How did you find this 3pl?

Angela: They actually reach out to us on Shopify group on a Facebook group. It was like open World. yeah, they just reach out to us because I was talking about like we’re having some troubles with the international shipping this and that and they reach out to us and then I decided to give it a try and so far it works well and for the others like a new designs because we’re just testing designs probably have only like 30 50 pieces. I don’t know if we’re going to move volumes because they charges for inventory the storage cost as well. So I just shipped those out myself.

Steve: So someone comes on your site and they order something that is stored at the 3pl as well as one of these new designs that your shipping shipping out of your house. I would imagine.

Angela: Yeah

Steve: so does that mean that they’re going to get two separate orders like two separate boxes and that case?

Angela: No, they’re not. No. So for those like, No for certain designs way only either carry in my house or carry in the Fulfillment center.

Steve: Yeah, but what if I order both? In one order.

Angela: Oh in one order that hasn’t happened to me yet.

Steve: Okay

Angela: that’s a very good one, yeah that hasn’t happened to me yet.

Steve: Now. I noticed on your site that your jewelry has a lot of reviews on them, and I’m just wondering what your process is for gathering reviews and following up and doing customer service.

Angela: At the beginning we Gather reviews by just Outreach customer if they write a review for us. We will give them a like $10 coupon for their next order. That’s basically how we generate the initial review. Once we have enough to look at our website to make our water look very credible and legit. We basically just used you know, the automatic email sequence sent out by exempt.

Steve: Okay. What did what are you using?

Angela: Stamped.

Steve: Oh Stamped.io got it.

Angela: Yeah

Steve: Okay. Are you using email marketing tool?

Angela: Yeah, we do Klaviyo.

Steve: Okay Klaviyo.

Angela: We just migrate from MailChimp last year when they break up with the Shopify. Yeah at this moment our email. Yeah. No, just our email marketing doesn’t work as well as I hoped

Steve: Interesting

Angela: So we just have, you know certain flows, automatic flows.

Steve: right

Angela: in place and the we send out campaigns probably once every two weeks. But our email marketing is very low. So that’s probably caused the issue.

Steve: interesting or are you doing any advertising?

Angela: Right now all of our traffic is organic.

Steve: Oh, wow, so we’re running, we have 75% of margin at this moment.

Angela: Amazing.

Angela: We do around some retargeting ads on Facebook which is probably full access our ROI but what I realized is that if I run ads to traffic on Facebook, I probably haven’t done it really, you know.. well

Steve: it’ll be tricky for sure.

Angela: It can be really really expensive.

Steve: Yes. Yeah.

Angela: . Yeah, but in the future like this year, our Focus will be on targeting, you know, the pay traffic. I’ll tackle them one by one.

Steve: So for the people out there may be a listening who might want to sell jewelry. What would you say was the biggest challenge in just kind of getting started and getting your first sales?

Angela: I think at the beginning is like I really didn’t validate my niche that is the biggest one and also I think really just to avoid the shiny object syndrome because at the beginning I was trying to do everything. I did affiliate marketing influencer marketing, you know, Facebook ads everything nothing really worked well for me, I just realized that if you can just focus on one thing and do a really well be an expert on that. You will have a six-figure business. So I think it’s dive deep in one topic is better than scratching the surface, you know also a hundred different things.

Steve: How much money did you invest to start your business?

Angela: Less than $1,000 the first, the inventory where we have, we invest probably about 400 to 500 and then the Shopify theme cost about 280. We actually bought a theme for 140 as well. We have some jewelry boxes to so yeah

Steve: so under $1,000 that’s amazing.

Angela: Yeah under a thousand dollars.

Steve: and on the Instagram front if people want to start marketing with Instagram, you mentioned that follow, unfollow doesn’t work anymore. How would you grow an account today?

Angela: I think it really just have a good hashtag strategy in place and create, focus on creating high-quality content.

Steve: And when you say high quality content, how do you know what that is? Like, what is what is the approach to figuring out what that great content is going to be?

Angela: Yeah, So as I mentioned like what I did is to, you know, find out the viral post off my competitor, right? analyze the pattern, the commonality of all those variables and then Just emulate that to create my own compass and later on you can use the Instagram insights to figure out what kind of content your customer actually engage both with and you just use that as a guidance going forward.

Steve: One thing I forgot to ask you is Instagram you can’t post links. So is everyone just clicking on your profile link to find you?

Angela: Yeah. So in our descriptions we tell them like hey the link is in the profile click the links to purchase and also we tag all of our product in a picture. So if they tap on a photo they can help them go through to the website to make purchase.

Steve: Yes. Yes, right right. Now that is something you can do with Shopify. You can link Shopify to your Instagram account.

Angela: Yes. Yeah. Yes. That’s what I would do

Steve: I see and so when you look at your Google Analytics Like your sales are click-throughs from Instagram. Like when you look at like the source tab

Angela: yes, probably 70 percent of our traffic coming from Instagram

Steve: and when an influencer, when an influencer posts about you, are they just tagging your Instagram page or are they trying to get people to your website?

Angela: They actually tagged our page your page.

Steve: Your page, Okay, so they click over to your page and then they click on the link to get to your store.

Angela: Yeah, if it’s a post, yes. If it is an Instagram story, they actually link to our website.

Steve: Okay. Oh, I was going to ask you about that Instagram stories. Do you have a strategy with that?

Angela: Ah so for Instagram stories We post probably 1 to 2 stories a day and it can be some user-generated content just like you know some customer reviews, customer tag us in the picture. It can be something like announcement of the new launch. We do use Instagram story to collect feedbacks a lot. We do a lot of survey asking customers what kind of the gemstone you like to say do it like this design or do it like that design.

That’s actually take a lot of the guesswork for us. So yeah, that’s basically what we use and we post some like motivational quotes just because we position ourselves as you know, spiritually uplifting trend.

Steve: right. How often do you just post those type of post versus ones that are designed to get you to the website on stories?

Angela: we actually post that post to our website pretty often probably once a day every other day. Yes, we do have that kind of post.

Steve: Okay, and so in terms that, you mentioned that the hashtag strategy Is the most important so it’s just a matter of just typing in these hashtags and Instagram finding out how many people are posting in these hashtags and figuring out whether you can actually have a chance of getting displayed with them and then just gradually working your way up

Angela: Yes, I think find a hashtag that is most relevant to you, your product and your audience is very important.

Steve: I’m just curious like you mentioned the follow unfollow doesn’t any more I. When you first told me that I thought that you were using an automated tool, which I agree is kind of not working anymore. So does that imply then that with your account? You’re not really following anyone anymore?

Angela: No, no, that’s like two years ago. I think I think last year. I had recommend 12 of my friends to use the same strategy, but somehow I think Instagram algorithm changed so they kind of get their account block for like two months

Steve: They overdid it, Basically

Angela: they probably overdid it. But yes, but later on I don’t buy followers. Don’t buy likes, don’t buy comments.

Steve: Yeah

Angela: because Instagram can really detect that so I don’t think it works as you know, as well as in the past

Steve: one last question. I forgot to ask you is when you’re looking at these influencers to work with on Instagram. How can you tell that their followers are legit? Like how many likes would you have to see on a post to know that those followers are actually real followers?

Angela: We, so we basically use three different tools, three different things. We use social blade to say their daily changes off their, you know followers. If one day they had 500 followers. The other two days, they have only three followers, right? We do know that they have probably fake followers. It’s just, you know, it’s just the certain boost of like the followers it’s not like

Steve: What are the terms of Engagement though, I mean engagement is very important as well. How do you measure that or what are your guidelines? I should say.

Angela: We actually click into their likes and comments to see who engage with them. So a lot of influencers actually in some instapot. Instapot is a group of people. They you know group of bloggers. They just commenting on each other’s posts. to boost, you know their algorithm. So that really work as well. So we will look at who commenting on them if it’s like customer or you if followers or if it’s like some other influencers.

If all their comments, likes, from other influencer like so from other influencer we definitely don’t work with them because we don’t think the engagement rate is real for that account.

Steve: So let’s say there’s an account that you want to work with that has 10,000 followers and let’s say they only get like 10 likes per page. That’s obviously bad. Is there like a threshold that you would use?

Angela: No, actually, we don’t use that threshold because we don’t really think that threshold is that meaningful?

Steve: Okay, so it’s mainly just comments.

Angela: Yeah because they can buy a lot of likes they can buy comments anything can buy. We really just have into it and say the quality of the comments, quality of the likes.

Stev: I see

Angela: but I don’t do this work at this moment as well I have a social media manager.

Steve: Yeah, I’m just yeah, but at one point in your business, you did this all yourself, right?

Angela: Yes. I did all this myself.

Steve: Yeah, so really it’s just it’s kind of like a gut feel whether the

Angela: Yeah

Steve: okay

Angela: and it’s also depends on the quality of the content they have produced.

Steve: In terms of imagery or copy or?

Angela: in terms of the image, the copy, in terms of their Instagram stories. If they never post any Instagram stories, you know that they are not serious about like being an influencer right? But you did someone have you know, igtv they constantly posting their reviewing products they have great content. They have a professional photographer that you know, they are serious about what they do.

Steve: okay. Yeah, that makes sense. Angela, We’ve been chatting for quite a while. I would just kind of wanted to conclude this first with what advice would you give people who are on the sidelines right now who want to start an online business?

Angela: So I would say, start to you know, streamline your business established a good system early on so at the very beginning I was doing my customer service for probably ten months by myself. I have documented all the questions customer asked. I categorize them. I have my email templates ready and whenever you know, I upload the product into my Shopify creating a question manager like return and exchange.

I always just like record like screen recording and have everything documented so when I was ready to scale up my business, I can just offload everything to a full-time in like two days and work, it has been working really really well.

Steve: Hmm okay

Angela: So I think doing that is just really helping you save so much of your time and a mental capacity so that you can really focus on you know revenue-generating activities. That is also my goal this year because I really wanted to remove myself from day-to-day and just focus on marketing.

Steve: That’s great advice Angela. Where can people find you online. Like what is your Instagram? What is your store name? If you wouldn’t mind spelling it out and where can people contact you if they have any questions or if they’re just kind of curious.

Angela: Sure. My website is a Azurajewelry.com. Spelled as A-Z-U-R-A-J-E-W-E-R-L-Y.com My personal email is angela@azurajewelry.com and My Instagram is Azura.NYC

Steve: Nice. Well Angela, I really appreciate you coming on. I’m sure the people listening to this are very inspired. And I mean I’ve learned a lot about Instagram from you as well. So, thank you so much.

Angela: Thank you so much, Steve.

Steve: All right, Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Angela is an amazing person. And I love that she’s overcome so much hardship in her life. So please support her store over at azurajewelry.com and I’m not a jewelry expert by any means but my wife says her jewelry is beautiful. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode306.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!